Ziehm Vision RFD 3D Service Manual

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D
Service Manual
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Preface With the system, Ziehm Imaging GmbH provides an active medical device connected to the
mains power supply. The medical device is designed for contactless use. It does not require
any contact with the patient to perform its intended use. It provides contactless energy in
the form of X-rays.
Ziehm Imaging GmbH authorizes only trained and skilled personnel to operate this medical
device. The system is intended for use by health care professionals such as physicians,
orthopedic surgeons, vascular surgeons, neurovascular surgeons, cardiologists,
radiologists and technologists in hospitals, outpatient clinics and other clinical
environments. Ziehm Imaging GmbH anticipates the system will be used on a nearly daily
basis. Ziehm Imaging GmbH applications specialists and/or qualified site personnel provide
on-site operator training in the proper use of the system.
Prescription use (USA) CAUTION: Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed
healthcare practitioner.
Operation Only trained and instructed qualified personnel are allowed to operate the system.
Operation (USA) In the USA, Federal law restricts use of this device to trained personnel on the order of a
physician.
Authorized personnel Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble the medical equipment described in
this document, to put it into service, to install, to maintain and to repair it. Authorized
personnel are persons who have attended an appropriate training course provided by the
manufacturer.
Training Users and operators must have been instructed adequately in operating the system safely
and efficiently, before attempting to operate the system described herein. Training
requirements for this system may vary from country to country. Owners must ensure that
users and operators receive adequate training in accordance with applicable laws or
regulations. If you require further information about training in the use of this system,
contact your local Ziehm Imaging representative or contact Ziehm Imaging directly.
Contraindications to the The exposure of humans to ionizing radiation must always be medically justified. Especially
use of X-rays when used on pregnant women, adolescents, children, and pediatric patients, all
procedures using ionizing radiation should be used with caution or be avoided altogether.
However, the final decision lies with the attending physician or attending surgeon.
Exclusion of liability The manufacturer accepts responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of the
system only if
− any installation, modification or repair work is carried out exclusively by persons
authorized by the manufacturer;
− the electrical installation of the site where the system is operated complies with the
requirements of VDE 0107 or the corresponding national regulations of the country of
installation;
− only original spare parts or components that comply with specifications determined by
Ziehm Imaging GmbH are used;
− the system is used in accordance with the Operating Instructions.
The warranty becomes invalid in case that any repair, modification or installation work is
carried out by unauthorized personnel, or any seals on components are broken. No
consequential damages will be accepted either.
The equipment conforms to Class IIb according to Council Directive 93/42/EEC.
0197
This document has been written and reviewed originally in German and translated.
Copyright Quality Standards

Copyright © 2017 Ziehm Imaging GmbH This document was produced in accordance with a certified QM
All rights reserved. system as per DIN EN ISO 13485. It conforms to the requirements
Transmission or reproduction of this document, exploitation and of Council Directive 93/42 EEC, Annex I, and other applicable
disclosure of its contents to third persons is not permitted without norms. The information provided in this document may be updated
express written consent of the manufacturer. Infringements shall at regular intervals. Subject to change without prior notice.
entitle to damage claims.
Manufactured by:
Registered Trademarks Ziehm Imaging GmbH
This document may contain the names of registered trademarks or Donaustr. 31
brands, the use of which by third persons for their purposes may 90451 Nuremberg (Germany)
infringe the rights of their respective owners. e-mail: info@ziehm.com
http://www.ziehm.com
Rev. 11/2017
2 Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart 0-1
1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1

1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Required Tests After Service ........................................................................... 1-3
1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions........................................................ 1-3
1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations........................................................................... 1-4
2 General 2-1
2.1 System Overview Mobile Stand ....................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-2
2.3 CAN Bus........................................................................................................... 2-5
2.3.1 Numbers of CAN Modules ............................................................... 2-5
2.3.2 System Overview and CAN Bus Distribution ................................... 2-7
2.3.3 Block Diagram Shutdown Monitor Cart ............................................ 2-8
2.3.4 Block Diagram Shutdown Workstation and NGIS ............................ 2-9
2.3.5 Block Diagram Shutdown Mobile Stand........................................... 2-10
3 Connections Mobile Stand 3-1

3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 CAN – RJ45–RJ45 ........................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 CAN – Molex–RJ45.......................................................................................... 3-3
3.4 Wiring of Hand and Foot Switches ................................................................... 3-4
3.4.1 Wiring of Hand Switch...................................................................... 3-4
3.4.2 Wiring of 2-pedal Foot Switch with 8 Pole Connector ...................... 3-5
3.4.3 Wiring Triple Foot Switch "Dual Plus" .............................................. 3-6
3.4.4 Wiring of 4-pedal Foot Switch .......................................................... 3-7
3.5 Wiring Mobile Stand ......................................................................................... 3-8
3.5.1 Power Supply – Main Interface ........................................................ 3-9
3.5.2 Pre-Power Supply with PFC U581 ................................................... 3-10
3.5.3 Pre-Power Supply with PFC Wiener Module ................................... 3-11
3.5.4 Pre-Power Supply with PFC Schieder Module ................................ 3-12
3.5.5 Kinematics Module and Z-Axis ........................................................ 3-13
3.5.6 Flat-panel Detector Type 1 (PaxScan)............................................. 3-14
3.5.7 Flat-panel Detector Type 2 (CCU) ................................................... 3-15
3.5.8 Generator ......................................................................................... 3-16
3.5.9 Vision Track and C-Axis................................................................... 3-17
3.5.10 Vision Center, A-Axis and Y-Axis..................................................... 3-18
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand 4-1

4.1 View Power Supply .......................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Functions of the Power Supply........................................................................ 4-8
4.2.1 Input ................................................................................................. 4-8
4.2.2 Output .............................................................................................. 4-8
4.2.3 Other Functions ............................................................................... 4-9
4.3 Wiring Diagrams............................................................................................... 4-9
4.3.1 Wiring U701 ..................................................................................... 4-10
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D I

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
4.3.2 Wiring PPS with PFC Type U581..................................................... 4-11

4.3.3 Wiring PPS with PFC Type Wiener .................................................. 4-12
4.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 4-13
4.4.1 U701 and motorisation ..................................................................... 4-13
4.4.2 Supplementary Power Supply .......................................................... 4-14
4.5 Pre-Power Supply............................................................................................. 4-15
4.5.1 FG 2025 ........................................................................................... 4-15
4.5.2 U650................................................................................................. 4-15
4.5.3 U531................................................................................................. 4-15
4.5.4 Block Diagram U531 and FG 2025 .................................................. 4-16
4.5.5 U531: Location of Connectors, LEDs and Switches ........................ 4-17
4.5.6 U531: Connectors ............................................................................ 4-18
4.5.7 U531: LED Indicators ....................................................................... 4-20
4.5.8 U531: DIP Switches ......................................................................... 4-20
4.5.9 FG 2025: Location of Connectors and Indicators............................. 4-22
4.5.10 U650: Location of Connectors and Indicators .................................. 4-23
4.5.11 Pre-power Supply Errors .................................................................. 4-24
4.5.12 Replacing the Pre-power Supply...................................................... 4-25
4.5.13 Pre-power Supply U531e Board Layout........................................... 4-25
4.5.14 Pre-power Supply U531e Schematics ............................................. 4-28
4.6 Power Factor Correction................................................................................... 4-35
4.6.1 U580 PFC Filter ............................................................................... 4-35
4.6.2 Power Factor Correction Boards ...................................................... 4-38
4.7 DC 24V Supply Unit FG 9938........................................................................... 4-44
4.7.1 General ............................................................................................ 4-44
4.7.2 FG 9938: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Fuses ......... 4-44
4.7.3 FG 9938: Connectors ....................................................................... 4-45
4.7.4 FG 9938: LED Indicators.................................................................. 4-45
4.7.5 FG 9938 Fuses ................................................................................ 4-45
4.7.6 FG 9938: Adjustments ..................................................................... 4-46
4.7.7 FG 9938 Replacement ..................................................................... 4-46
4.8 U701 Power Supply Control Board................................................................... 4-47
4.8.1 U701 Voltage Selection.................................................................... 4-48
4.8.2 U701 Location of Connectors........................................................... 4-49
4.8.3 U701 Location of LED Indicators ..................................................... 4-50
4.8.4 U701 Location of Fuses ................................................................... 4-51
4.8.5 ON/OFF Control ............................................................................... 4-52
4.8.6 Lift Motor Control.............................................................................. 4-58
4.8.7 Rotating Anode Motor Control.......................................................... 4-63
4.8.8 Other Functions................................................................................ 4-64
4.8.9 Cross Reference List of the Interface to U648 and to U701 ............ 4-69
4.8.10 U701 Layout ..................................................................................... 4-71
4.8.11 U701 Schematic Diagrams .............................................................. 4-72
4.9 U597 Pump and Fan Control............................................................................ 4-82
4.9.1 Location of Connectors .................................................................... 4-82
4.9.2 Location of LED Indicators, Fuses and Test Points ......................... 4-83
4.9.3 Coolant Pump Control ...................................................................... 4-84
4.9.4 Fan Control ...................................................................................... 4-85
4.9.5 U597 Board Layout .......................................................................... 4-87
4.9.6 U597 Schematics ............................................................................. 4-88
4.10 Mains Transformer T21 .................................................................................... 4-91
4.10.1 Primary / Secondary......................................................................... 4-91
4.10.2 Temperature Switch ......................................................................... 4-91
II Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
4.11 Capacitor Rack................................................................................................. 4-92

4.11.1 General ............................................................................................ 4-92
4.11.2 Servicing the Power Supply ............................................................. 4-92
4.11.3 Replacement .................................................................................... 4-92
4.11.4 Fuses for Capacitor Rack ................................................................ 4-93
5 Main Interface 5-1

5.1 Module 2 Main Interface................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 General ............................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.2 Main Interface: Block Diagram ......................................................... 5-2
5.1.3 U648c: Location of Connectors........................................................ 5-3
5.1.4 U648c: Location of LED Indicators, Switches and Jumpers ............ 5-4
5.2 Main Interface Functions .................................................................................. 5-5
5.2.1 EEPROM ......................................................................................... 5-5
5.2.2 Microprocessor ................................................................................ 5-6
5.2.3 External I/O ...................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Coolant Pump .................................................................................. 5-6
5.2.5 X-ray Beeper and Alarm .................................................................. 5-6
5.2.6 Hand/Foot Switch Features ............................................................. 5-6
5.2.7 Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" Signal ....................................... 5-7
5.2.8 Control the "CAN FAULT" Signal in the Startup Phase ................... 5-7
5.2.9 Power Supply for CAN Bus and Vision Center ................................ 5-7
5.2.10 Automatic CAN Termination (with/without Monitor Cart).................. 5-7
5.2.11 CAN Bus Distribution ....................................................................... 5-7
5.2.12 Distribution of ON/OFF Signals........................................................ 5-7
5.2.13 Interface for Wireless Footswitch ..................................................... 5-7
5.3 Hand/Foot Switch Commands to the Image System........................................ 5-8
5.3.1 Three Separate Operations of the Hand and Foot Switch ............... 5-8
5.3.2 Hand Switches/Foot Switches Safety Functions.............................. 5-8
5.3.3 Tap Time .......................................................................................... 5-9
5.3.4 Security Break Functions ................................................................. 5-9
5.3.5 Service mode "Switch Configuration"............................................... 5-9
5.3.6 Hand and Foot Switch Functions ..................................................... 5-10
5.4 HW Settings ..................................................................................................... 5-11
5.4.1 Switches........................................................................................... 5-11
5.4.2 Jumpers ........................................................................................... 5-17
5.5 LED Indicators.................................................................................................. 5-18
5.5.1 Startup Monitoring LED Indicators ................................................... 5-18
5.5.2 Voltage Monitoring LED Indicators .................................................. 5-19
5.5.3 Hardware Monitoring LED Indicators ............................................... 5-20
5.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 5-21
5.6.1 Emergency Loop Connectors .......................................................... 5-26
5.6.2 Fuses ............................................................................................... 5-28
5.7 Replacement of U648 Main Interface Board .................................................... 5-29
5.7.1 Adjustment/Programming ................................................................ 5-29
5.8 Hardware Radiation Logic Overview ................................................................ 5-30
5.9 Hardware Radiation Logic Lattice .................................................................... 5-31
5.10 U648 Layout ..................................................................................................... 5-32
5.10.1 U648d Layout................................................................................... 5-33
5.11 U648 Schematics ............................................................................................. 5-34
5.11.1 U648d Schematics Page 1 .............................................................. 5-35
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D III

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
5.11.4 U648d Schematics Page 4............................................................... 5-38

5.11.10 U648d Schematics Page 10............................................................. 5-44
6 Flat-panel Detector 6-1

6.1 General............................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 Type 1 Flat-panel Detectors with Command Processor ................................... 6-1
6.2.1 PaxScan Hardware .......................................................................... 6-1
6.2.2 Gain/Offset Calibration ..................................................................... 6-18
6.2.3 Serial Interface 2 .............................................................................. 6-33
6.2.4 List of CP2 Display Values ............................................................... 6-37
6.2.5 FD3030 Panel Modes ...................................................................... 6-39
6.2.6 Configuration Check if Retrieved Images are not ok........................ 6-42
6.2.7 Bypassing GigaLink ......................................................................... 6-45
6.3 Type 2 Flat-panel Detectors with CCU ............................................................. 6-53
6.3.1 General ............................................................................................ 6-53
6.3.2 U707 CCU ........................................................................................ 6-56
6.3.3 View of Assembly ............................................................................. 6-63
6.3.4 Gain Calibration ............................................................................... 6-65
6.3.5 Flat-panel Commands ...................................................................... 6-69
6.3.6 Manual Dead Pixel ........................................................................... 6-70
7 Generator 7-1
7.1 Overview 7.5 kW Generator ............................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Overview 20 kW Generator .............................................................................. 7-2
7.3 Overview 25 kW Generator .............................................................................. 7-3
7.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 7-4
7.4.1 Generator Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 7-4
7.5 Interface Generator – Mobile Stand ................................................................. 7-5
7.6 Self Tests.......................................................................................................... 7-5
7.6.1 During Bootup .................................................................................. 7-5
7.6.2 During Runtime ................................................................................ 7-6
7.7 General PCBs................................................................................................... 7-8
7.8 U565 / U662 ..................................................................................................... 7-9
7.8.1 General ............................................................................................ 7-9
7.8.2 U565 / U662 Switches and Jumpers ................................................ 7-9
7.8.3 U565 / U662 LED Indicators ............................................................ 7-10
7.8.4 U565 / U662 Connectors.................................................................. 7-10
7.9 U564 Filament Board........................................................................................ 7-14
7.9.1 General ............................................................................................ 7-14
7.9.2 U564 Potentiometers ....................................................................... 7-15
7.9.3 U564 LED Indicators ........................................................................ 7-15
7.9.4 U564 Connectors ............................................................................. 7-15
7.10 U561 / U624 High Voltage Power Inverter ....................................................... 7-16
7.10.1 General ............................................................................................ 7-16
7.10.2 U561 / U624 Connectors.................................................................. 7-17
IV Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
7.11 U563 HV Controller Board................................................................................ 7-20

7.11.1 U563 Potentiometers ....................................................................... 7-20
7.11.2 U563 LED Indicators ........................................................................ 7-20
7.11.3 U563 Connector ............................................................................... 7-20
7.12 U562 Generator Connection and Distribution Board........................................ 7-22
7.12.1 U562 Connectors ............................................................................. 7-22
7.13 U565 / U662 and U518 Features ..................................................................... 7-24
7.13.1 U565 / U662 ..................................................................................... 7-24
7.13.2 U518 Moni........................................................................................ 7-24
7.13.3 U518: Block Diagram ....................................................................... 7-26
7.13.4 U 518: Bootup .................................................................................. 7-26
7.14 Pulse Technology............................................................................................. 7-27
7.14.1 Parameters for Pulse Control........................................................... 7-27
7.14.2 Example of Pulsed Radiation ........................................................... 7-27
7.15 X-Ray Tube Filament Control (Filament Wire) ................................................. 7-28
7.15.1 Filament States ................................................................................ 7-28
7.15.2 Example of Filament Control............................................................ 7-28
7.16 Heat Unit Calculator ......................................................................................... 7-29
7.16.1 Fluoroscopy ..................................................................................... 7-29
7.16.2 Power Management During DSA ..................................................... 7-30
7.16.3 Exposure .......................................................................................... 7-31
7.17 Coolant Pump Control ...................................................................................... 7-32
7.18 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 7-33
7.18.1 Service Position ............................................................................... 7-33
7.18.2 mA Test Points................................................................................. 7-34
7.18.3 kV Test Points .................................................................................. 7-35
7.18.4 Setting to Continuous Mode............................................................. 7-36
7.19 Adjustment of Center Beam ............................................................................. 7-37
7.19.1 Required Tools for Center Beam Adjustment .................................. 7-37
7.19.2 Setup for Center Beam Adjustment ................................................. 7-38
7.19.3 Procedure of Center Beam Adjustment ........................................... 7-38
8 Asymmetric Collimator 8-1

8.1 View of Asymmetric Collimator......................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 8-2
8.3 U659................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.3.1 U659b: Location of Connectors, Switches and LED Indicators ....... 8-3
8.3.2 U659: Switch .................................................................................... 8-4
8.3.3 U659: LED Indicators ....................................................................... 8-5
8.3.4 U659: Connectors ............................................................................ 8-5
8.4 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 8-9
8.4.1 Part Replacement ............................................................................ 8-9
8.4.2 Mechanical Centering ...................................................................... 8-9
8.4.3 Collimator and Preview Size Adjustment ......................................... 8-10
8.4.4 Collimator Adjustment Tab............................................................... 8-10
8.4.5 Adjustment Procedure ..................................................................... 8-12
8.4.6 Automatic Cropping ......................................................................... 8-23
8.4.7 Button 1.00....................................................................................... 8-23
8.4.8 "DAP Calculated" Option.................................................................. 8-24
9 TFT Vision Center 9-1

9.1 View of Vision Center ....................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 General............................................................................................................. 9-1
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D V

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
9.3 Vision Center Main Parts.................................................................................. 9-2

9.4 Block Diagram w. U687 .................................................................................... 9-3
9.5 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 9-4
9.5.1 U592 Interconnection Board for Passive Vision Center ................... 9-5
9.5.2 Vision Center Wiring Mobile Stand .................................................. 9-7
9.5.3 Vision Center Wiring Monitor Cart.................................................... 9-8
9.6 Remote Vision Center ...................................................................................... 9-9
9.6.1 Remote Vision Center Internal Wiring .............................................. 9-10
9.6.2 Remote Vision Center Connection Cable ........................................ 9-11
10 Monitor Cart 10-1

10.1 Monitor Cart 6................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Monitor Cart 6 Detail View................................................................................ 10-2
10.3 Monitor Cart 6 Option Endo.............................................................................. 10-3
11 Connections Monitor Cart 11-1

11.1 Wiring Diagrams MC6 ...................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.1 Wiring XP0 and Power Supply ......................................................... 11-2
11.1.2 Wiring Image Memory V2 1k ............................................................ 11-3
11.1.3 Wiring Image Memory NGIS MiRa ................................................... 11-4
11.1.4 Wiring Option FD + CP2LC .............................................................. 11-5
11.1.5 Wiring User Interface ....................................................................... 11-6
11.1.6 Wiring Flatscreen Monitors .............................................................. 11-7
11.1.7 Option Wireless Video...................................................................... 11-8
11.1.8 Wireless External Flatscreen Monitors............................................. 11-9
11.1.9 Wiring Flatscreen Monitors Option Endo ......................................... 11-10
11.1.10 Wiring Media Options ....................................................................... 11-11
11.2 Wiring Emergency Off ...................................................................................... 11-12
11.3 Wiring NGIS RS232 / Power Connector........................................................... 11-13
11.4 Yellow RJ-45 network cables ........................................................................... 11-14
12 Video Documentation 12-1

12.1 UP 991 and UP 971 Configuration ................................................................... 12-1
13 Monitors 13-1
13.1 19" dual monitor................................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.1 Description ....................................................................................... 13-1
13.1.2 Connectors ....................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 On-screen Display............................................................................ 13-3
13.2 26" Flatscreen Monitor Radiance G2 HB.......................................................... 13-4
13.2.1 Description ....................................................................................... 13-4
13.2.2 Technical Data ................................................................................. 13-5
13.2.3 Connectors ....................................................................................... 13-6
13.2.4 On-screen Display............................................................................ 13-7
14 Power Supply Monitor Cart 14-1

14.1 View of Power Supply....................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-1
14.3 Main Components of the Power Module 10 ..................................................... 14-2
14.4 Module 10 with HC08 Controller on U539 ........................................................ 14-4
14.4.1 Module 10 Power Distribution Diagram............................................ 14-4
14.4.2 Connectors for Mains Voltages ........................................................ 14-6
14.4.3 Connectors ....................................................................................... 14-8
14.4.4 LED Indicators.................................................................................. 14-12
VI Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
14.4.5 Jumpers ........................................................................................... 14-13

14.4.6 Fuses ............................................................................................... 14-14
14.4.7 Mains Input Voltage Selection ......................................................... 14-15
14.4.8 U539h Schematics ........................................................................... 14-18
14.4.9 U539h Schematics ........................................................................... 14-25
14.4.10 U539h with HC08 Software Flowcharts ........................................... 14-33
14.4.11 U539 with HC08 Status Monitoring .................................................. 14-37
14.4.12 Identification Ziehm Vision RFD and Remote Present..................... 14-38
14.4.13 Switch OFF the Mains 2 Contactor Immediately
(XP0 Cable Disconnected)............................................................... 14-38
14.4.14 Different Fault Conditions ................................................................ 14-39
14.4.15 Standby LED (ON Button)................................................................ 14-39
14.4.16 Block Diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O Ports ........................................... 14-40
15 Image Memory System 15-1

15.1 NGIS MiRa ....................................................................................................... 15-1
15.1.1 Features ........................................................................................... 15-1
15.1.2 Overview .......................................................................................... 15-2
15.1.3 Configuring U713 ............................................................................. 15-6
15.1.4 Configuring U714 ............................................................................. 15-7
15.2 V2 1K................................................................................................................ 15-8
15.2.1 Features ........................................................................................... 15-8
15.2.2 U578 Interface ................................................................................. 15-10
15.2.3 With U674 Framegrabber ................................................................ 15-23
15.2.4 Configuring U674 ............................................................................. 15-27
15.2.5 Configuring U578 ............................................................................. 15-28
15.3 Regulation Block Diagram (aSi Panel) ............................................................. 15-29
15.4 Regulation Block Diagram (CMOS Panel) ....................................................... 15-30
16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1

16.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 16-1
16.2 Description of the Network Parameters............................................................ 16-2
16.3 Client Configuration.......................................................................................... 16-3
16.4 DICOM Media Configuration ............................................................................ 16-4
16.5 DICOM Server Configuration ........................................................................... 16-5
16.5.1 DICOM Storage Configuration ......................................................... 16-5
16.5.2 DICOM Query / Retrieve Configuration ........................................... 16-9
16.5.3 DICOM Worklist Configuration ......................................................... 16-10
16.5.4 DICOM MPPS Configuration ........................................................... 16-11
16.5.5 DICOM Basic Grayscale Print Configuration ................................... 16-12
16.5.6 Server Cloning and Activating.......................................................... 16-13
16.5.7 2D Navigation Server Configuration ................................................ 16-14
16.5.8 3D Navigation Server Configuration ................................................ 16-16
16.5.9 Dose Structured Report Server Configuration ................................. 16-18
16.5.10 DICOM Time Server Configuration .................................................. 16-19
16.5.11 Test of the Configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo) ............... 16-20
16.6 DICOM Conformance Statement ..................................................................... 16-20
17 Software Tools 17-1

17.1 Vision Studio .................................................................................................... 17-1
17.2 Service Toolbar ................................................................................................ 17-2
17.2.1 CAN Updater.................................................................................... 17-4
17.2.2 Additional Functions as from SW 7.02 ............................................. 17-21
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D VII

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
17.3 Vision Center Service Settings ......................................................................... 17-24

17.3.1 Access to the Service Settings......................................................... 17-24
17.3.2 Allow Remote Service ...................................................................... 17-25
17.3.3 Service Settings Start Screen .......................................................... 17-26
17.3.4 "Dose" Service Mode ....................................................................... 17-27
17.3.5 "DICOM" Service Mode.................................................................... 17-30
17.3.6 "Common" Service Mode ................................................................. 17-30
17.3.7 "Switch" Service Mode ..................................................................... 17-35
17.3.8 "System" Service Mode.................................................................... 17-37
17.3.9 "MDATA" service mode.................................................................... 17-43
17.3.10 "Kinematic" Service Mode ................................................................ 17-44
17.4 USB Service Key .............................................................................................. 17-47
17.4.1 ServiceKey.dat ................................................................................. 17-47
17.4.2 "NGPFiles" folder ............................................................................. 17-48
17.4.3 Serial Number Folder ....................................................................... 17-49
17.4.4 "SW-update" Folder.......................................................................... 17-50
18 Adjustment Instructions 18-1

18.1 Dose Adjustment .............................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.1 Dose Measurement Setup ............................................................... 18-1
18.1.2 Parameters for Dose Adjustment ..................................................... 18-2
18.1.3 Strategy for Adjusting Dose ............................................................. 18-2
18.1.4 Special Cases for Dose Adjustment................................................. 18-3
18.2 Video Adjustment ............................................................................................. 18-4
18.2.1 Parameters for Video Adjustment .................................................... 18-4
18.2.2 Histogram ......................................................................................... 18-4
18.2.3 Strategy for Adjusting Video............................................................. 18-5
18.3 Input Boxes....................................................................................................... 18-6
18.3.1 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab (Systems with Command Processor)18-6
18.3.2 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab (Systems with CCU) ...................... 18-9
18.3.3 Input Boxes on the Dose 2 Tab........................................................ 18-11
18.3.4 Input Boxes on the Dose 3 Tab........................................................ 18-13
18.3.5 Input Boxes on the Grid Tab ............................................................ 18-16
18.3.6 Input Boxes on the ZAIP 2 Tab ........................................................ 18-18
18.3.7 Input Boxes on the Collimator Tab ................................................... 18-19
18.3.8 Input Boxes on the Other Tab .......................................................... 18-20
18.3.9 Fluoro Tab ........................................................................................ 18-22
18.3.10 FD Tab (Systems with Command Processor) .................................. 18-23
18.3.11 FD Tab (Systems with CCU) ............................................................ 18-24
18.4 Adjusting Computed DAP / Air Kerma.............................................................. 18-25
18.4.1 Required Tools ................................................................................. 18-25
18.4.2 Options ............................................................................................. 18-25
18.4.3 Input Box on the DAP Tab ............................................................... 18-25
18.4.4 Adjustment Procedure...................................................................... 18-27
18.5 Adjusting Measured DAP ................................................................................. 18-30
18.5.1 Required Tools ................................................................................. 18-30
18.5.2 Options ............................................................................................. 18-30
18.5.3 VacuDAP-C ...................................................................................... 18-31
19 Error Messages & Fault Finding 19-1

19.1 Error Message List ........................................................................................... 19-1
19.2 Kinematic Errors ............................................................................................... 19-13
19.3 Fuse List ........................................................................................................... 19-16
VIII Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
19.3.1 Module 10 ........................................................................................ 19-16

19.3.2 Module 2 .......................................................................................... 19-16
19.4 Fault Finding..................................................................................................... 19-17
19.4.1 Power Faults .................................................................................... 19-17
19.4.2 Generator Faults .............................................................................. 19-18
19.4.3 CAN Bus Faults ............................................................................... 19-19
19.4.4 Measurements on the CAN Bus ...................................................... 19-20
19.4.5 CAN Bus Startup.............................................................................. 19-24
19.4.6 Image System Errors ....................................................................... 19-24
20 Work Instructions 20-1

20.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 20-1
20.2 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System of 20/25 kW Systems ........................ 20-2
20.2.1 General ............................................................................................ 20-2
20.2.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid .................................. 20-4
20.2.3 Checking the Circulation .................................................................. 20-5
20.2.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit ............................................................. 20-5
20.2.5 Draining the Cooling System ........................................................... 20-6
20.3 Checking the Liquid Level ................................................................................ 20-6
20.4 Replacing the Cooling Liquid............................................................................ 20-6
21 Kinematics 21-1
21.1 System overview .............................................................................................. 21-2
21.2 Block Diagram Kinematics Module................................................................... 21-3
21.3 Block Diagram C/Y/A Axis Controller ............................................................... 21-4
21.4 Block Diagram Z-Axis Controller ...................................................................... 21-5
21.5 Block Diagram Axis Controller Watchdog ........................................................ 21-6
21.6 Block Diagram Emergency Stop Chain ............................................................ 21-7
21.7 Pulse Width Modulation.................................................................................... 21-8
21.8 Views Of Motorization ...................................................................................... 21-10
21.8.1 View of A and Y Drives .................................................................... 21-10
21.8.2 View of A and Y Drive Controllers.................................................... 21-10
21.8.3 Detailed view of Y Drive ................................................................... 21-11
21.8.4 View of C Drive ................................................................................ 21-12
21.8.5 Detailed view of A Drive ................................................................... 21-13
21.8.6 View of Z Drive controller and Kinematic module ............................ 21-13
21.9 Kinematics Module U685 ................................................................................. 21-14
21.9.1 Connectors....................................................................................... 21-15
21.9.2 LED Indicators ................................................................................. 21-20
21.9.3 Fuses, Switches and Jumpers ......................................................... 21-25
21.9.4 U685 Schematics ............................................................................. 21-27
21.10 C/A/Y Axes Module U686................................................................................. 21-36
21.10.1 Connectors....................................................................................... 21-37
21.10.2 LED Indicators ................................................................................. 21-42
21.10.3 Fuses, Potentiometers and Switches............................................... 21-46
21.10.4 U686 Schematics ............................................................................. 21-47
21.11 Z Axis Module U693 ......................................................................................... 21-62
21.11.1 Connectors....................................................................................... 21-63
21.11.2 LED Indicators ................................................................................. 21-69
21.11.3 Fuses, Switches and Potentiometers............................................... 21-73
21.11.4 U693 Schematics ............................................................................. 21-73
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D IX

280757 - 01/11/2017
Table of Contents
22 Remote Control 22-1

22.1 Connection alternatives .................................................................................... 22-1
22.2 XP6 Interface.................................................................................................... 22-2
22.3 Position Control Center .................................................................................... 22-3
22.3.1 Block Diagrams ................................................................................ 22-4
22.4 User Interface Controller .................................................................................. 22-7
22.4.1 U687 User Interface Controller Block Diagrams .............................. 22-7
22.4.2 U687 Functional Description ............................................................ 22-11
22.5 Remote Vision Center ...................................................................................... 22-14
22.5.1 Remote Vision Center Internal Wiring with Emergency Stop ........... 22-14
22.5.2 Remote Vision Center Connection Cable ........................................ 22-15
23 3D Option 23-3
23.1 Overview........................................................................................................... 23-3
23.1.1 Wiring Diagrams............................................................................... 23-4
23.2 How to Upgrade the 3D option ......................................................................... 23-13
23.3 NGP Workstation.............................................................................................. 23-17
23.3.1 General Information ......................................................................... 23-17
23.3.2 Scan Parameters / Settings ............................................................. 23-18
23.3.3 Important Folders and Files on the Workstation .............................. 23-19
23.3.4 Software 3DApp ............................................................................... 23-20
23.3.5 Harddisk Recovery with Acronis True Image ................................... 23-21
23.4 How to Perform a 3D Calibration...................................................................... 23-22
23.4.1 Prerequisite ...................................................................................... 23-22
23.4.2 Workflow .......................................................................................... 23-22
23.5 How to Perform a 3D Calibration Check........................................................... 23-29
23.5.1 Prerequisite ...................................................................................... 23-29
23.5.2 Workflow .......................................................................................... 23-29
23.6 How to Check the Reconstruction Image Quality ............................................. 23-36
23.6.1 Influence of the calibration on the image quality .............................. 23-40
Index i-i
X Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
0 Classification Mobile Stand /
Monitor Cart
No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕
2 General ⊕ ⊕
3 Connections Mobile Stand ⊕
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕
5 Main Interface ⊕
6 Flat-panel detector ⊕
7 Generator ⊕
8 Asymmetric Collimator ⊕
TFT Vision Center

9 ⊕ ⊕
including Remote Vision Center
10 Monitor Cart ⊕
11 Connections Monitor Cart ⊕
12 Video Documentation ⊕
13 Monitors ⊕
14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕
15 Image Memory System ⊕
16 DICOM Configuration Manual ⊕
17 Software Tools ⊕ ⊕
18 Adjustment Instructions ⊕ ⊕
19 Error Messages ⊕ ⊕
20 Work Instructions ⊕
21 Kinematics ⊕
22 Remote Control ⊕
23 3D Option ⊕ ⊕
24 Index ⊕ ⊕
Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 0-1

280757 - 01/11/2017
0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart
0-2 Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280757 - 01/11/2017
1
Warnings and
Important Information
Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 Warnings and Important
Information
1.1 Safety Instructions
This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the oper-
ation of the respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further
measures. However, it does contain instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the
personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property. These
instructions are highlighted as follows:
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTE
Notes are informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the
operator here.
Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 1-1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 Warnings and Important Information
1.2 Warnings
WARNING
The monitor cart power module contains live voltage even when the unit is
switched off from the C-arm or monitor cart keyboard or the emergency switch is
pushed. Be sure to disconnect the unit from the mains supply when performing ser-
vice work to the unit.
WARNING
The pre-power supply within module 1 contains 2 large storage capacitors that fil-
ters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit is
disconnected from the mains supply and even when the capacitor rack is discon-
nected. Make sure that all capacitors are discharged before performing any ser-
vice work on the power supply.
WARNING
The Modules 1 (power supply) and 5 (Generator) contain dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.
WARNING
The boostcaps within module 1 are not discharged automatically after power off.
They will contain a high voltage even after the unit is disconnected from the mains
supply.
WARNING
Parts of the C-arm may be contaminated infectiously. Ziehm Imaging strongly
recommend to wear disposable vinyl gloves while doing service.
WARNING
During work on the unit in which radiation must be released, the radiation pro-
tection directives and the rules for radiation protection must be complied with.
1-2 Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1.3 Required Tests After Service
The following tests have to be performed after every service:

• Are the mechanical parts working properly?
• Are all cables (P0, mains and swivel cable) in good condition?
• Are the TFT keyboards working properly?
• Is the printout of the video printer okay (if printer is available)?
• Is the system working fine?
• Does the system have a global SW version?
• Perform electrical safety check according to relevant national regulation of the country of
installation.
Possible discrepancies have to be recorded in the service report.
1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions
The System Software versions are displayed by pushing the X-ray warning symbol.
X-ray warning symbol
Fig. 1-1 Displaying the system software versions (example content)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations
Active Vision Systems with Vision Center containing a computer (until 2005)
ADCS Automatic Distortion Compensation System
ADU Analog Digital Unit
AOI Area Of Interest
ATMEGA Atmel based Controller (used for servo motor control)
AWG American Wire Gauge (specifies cross-sectional area of cable)
BV Image intensifier (German: Bildverstärker)
CAN Controller area network
CCD Charge Coupled Device (Camera Sensor)
CCU Conversion Correction Unit
COM COM Port (Serial Interface)
DAC Digital Analog Converter
DAP Dose Area Product
DICOM Digital Imaging And Communication in Medicine
ELWMS Extended and Less Wiring for Monitor cart and Solo (U578 Interface)
ESD Electro Static Discharge
FD Flat-panel Detector
GigaLink Generic term for Gigabit/s differential serial data communication.
GND Ground
GTI General Technical Information (Document type available on the member service)
HaFu Hand/foot switch (German: Handschalter/Fußschalter)
HC08 Type of microcontroller
HUB Lift motor (Hub is a German word for lift)
HVC High Voltage Control
I.I. Image Intensifier
LoPe Lean Outline performance type of NGIS image memory
Lower Lateral Lower vertical position of mobile stand
MC Monitor Cart (sometimes referred to as MW for German word Monitorwagen)
MiRa Mid-range type of NGIS image memory
Molex Manufacturer of connectors (singly crimped pins)
MONI Motorola based controller inside the Generator
MOOP Means of Operator Protection
MOP Means of Protection
MOPP Means of Patient Protection
MPR Multi Planar Reconstruction
MS Mobile Stand (sometimes referred to as FST for German word Fahrstativ)
NGIS Next Generation Imaging System (successor of V2 Image Memory system)
NGP Next Generation Platform (SW 6.xx and above)
OVP Over Voltage Protection
Panduit Manufacturer of connectors (insulation displacement connection)
PARCAN Parallel to CAN converter
Passive Vision Systems with Vision Center containing no computer (as from 2006)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
PCB Printed Circuit Board

PFC Power Factor Control
PPC Power PC Motorola based controller
PPS Pre-power Supply
PWM Pulse width modulation
RS232 Serial Interface
SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier (Thyristor)
SELV Safery Extra Low Voltage
SERCAN Serial to CAN converter
SOG Sync On Green
SPI Serial Peripherial Interface
SSH Secure Shell (in terminal window for field service)
TFT Thin Film Transistor /synonym for Flat screen display
USB Universal Serial Bus
USBCAN USB to CAN converter
XP0 Connection between Monitor Cart and Mobile Stand
ZAIP Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing
ZIR Ziehm Iterative Reconstruction

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2
General

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
2.1 System Overview Mobile Stand
Fig. 2-1 System overview of mobile stand

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
2.2 Board Numbers
Module Board Description
1 Power Supply
U531 Pre-regulator (used for each FG2025 and U650)
FG 2025 FG Pre-Power-Supply
FG 9938 FG- 24 V Power Supply
U701 Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand
U597 Fan and Pump Control
U580 PFC Filter
U581 Power Factor Correction
U653 Capacitor Board
U670 Capacitor Board
U650 Pre Power Supply 130A (For 20kW and 25kW Generators)
RPS 75-24 Power Supply for Flat-panel
2 Mobile Stand Control
U648 Main Interface
4 Flat-Panel Detector
U588 GigaGink Interface for Flat-panel
U698 Collision and Laser Distribution
5 Generator
U561 High Voltage Power Stage (7.5 kW)
U624 High Voltage Power Stage (20 kW)
U562 Generator connection and distribution
U563 High Voltage Control
U564 Filament Control + Power Supply
U565 Generator Supervisor

+ U518 + Moni
U602 12V Stabilization for coolant Pump and

anode rotation monitor
U569 HV Cascade (inside tank)

Table 2-1 Board Numbers

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
U570 +kV -kV actual value (inside tank)
U591 Filament Transformer Connection Board (inside tank)
U613 Connection Board kV ist Value
U614 Connection Board for Filament
10 Power Supply Monitor Cart
U539 Power Supply Monitor Cart
11 Digital Imaging System V2-1k
IB930 Host CPU
U674 Universal frame grabber
U622 Rotation/DSA/display board
U578 ELWMS interface
U687 User interface controller
11 Digital Imaging System NGIS
Baseboard Host CPU
U713 Image Processing
U714 Universial Input/Output Interface
U718 User interface controller
15 Vision Track
U659 Generator collimator control
U612 Servo Amplifier
U629 Servo Amplifier
17 Export, Import
U633 Relay Interface extension to U578
18 User Interface
U592 TFT Connection Board passive Vision Center
U700 Vision Center LED Board (radiation indicator)
20 Kinematics and Collision
U685 Kinematic Module
U686 C-Axis Controller
U686 A-Axis Controller

Table 2-1 Board Numbers (cont.)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
U686 Y-Axis Controller
U693 Z-Axis Controller
U694 Remote Joystick Center
U695 RJC Connector Combiner

Table 2-1 Board Numbers (cont.)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
2.3 CAN Bus
2.3.1 Numbers of CAN Modules
Module name Circuit board CAN module CAN module

number number number
Decimal Hexadecimal
Mobile stand
Module 2 Main interface U648 4 0x04
Module 5 Generator U565 + U518 9 0x09
Module 1 Pre-power supply U531 10 0x0A
Module 1
U531 138 0x8A
Pre-Power Supply Slave 2
Module 1
U531 137 0x89
Pre-Power Supply Slave 1
Module 15
U659 18 0x12
Asymmetric collimator
Module 20 Kinematic Controller U685 48 0x30
Monitor cart
Module 11 Image Memory V2-1k
Frame grabber Vision U674 6 0x06
Regulation (Power PC,

U674 136 0x88
located on frame grabber)
ELWMS Interface U578 35 0x23
User interface controller U687 161 0xA1
Module 11 Image Memory NGIS
Host CPU Base Board 6 0x06
Regulation (Power PC,

U713 136 0x88
located on U713)
Universal I/O Interface /

U714 35 0x23
User Interface Controller
Remote Joystick Center
Module 20
U694 160 0xA0
Remote Joystick Center
Table 2-2 Numbers of CAN modules

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2 General
The CAN module numbers are included in certain error messages (→ Ch. 19.4.3, p. 19-19).
Using this table, you can identify faulty modules.
NOTE
In SW 6.xx and 7.xx (NGP) module addresses are denoted by
hexadecimal numbers.
Hexadeximal numbers are identified by 0x.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Revision Description Date Drawn by
V1.00 Initial Version 14.06.2011 R. Frank

Mobile
Stand V1.01 One PCB for C- & Z-Axis 27.06.2011 R. Frank
V1.02 U686 for C-Axis, Z-Axis in U685 04.07.2011 R. Frank

2.3.2
WigWag-
V1.03 Z-Axis separated 21.11.2011 R. Frank
Switch
Fig. 2-2
Vision- V1.04 New Frame, all Axes are U686 28.12.2011 R. Frank
Limit-
Center Buttons V1.05 Joystick Module new 24.02.2012 R. Frank
C-Arm Switches
Motor Motor Motor Motor V1.06 NOTAUS corrected and Header 16.04.2012 R. Frank
A CAN-D
V1.07 Z-Axis new PCB & environment 15.08.2012 R. Frank
U686 U686 V1.08 NOTAUS, Power mod., Pg 2 rem. 07.11.2012 R. Frank
EN-A
EN-Y
V1.09 NOTAUS & U648 corrected 14.08.2013 R. Frank
Encoder as A-Axis +U +U as Y-Axis Encoder Encoder Encoder
U686
as C-Axis
Brake- Brake- Brake-
Switch
EmStop
BrakeLever- Switch EN-C +U CAN-D Switch
Switch
CAN-D
EmStop
Clutch Clutch Clutch
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U693 Brake 1
CAN-D
EmStop
+U
Z-Axis
U685 Kinematics Module Brake 2
EN-Z
B

CAN-D Stop/Enable Navi-Present-
Sensors @ Switch
Kinematics Sensors @ Option Image-
Emergency- Generator
Computer Detector
Stop Grid-Present-
Disable Switch
MC565 Disable Circuit +U
Power X-ray Collision
Collision Controller
Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.

RS232 RS232
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,

Switches
Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.

Z-CAN Z-CAN
Power Supply
U698
C-Arm I.I. / CCD Distribution
C
alternative
Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN 24Vdc
Alle Rechte vorbehalten.

U648 I.I. Controller
Stop
Main- PrePower PrePower PrePower Flat-Detector
Collimator
Emergency
Slave 2 Slave 1 Generator
Master
System overview and CAN bus distribution

Interface CCD Camera
Video-Output Data-Output
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten.

Analog Fiber
Power for all axes

and kinematics
Image-Data
Power Supply
Transformer CAPs Generator to P0 via U588 to P0
Fiber
P0-Connector U701 Electronics
Mains Input
directly! PFC-Supply
to all stages
D via MC6
MOBILE STAND
System Overview and CAN Bus Distribution
MC6
MONITOR CART
All rights reserved.

Subject to change without prior notice.
Image-Data
Z-CAN
U695
µP Z-CAN
Remote- Joystick- Image- 3D-
RS232 Z-CAN
Z-CAN
E Center Module TCP/IP Workstation
GigaLink GigaLink
System Date Name Signature Description
U687 Drawn 14.08.2013 R. Frank Block Diagram Motorizied System Overview
[U621]
Filename Part No/Drawing No
Joysticks Buttons
Reconstruction Only Released 15.08.2013 J. Matschnigg
N/A
BLK_Motorized_System_Overview_V1.09
Ziehm Module
000
Option Option System Overview R/RFD Scale Size Page
N/A A2 1 of 1
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document,

exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims.
2 General
2-7
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-8
2.3.3
Fig. 2-3
Monitor Cart motorized: On / Off / Emergency-Off
2 General
A
Modification for Shut-Down NGIS Imaging System:
N.O. N.O. N.O. N.C.
Emer-
ON OFF XRAY- gency
OFF OFF
Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.

LEDs
powered
by U539
Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,

2
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Emergency Stop => Generator Off and Drives Off to
PCC
C and / or
X1 X3
Block diagram shutdown monitor cart

8 CAT5 cable RVC
U695 X2
5
X4
X25 TFT3
X9 2-pin 4 Shut-down wire
5-pin
X101
4-pin
NGIS-
RS232 / Power
U539
Redesigned! Imaging-
X10
Block Diagram Shutdown Monitor Cart
3-pin 10-pin
System
X19
3 2

D
Emergency-
XP0 Stop wire
see also BLK_Emergency_System_Overview_V1.xx
Date Name Signature Description

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank Monitor Cart MC6motorized
E
Released 20.08.2015 P. König BLK_Shut-Down_Image-System_V1.00 N.A.
Ziehm Module
000
MC6 based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 6 of 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
2.3.4
Fig. 2-4
A
pulsed relay contact
to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.1 Exclusively
BIOS must be modified reserved for the
to allow shut-down 3D-Workstation
signal to indicate 12V=
by the operating system

the ON state
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X18
B

Jumper set on
J1 activates WS 1 pulsed relay contact
J2 activates WS 2 to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.2 Now used for the
J3 activates WS 3 Imaging System
U539 X6 BIOS must be modified
to allow shut-down NGIS
J5 activates SD
for Remote Input the ON state
X7
pulsed relay contact

to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.3
Block diagram shutdown workstation and NGIS

BIOS must be modified Unused right now
to allow shut-down
the ON state

D
Block Diagram Shutdown Workstation and NGIS

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank The three Interfaces for Shut-Down by U539
E
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 9 of 9

2 General
2-9
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-10
2.3.5
Fig. 2-5
Mobile Stand VISION-RFD motorized: On / Off / Emergency-Off
2 General
A
NOModification for Shut-Down Imaging System necessary:
N.C. N.O. N.O.
NOTE: Emer-
in Ziehm Vision RFD 3D gency ON OFF
OFF

the OFF key was not built-in.
Now it has to be built-in. LED
XN1
powered
by U579
2
Touch-
Display
B X30 6
2-pin X18 U592
6-pin

without C1 X-Ray
U648
Emergency-Off
X24 X29 2
N.C.
2-pin 2-pin
Block diagram shutdown mobile stand

5
X8
5-pin
X9 U579
3-pin
Block Diagram Shutdown Mobile Stand
2 3

D
XP0

N.O. = normally open [Schliesser] Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank Mobile Stand Vision-RFDmotorized
E
N.C. = normally closed [Öffner] Filename Part No/Drawing No
RVC = Remote Vision/Solo Center Ziehm Module
PCC = Position Control Center 000
VISION-R based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 3 of 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3
Connections
Mobile Stand

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3 Connections Mobile Stand
3.1 XP0 Cable
Fig. 3-1 XP0 cable connector assignment

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3.2 CAN – RJ45–RJ45
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
CAN-RJ45
1 8
8 1 8 1 Shield 1 Shield 2
Face Face
Shield on Frame
white/green
1 1 CANGND
twisted
green 2 2 CAN+5V
white/orange
3 3 CAN LO
white/blue
4 4 fault
twisted
blue
5 5 radiation
twisted
orange
6 6 CAN HI
white/brown
7 7 C_GND
twisted
brown
8 8 C_+5V
Shield Shield
Shield
Drawn: M. Ernemann 07June 1999 Drawing No.: CAN_RJ45 Unit:
Release: Berauer 07 June 1999 File Name : Con_CAN_RJ45_e_s.cdr CAN RJ45
CAN-RJ45 Verdrahtung CAN-RJ45 Wiring Changed: Sörgel 28. Nov 2008 Page :
Fig. 3-2 Wiring CAN bus cable RJ45–RJ45

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3.3 CAN – Molex–RJ45
CAN-RJ45 CAN-Molex
8 1
Strinseite
Face auf die Stifte gesehen 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
view onto the pins
CANGND ws/gn (wh/gn) 1 Schirm

Shield 1 schwarz (black)
CAN+5V grün (green) 2 5k11

CANSENSE
2 grün (green) CANSENSE
CAN LO ws/or (wh/or) 3 3 ws/gn (wh/gn) CANGND
Störung fault ws/bl (wh/bl)

4 4
Strahlung radiation blau (blue) 5 5 orange CAN HI
CAN HI orange 6 6 ws/or (wh/or) CAN LO
C_GND ws/br (wh/br) 7 7 ws/bl (wh/bl) Störung fault
C_+5V braun (brown) 8 8 blau (blue) Strahlung radiation

1 8
Shield 2
Shield
Shield 1 Schirm
Schirm am Gehäuse Shield
Shield on Frame
Drawn: M. Ernemann 10.Aug.2000 Drawing No.: Unit:

CAN-RJ45 --> CAN-Molex Verdrahtung Release: R. Frank 15.Aug.2002 File Name : .Con_RJ45Molex_2e.cdr
CAN
CAN-RJ45 --> CAN-Molex Wiring Changed: R. Sörgel 27.Apr.2007 Page :
Fig. 3-3 Wiring CAN bus cable MOLEX–RJ45
This wiring does not exist as a physical cable. It indicates the internal wiring on the U648 board
from RJ45 to Molex.
The Molex connector connects the CAN Bus to the P0 cable. If a monitor cart is connected, the
CANSENSE line is pulled to low level. (approx. 1V)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3-4
3.4
3.4.1
Fig. 3-4
U515/U648
X3
Liycy 4x0.25
wh
yl
gn
br
Wiring of hand switch

21461
gn/yl
Wiring of Hand Switch
21406 21407
housing
Wiring of Hand and Foot Switches
Drawn: M. Ernemann 24.Mar.2004 Drawing No.: 88601 +24813 Unit:

Release: J. Dehler 24.Mar.2004 File Name : Vision_Handswitch.cdr Vision
Handswitch Handswitch
Changed: . Page : . of .
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
3.4.2
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 3-5
V1.00 Initial Version 14.01.2013 Frank
29068 201992
A Wiring inside
VISION Mobile Stand
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
FS1
U515/U648 - X4

FS2
B 21461
24117
white Switch #1
yellow Switch #2
green Switch #3 unused
gray Switch #4 unused
U515/U648 - X5 brown GND
black Housing Two Pedal Foot-Switch
21406 21407
21461
Chassis
PE 8-pol. Renkverschluss relevant for
yellow / green Buchse DIN45326 metal housings only
C
Wiring of 2-pedal foot switch with 8 pole connector

Wiring of 2-pedal Foot Switch with 8 Pole Connector
all Vision
3-5
3-6
3.4.3
Fig. 3-6
29068 201980
braun
U515/U648 - X4
rot
21461
braun braun
orange orange
rot rot
gelb
U515/U648 - X5 schwarz schwarz schwarz
Wiring triple foot switch "Dual Plus"

Zusatzbetätiger
grün grün
21406 21407
orange
21461
Wiring Triple Foot Switch "Dual Plus"
Zusatzbetätiger (schwarz)
linker rechter
Fuss-Schalter Fuss-Schalter
(gelb) (blau)
Drawn: J. Matschnigg 11. Jan. 2011 Drawing No.: 201980 Unit:

Release: File Name : 3xFuss_29068_201980_V1.01.cdr
Dual-Plus-Fuss-Schalter Vision
Changed: Page : 1 of 1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3.4.4
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 3-7
V1.02 Neues Formblatt; Farbbelegung 22.04.2013 Matschnigg
29068 88659
A
braun
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U515 / U648
X4 rot

B 21461 schwarz
Wiring of 4-pedal foot switch

braun braun
orange orange
rot rot
gelb gelb
U515 / U648 schwarz schwarz
X5 braun
Wiring of 4-pedal Foot Switch
grün grün
schwarz
21461
C rot
3-7
3.5 Wiring Mobile Stand
The following pages show the wiring diagrams of the Ziehm Vision RFD.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
V1.03 NOTAUS on TFT needs new wiring, 29.07.2013 R. Frank

Option Dexela: VideoData U648 mandatory, new PFC wiring
Option I.I. only: Video to CCD J4/X4 Wireless Footswitch and 3rd Laser added;
V1.04 31.03.2014 J.Matschnigg
Wiener Module added;
3.5.1
OPTION Central Ground 4 x coax 75Ω V1.05 Partnr. changed for wire position encoder 04.06.2014 R. Frank
at Z-axis (new #290317)
Fig. 3-8
Central Ground
Top Cover interface cable PE No Analog Sound
Partnr. for cable 3rd Laser added (new
PE V1.06 25.08.2014 J.Matschnigg
#290463)
GL+
XP0 J2 AWG14 V1.07 FD Type 2 Flat Panel added 11.11.2014 W. Hecht
gn/yl GL-
Wireless Footswitch V1.08 Rj45 cable - additional cable number 26.03.2015 W. Hecht
2 to U685/X26
Protective Earth AWG14 gn/yl
HaFu 3_4
HaFu 5_6
HaFu 7_8
a Emergency Loop V1.09 Schieder PFC-Modul added 20.11.2015 W. Hecht
HaFu 1_2
Receiver Board
J1 J3 thru U685
V1.10 minor corrections 08.12.2016 W. Hecht
Emergency Stop
RS232 Tx1 2
1A 6 12 (onboard) 4 4 4 4
RS232 GND
2A
X14 X33 X3 X4 X5 X6 X30 X31 CAN Kinematics Mod. C-Arm Swivel Cable
7A RS232 Rx1 Touch Ser. X11a
X17 RJ45 CAT5 U685 X11
CCD - Video coax 75Ω NOTAUS NOTAUS
1B 1 GND X11b CAN
VideoData TFT-Arm Cable
2 TxD
Sound coax 75Ω Module 5
2B No Analog Sound 3 RxD
U648 CAN U562 X2
Gigalink+ coax 75Ω 4 X9a
3B 5 CAN U531 X6
X9b
RJ45 CAT5
Gigalink- coax 75Ω
XN1
4B CAN U531 X6
Module 2 Main Interface X9c
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
CAN H pi X13 CAN P0 CAN U531 X6
1C X9d
CAN Fault yl Top Cover Wiring
2C
CAN Sense br 6 LYICY X24 NOTAUS 2 TFT Module 18
3C NOTAUS 1 wh wh Pin 1 Hand Switch
CAN Shielding X29 Emergency Stop HaFu 1_2 yl
1
4C 2 yl 2 4 2 5
X32 NOTAUS TFT Module 18 to U648 / X3 2 left side
TFT X18 3 3 1 3
CAN L gr X23 X21 via U592 U648 8
7C 4 br br 4
Unused NOTAUS (Emergency) 1234 3 6 7 gn/yl PE
CAN Radiation gn onnectors have to be bridged! 34pin ribbon 9
8C Shield
CAN GND wh from Sec 6: 21Vdc 12Vac
9C 3 AWG22
Module 5
1234
1 wh wh Pin 1 Hand Switch
X76 X30 4 X35 X66 X39 Option I.I.: 2 x 12Vdc 4 4
L X63 Module 4 HaFu 7_8 2 yl yl 2 4 2 5
F1A Option FD: 1 x 12Vdc 5 right side
3D X6 A U597 Emergency FD 24V Rot. Anode to U648 / X6 3 1 3
X2

EMI- Stops Stator U648
3 8
F1B N Line IN X24 4 br 4
1D Filter 6 br 6 7 gn/yl PE
X3 9
X25 Shield
AWG22
FD 230Vac 2 Option FD: RPS-75-24 Module 1
X38 U701 X26
F1A F1B page 6 Pre Pwr Supply 1 wh wh Pin 1
Test Pins Fan HaFu 3_4 16
Bridge X27 2 yl yl 2
200-240V~ 15AT 15AT X4 Key Switch page 2 to U648 / X4 17
unused
3 4 x Foot Switch
X28 U648
X22 4 br 4 2 5
100-120V~ 20AT 20AT Temperature Switch 8
Bridge X29 1 3
AWG22 8
X31 NOTAUS Sec 1 1 wh gn 3
Zuwiderhandlungen verp?ichten zu Schadenersatz.

unused RD 0V 1 18 6 7 gn/yl PE

3 HaFu 5_6 yl 9
Module 1 and module 2 wiring

X10 X77 2 gr 4
19

RD 45V 2 2 30V/150VA to FG9938 to U648 / X5 3
RD 3 1 300VA X78 U648
X47 NOTAUS 55V 1 4 br br 5
8
RD 160V 4 2 X61 230Vac 2 to U531
X52
RD 230V 5 1 1 yl 21
X8 ON/OFF 230Vac 2 to U531 26 Emergency
XP0 Inset I.I. X53 to U648 / X30 22
1 GND Buttons 2 bl STOP (N.C. !!)
#xxxxx (#29071) 2 LED
Sec 2 230Vac 2 to U531 27
GN 0V X54
3 LED 2 X60
PFC
P0 Cable FD
XP0 Inset FD 4 ON FG9938 180VA Enable X50 2 LED Swi
GN 36V to U701 / X8 12 wh
5 OFF 1 BK 1 X2 13
N X37 4 gn ON
Power Supply – Main Interface
2 100V 1 X1 11
C X13 Sec 3 X1 14
to U580

105V BU 0V
X11 230Vac
3 2 X42 Z - Axis 2 X2
X9 E X15
wh 4 110V Lift-Ctrl. 240VA
3A 1 OFF G X17 BU 24V 3 bl LED Swi
bl 115V 1 14
9A 2 ON 5 X2 13
I X19 Sec 4 25 5
8A bk 3 GND 120V BN 0V rd OFF
13

6 2 X59 X5 X11 X1 14
M X36
Prim 1 U648 30VA
Up BN 12V to
1 1
U597
1 X84 page 2 15 bk
Button Sec 5 1 30Vdc 2 from Lift-Ctrl. U597
2 YE 0V 1 2
7 BK 2 X51 X7
1 Down K X20 X4 Swi Swi
X94 100V I.I. + TFT 3 20Vac 2
Button_1 8 30VA 13 UP 13 UP
2 B X12 YE 15V 2 4 1 wh
105V 1 9
3 9 to U701 / X84 14 14
D X14 Sec 6 2 bl
4
10 110V YE 0V 3 10
Down F X16 2 X49
1 X96 X58 GL2
from Button_2 11 115V CCD 30VA
KBPC35-08 LED Swi
Top Cover interface cable
Emergency Stop 2 H X18 YE 15V 4

1
120V X56 1 br
Top Cover
interface cable
3 12 20 X2 13
Monitor Cart 2 L X21 Sec 7 yl
5A 4 Prim 2 OG 0V A / Y - Axis to U701 / X94 2 21 Down_1
2 X46 X1 14
10A X55 3 22 rd
Drives 100VA
XP0- OG
4 gn
26V 1 X57 23 LED-Inset
X34 NOTAUS
Bridges 230V Sec 8 AWG22 LED Swi
all others 31cm I.I. only #24656 VT 0V U685 1 br
2 X45 24 X2 13
#29102 X64 (Vario
+ Compatibility) to U701 / X96 2
Bridges 115V Drives 60VA Down_2
Upper VT X62 - 3 rd gn X1 14
C C vi #24668 21V 1 25 yl
1 X85 Limit #24844 page 4
33Vdc
NC NC gn Sec 9 3x2 to 4
2 Switch WT 0V X48 Z - Axis only
2 X44 U693/X100

C C or Lower U597 Pump 60VA
male
1 X92 Limit WT 20V

female
NC NC ye 1
2 Switch 2
A- / Y-Axes page 4
#11125 both to
Danger X23 U685 2 PE A4 PE
X93 Switch
U685/X1
NO wh 1 NC
Bridge
C bl 2 C
NC br 3 NO
Module 1 Power Supply Phase FM36W4P #21956 gn/yl Chassis Ground
rd 4 NO X79 C3 FM36W4S #21957
Shift PE
5 C PE X33 Cap. 30µF
20
X80
Numbers indicate black switches X1 D-Sub Connection FM36W4
all Lift Buttons
Safety earth and Limit Switches
d
gn/yl to U693/X101
Z-Axis
Central Ground
PE
AWG14
Electronic Component TFT = Vision Center
Left Side #817013

3-9
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-10
3.5.2
Fig. 3-9
C-Arm Swivel Cable C-Arm Swivel Cable
A Module 1 Pre Pwr Supply
GND
Module 1 U579/U701 - X77 UAC
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
Module 1 U579/U701 - X78 FG9938 GND
UAC
24V=
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9d
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9c
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9b
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
wh
~ GL3 DC in DC out
wh - FG2025 -
- + Master
~
wh
X7 X9
L X4 X3
br X1 L +
1 L X5 GL2 X4
X1 L U581 + U531

~ rd

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X6 bk X5 X6
PFC

X2 N - + rd
- X5 X3 X4
Filter N X7 X2 N - X6
X3 PE ~ rd 10 6
N X8 X8
bl + X3 X4 +
N X9 DC in DC out
bk 4 FG2025
C - -
Slave 2
Assembly options C1, C2 and GL1
C1 C2 Gl1
U531/U641
Wiring pre-power supply with PFC U581

X7 X9 X5 X6

rd 7.5kW with 30000μF 30000μF assembled
+ X3 X3 X4 boostcaps
Module 1 X1 L
U581 + X4 10 6 C1 C2
Pre-Power Supply with PFC U581
rd + + 20kW with 2500μF not assembled not assembled

PFC + X3 X4 +
- X5 boostcaps

X2 N - DC in Slave 1 DC out
X6 - -
X8 FG2025/U650 25kW with 30000μF 30000μF not assembled
GL1 boostcaps
U650 20kW option only
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-
from Fan and Pump Control

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
U579/U701 X5 M Type Speck
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
X7 2 X4 4 Fan Liquid
20Vac 2 3 X2 DC cooler
4
E Print Date: 25.01.2012

Drawn 08.12.2016 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram R/RFD Mobile Stand Motorizied
Released 08.12.2016 F. Sachse
WIR_MS_VisionR_VisionRFD_Motorized_V1.10 N/A
Ziehm Module
Electronic Component ROW Module 1: 000
Right Side #817005 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component USA PrePower Supplies & CAPs
Right Side #817006 N/A A2 2 of 11

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.5.3
Fig. 3-10
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2

+ X3 X4 +
DC in DC out
- FG2025 -
AWG14 Master
br
L X6 X6 L
1 L X5 rd
X1 L U531

AWG14 ACin

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X4 PLUS X5 X6
rd

X2 N X3 X4
Filter bl
X3 PE N X9 X5 N 10 6
N X8 X3 X4
+ +
N X7 W-IE-NE-R DC in DC out
C - FG2025 -
MNPFC16 AWG14 Slave 2
bk
C1 C2 Gl1
MINUS U531/U641
bk X5 X6

7.5kW with 30000μF 30000μF not assembled
X3 X4 boostcaps
Module 1 10 6 C1 C2
+ + 20kW with 2500μF not assembled not assembled
+ X3 X4 + boostcaps

DC in Slave 1 DC out
- FG2025/U650 - 25kW with 30000μF 30000μF not assembled
boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
Wiring pre-power supply with PFC Wiener module

X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
Pre-Power Supply with PFC Wiener Module
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Drawn 08.12.2016 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram Vision-R /-RFD Mobile Stand
WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.12 N/A
Ziehm Module
Module 1: Power Supply 000
Scale Size Page
WIENER-Module N/A A2 3 of 10

3-11
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-12
3.5.4
Fig. 3-11
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
DC in DC out
- FG2025 -
AWG14 Master
rd
L 2
X13 L PLUS
X14 rd U531

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 ACin X5 X6

N X3 X4
X12 N
10 6
bk
+ X3 X4 +
X11 PE SCHIEDER MINUS
X15 bk DC in DC out
C PFC - FG2025 -
AWG14 Slave 2
or Alternativ zu Assembly options C1, C2 and GL1
C1 C2 Gl1
U531/U641
X16 X5 X6

X3 X4 boostcaps
10 6 C1 C2
+ X3 X4 +
Module 1 boostcaps

boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
Wiring pre-power supply with PFC Schieder module

U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-
Pre-Power Supply with PFC Schieder Module

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Drawn 08.12.2016 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram Vision-R /-RFD Mobile Stand
WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.12 N/A
Ziehm Module
Scale Size Page
SCHIEDER-Module N/A A2 4 of 10

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
h
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.5.5
Fig. 3-12
C-Arm Swivel Cable TFT Arm Cable
Module 20
from U701/X33
A (Buttons and
Limit Switches)
2 x AWG20 2 x AWG20 2 x AWG22
4 x 2 x AWG26
to C-Axis to A-Axis to Y-Axis to Z-Axis 4 x 2 x AWG26
20
4 x 2 x AWG26 4 x 2 x AWG26
CAN-D +29V Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D +36V Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D +36V Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D Ena OK Fast 14 20
X3 X4 X5 X6 X4 X101
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
TxD
RxD from U701/X48 3x2
6 X100
Watchdog 33Vdc
from/to Collision
U698 Reset 12 U693
X16
B (& Collision- Grid present
Electronics) Navi present Z-Axis
Gnd
Coll present

Ziehm-CAN Ziehm-CAN X104
8 8
X12 U685 X13 X105 X102 X103 X13 X10
1+1 10 2 2 12
Adapter
Kinematics Module
to U648 Ziehm-CAN Ziehm-CAN
8 8

X11a RJ45 CAT5 X11 X14

Lift- Brake 1
Tacho
C 2
Motor
X17
Kinematics module and Z-axis wiring

Z-Gear-Unit
Kinematics Module and Z-Axis
2 X18 Brake 2

Emergency Stop
Inputs
from U648/X31 2
2 X26
Emergency Loop

Pos.
Encoder
from U701/X23 4
4 X1
29Vdc & 36Vdc
D X19
3
C NO

NC
Brake-Lever-
Switch

Ziehm Module
Module 20: 000
Size Page
Kinematics Module and Z-Axis Scale
N/A A2 5 of 11

3-13
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-14
3.5.6
Fig. 3-13
C-Arm Swivel Cable
from Module 15 U698
U659/X14 2 x AWG22 Laser
X3 X12 Fan
A 12V
U701 / X63 2 x AWG20 +12V
X2 4 x AWG22
Collision & X7
Laser -
U588 / X5 2 x AWG18 +24V Distribution
X6 X13
X14
U685 / X16 4 x 2 x AWG26
X4 X16
X10 X15 X11

Module 4.2
via U698
FD Type 1 Flat Panel Detector
no Central Ground stud, AWG14 gn/yl
FD Power Supply
Fiber Optic Link
Vsyn to the Generator
2 x AWG18 because of Collision Antenna
Receptor Module
+24V
Chassis GND Data
PWR
X7 X5
(inside C-arm profile)

Fiber Optic Link Lichtwellenleiter
IC6
U701 RPS-
X26 75-24 X4
rd
1 +24V
230Vac CN1 CN2
bk 2 0V
Laser
#14519 U588
Giga Link
X10 Laser
1

Vsync 2

3 Laser
(lateral)
X6
RJ45 CAT5 Navigation-
2 x AWG22
XP0 Present
C Switch
XP0 Inset FD X9
2 x AWG22
Grid-
SMB RJ45 Present

Switch
FÏat-panel detector type 1 (PaxScan) wiring

P0 Cable FD
1B
coax 75W Vsync
Flat-panel Detector Type 1 (PaxScan)
Sensor Array
7C whbr Gl1+
Module 20
8C br Gl1-
24C whbl Gl2+
D 25C bl Gl2-
Potential
16C bk Connection
!
17C 9 FlatRibbon Collision
bk Carbon
Electronics Area
25 pin
Module C 9p DSUB

Size rem. Grid fixed Grid
Table of colors
bk = black = schwarz
bl = blue = blau 2020 #601017 #601016
br = brown = braun
gn = green = gruen
= grau
3030 #601038 #601039
gr gray =
E or = orange = orange Print Date: 25.01.2012
pi = pink = rosa Date Name Signature Description
rd = red = rot
vi = violet = violet
wh = white = weiss Released 08.12.2016 F. Sachse
yl = yellow = gelb WIR_MS_VisionR_VisionRFD_Motorized_V1.10 N/A
Module 4.2: Ziehm Module
Flat Panel Detector 000
& Collision Sensor Scale Size Page
Option: FD Type 1 N/A A2 7 of 11

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Option Option 3.5.7

Varian ECP Dexela Flat Panel Detector
Fig. 3-14
C-Arm Swivel Cable
A Direct connection
Power LC via SAMTEC-Connector
CCU
PWR LED
Power Fan Collision Laser Navi/ USB
1-3 Grid Vsync CAN Test
Ground SD-Card
Stud
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RPS-75-24 PWR 24Vdc
B
U562 / X1 VSync
XP0 / 1B VideoData CoaxPress Flat Panel

U701 RPS- U562 / X3 CAN
Detector
X26 75-24 PWR +24Vdc
230Vac CN1 CN2 0V Module 4.2
#14519

Fan
Laser Laser
Navi/Grid
C U698
X3 X12
X2 Collision & X7
Flat-panel detector type 2 (CCU) wiring

Laser -
Distribution

X6 X13
U685 / X16 X14
Flat-panel Detector Type 2 (CCU)
Collision Signals
X4 X16

X10 X15 X11
Sensor Array
Module 20
D
Potential
9 FlatRibbon Connection
!
Collision
Carbon
Electronics Area
9p DSUB

Size rem. Grid fixed Grid
Table of colors
bl = blue = blau 2020 #601017 #601016
br = brown = braun
gn = green = gruen
= grau
3030 #601038 #601039
gr gray =
E or = orange = orange Print Date: 25.01.2012
pi = pink = rosa Date Name Signature Description
rd = red = rot
wh = white = weiss Released 08.12.2016 F. Sachse
yl = yellow = gelb WIR_MS_VisionR_VisionRFD_Motorized_V1.10 N/A
Module 4.2: Ziehm Module
Flat Panel Detector 000
& Collision Sensor Scale Size Page
Option: FD Type 2 N/A A2 11 of 11

3-15
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-16
3.5.8
2pol. terminal
U614
X100 3 x AWG 18 X1 bk, X2 gn, X3 wh
AWG14 rd rd
Fig. 3-15
1
from FG2025 250V I Tr X1
bk Sensor L1 A1
AWG14 bk + X4 bl
2 X2 X3 AWG14 bl
A FIS111
U561/U624(20KW) pri. 1
3pcs. normal 8pcs. E1 1G Ohm U570
from FG9938 X4 AWG14 bl X5 bl
X1 HV
Anode
20kW option M4x15 +60kV M
from U701/X39 1br, 2bk, 3rd (RAD15 1gn, 2bk, 3wh) X8 2 x AWG22 X1
1,2,3
(RTM70 1bl, 2rd, 3yl) U X12
AWG18 rd, bk 2 AWG16 2 x AWG22 0V
2 x AWG18 rd, bk X6
4,5 AWG18 rd, bk 2 X5
X7 X11
X101 0V
5pol. terminal 80°C AWG22
C-Arm GND AWG14 26 Ribbon U
gn/yl AWG22 X8 0V
Central Ground X4
Generator 5 kVIST +/- X9 +Uist
X8
X12 X2
U613 X10 +mAist
U563 U563
Generator
Oil
C-Arm Swivel Cable

HighVoltageControl X8
gn X5 br
yl X4
Module 5 wiring
5 bk X3 shield
Filament
U562
B AWG22 X7
wh
= Cathode
wet 1 X1 4 wh X1
X2 br br
AWG22 2 U564 U569 X5 PTC
20 Ribbon X4 2
Generator Distribution
1 wh X13 wh
16 Ribbon
X2 20R
2 rd X12 rd
Option Dexela: U707 - X1 X1 X6CAN BG1
Option FD: U588 - X10 16 Ribbon 3 bl X11 bl
Option I.I.: U632 - X6 X3 U518 4 yl X10 yl
VSYNC
Option Dexela: U707 - X13 mA
Option FD: Termination-R #91132 X13 X4
small
CAT5 U565 Temperature

Option I.I.: U632 - X3 X3 CAN 4 Ribbon 4x AWG28 X6, X7, X8, X9 X15 -mAist
RJ45 Gen. µP X4
6 Ribbon
large
Module 2 - U648e - X9b CAT5 Shield 2 X14 -Uist

X2 CAN X4

RJ45 black green
X1

X13 0V
Ribbon
Module 15 - U659 / X3 10 Tr1 Tr2 X16 0V
U
X5 CAN
C X1 X2 X17 0V Shield
in+ 1 U602 +12V
+12V 1 3x AWG20 out+ X14 rd U
+24V Rotation Control 2 control X15 wh
Module 15 - U659 / X11 and Power Supply for 3 out- X16 bk M
in- 2 U U570
Oil Pump Oil pump X3
6 -60kV
X3

34 1G Ohm
Ribbon
X4 X24
X-ray Collimator X1

X6 +24V R1
4 x AWG22 mA IST +/-
X4 U614 PTC
X6 wh X1
small X7 gn X2
2 mA Meter
2 x AWG22 rd, bk X8 +24V U564 X3 X8 rd X3
SERVICE
Filament
+ 3 x AWG18
X9 bl X5
Power Supply X2 3 x AWG18 large
D X10 bk X6
X11 yl X7
X10
U591
Filament Transformer
Connection Board

Module 5
Generator

Note: Released 08.12.2016 F. Sachse
mA ist = mA actual value WIR_MS_VisionR_VisionRFD_Motorized_V1.10 N/A
Ziehm Module
kV ist = kV actual value 000
Module 5:
Scale Size Page
Generator
N/A A2 8 of 11

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.5.9
X-ray Collimator
Fig. 3-16
C-Arm Swivel Cable
A
Module 15
Asymmetrical Collimator for FD
U659
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U564 X8 +12V_SER
X11 +UB, GNDUB
+5V
Power Supply
B
U562 X5 +5V
+12V_SER
X3 U611

CAN
rotation M1
X15
Position
2 x AWG20
Module 20 Error
+5V
4 x 2 x AWG26
Position iris M2
Error

Position
Vision Track and C-axis wiring

CAN-D +30V Ena OK Fast 14

Vision Track and C-Axis
Error corner M5
X4
µP
CAN-D Termination Position X16
2 U610
Laser X9 Error
C
Position slot 1 M3
to U698/X3 2 Error
X14
U686 as at Flat Detector U610
Module 4.2
or

C-Axis Laser lateral slot 2 M4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dose Area Product
X203 X12 X10 X201 X13 X202 S1 S2 Ionization chamber
2 6 12 2 2 2 Ik Uk
OFF OFF
bk bk
DIP-Switches
Adapter
1 +24V
4 2 GND
D X12 VACU-DAP -C
3 RS485-A
4 RS485-B
Motor
Tacho

Encoder
Nbl-Switch
C-Clutch
Solenoid
C-Brake-
Switch
Ziehm Module
Module 15: Collimator 000
Scale Size Page
Module 20: C-Axis
N/A A2 9 of 11

3-17
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-18
TFT Arm Cable Ground Stud @ Carriage
3.5.10
Module 18
Fig. 3-17
PE AWG14
Vision Center
Ground Stud @ TFT-arm
A gn/yl
SMB X-Ray Indicator
Holding plate G2+
page 1 G2- TFT Touch-Screen
No Analog Sound X3
X TFT
2 AWG22 +Ub X1 X2 1 +Ub 1
1
2 2 unused 2 TFT Touch
3 TxD Passive TFT 4 RxD 4
4 Display Panel
Interconnect 5 GND 5
Speaker
5
Module 2 U648 - X18 2 Board 6 +Ub 6
2 x 0.14mm 6
7 7 unused 7
4 RxD U592 TxD
8 8 8
1 AWG22 9 GND 9
9
GND !
9 Pin 9 Pin X-Ray Button Emergency Stop Button
Emergency a D-Sub D-Sub Emergency a
Module 2 U648/X29
B Emergency b AWG22 Emergency b
Molex (MicroFit)
2 x AWG20 2 x AWG20
4 x 2 x AWG26 4 x 2 x AWG26

CAN-D +30V Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D +30V Ena OK Fast 14

X4 X4
CAN-D Termination
U686 as U686 as
Vision Center, A-axis and Y-axis wiring

Module 20

A-Axis Y-Axis
Vision Center, A-Axis and Y-Axis

X203 X12 X10 X13 X202 X203 X12 X10 X13 X202 X9
2 6 12 2 2 2 6 12 2 2 4
Adapter
Adapter
D
Motor Motor
Tacho
Tacho
Pos. Pos.
Encoder Encoder

A-Clutch
Y-Clutch
Schleppkette
Drag Chain
A-Brake- Y-Brake-
Switch Switch
WigWag-
E Horizontal Carriage Switch Print Date: 25.01.2012
Ziehm Module
Module 18: Vision Center 000
Size Page
Module 20: A-Axis & Y-Axis Scale
N/A A2 10 of 11

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4
Power Supply
Mobile Stand
Module 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand
4.1 View Power Supply
Fig. 4-1 Front view of power supply 20kW with flow sensor

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-2 Left side view of power supply

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-3 Right side view of power supply

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-4 Front side view with cooling assembly opened, PFC Type Astec,

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-5 Front side view with cooling assembly opened, PFC Type Wiener

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-6 U597 fan and pump control board

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-7 Boostcap rack type 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.2 Functions of the Power Supply
4.2.1 Input
Line Power. The power supply is intended for a single phase line.
− Mains filter
− Voltage selection:
a) 100 V, 105 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V
b) 200 V, 210 V, 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
→ p. 4-48
− Inrush current limitation
− Fusing
− Line filter for PFC
− Power factor correction
4.2.2 Output
Power supply of different functional groups:

− Regulated generator high voltage
− Generator electronic
− Rotating anode (accelerate and run)
− Coolant pump
− Heat exchanger fan
− U648 main interface
− FD fan and collision controller
− 230 VAC to power supply board for flat-panel detector
− A / C / Y / Z axes
− Kinematics module

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.2.3 Other Functions
− Mains on/off control (HC08 controller)

− Rotating anode motor control
− Coolant pump control
− Heat exchanger fan control
− Maxwell - BOOSTCAP® Ultracapacitor as supplementary power supply
4.3 Wiring Diagrams
Please turn over page to continue.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6

Option I.I. only:
4-10
V1.01 new wiring because of U701 [U579], U693 31.10.2012 R. Frank
Video to
CCD J4/X4 NOTAUS on TFT needs new wiring,
4.3.1
V1.02 02.07.2013 R. Frank
OPTION 4 x coax 75W U648 mandatory
Central Ground
Central Ground NOTAUS on TFT needs new wiring,
V1.03 29.07.2013 R. Frank
Fig. 4-8
PE
PE Top Cover interface cable U648 mandatory, new PFC wiring
GL+ Wireless Footswitch and 3rd Laser added;
AWG14 V1.04 31.03.2014 J.Matschnigg
XP0 J2 Wiener Module added;
gn/yl GL-
A Wireless Footswitch 2 to U685/X26
Protective Earth AWG14 gn/yl
HaFu 3_4
HaFu 5_6
HaFu 7_8
a Emergency Loop
HaFu 1_2
Receiver Board
J1 J3 thru U685
Emergency Stop
RS232 Tx1 2
1A 6 12 (onboard) 4 4 4 4
RS232 GND
2A
X14 X33 X3 X4 X5 X6 X30 X31 CAN Kinematics Mod. C-Arm Swivel Cable
7A RS232 Rx1 X11a
X17 Touch Ser. RJ45 CAT5 U685 X11
Option I.I. only: coax 75W NOTAUS NOTAUS
1B 1 GND X11b CAN
Video from CCD
2 TxD TFT-Arm Cable
Sound coax 75W Module 5
2B 3 RxD
U648 CAN U562 X2
Gigalink+ coax 75W 4 X9a
3B 5 U531 X6
X9b CAN
RJ45 CAT5
Gigalink- coax 75W
XN1
4B CAN U531 X6
Module 2 Main Interface X9c
CAN H pi X13 CAN P0 CAN U531 X6
1C X9d
CAN Fault yl Top Cover Wiring
2C
CAN Sense 6 LYICY
Wiring U701
3C br X24 NOTAUS 2 TFT Module 6 wh Pin
NOTAUS X29 1 1 wh 1 Hand Switch
CAN Shielding Emergency Stop HaFu 1_2 yl
4C 2 yl 2 4 2 5
X32 NOTAUS TFT Module 6 to U648 / X3 2 left side
TFT X18 3 3 1 3
CAN L gr X23 X21 via U592 U648 8
7C 4 br br 4
Wiring U701
gn Unused NOTAUS (Emergency) 1234 3 6 7 gn/yl PE

8C CAN Radiation onnectors have to be bridged! 34pin ribbon 9
B Shield
CAN GND wh from Sec 6: 21Vdc 12Vac
9C 3 AWG22
Module 5
1234
1 wh wh Pin 1 Hand Switch
X76 X30 4 X35 X66 X39 Option I.I.: 2 x 12Vdc 4 4
L X63 Option FD: 1 x 12Vdc Module 4 HaFu 7_8 2 yl yl 2 4 2 5
F1A Emergency FD 24V Rot. Anode 5 right side
3D X2 X6 A U597 to U648 / X6 3 3 1 3
EMI- Stops Stator X24 U648 8
F1B N Line IN 4 br br 4 6 7 gn/yl PE
1D Filter X3 6 9
X25 Shield
AWG22
FD 230Vac 2 Option FD: RPS-75-24 Module 1
X38 U701 X26
F1A F1B page 6 Pre Pwr Supply 1 wh wh Pin 1
Test Pins Fan HaFu 3_4 16
Bridge X27 2 yl yl 2
200-240V~ 15AT 15AT X4 Key Switch page 2 to U648 / X4 17
3 4 x Foot Switch
X28 U648
X22 4 br 4 2 5
100-120V~ 20AT 20AT Temperature Switch 8
Bridge X29 1 3
AWG22 8
X31 NOTAUS Sec 1 1 wh gn 3

RD 0V 1 18 6 7 gn/yl PE

3 X10 X77 HaFu 5_6 2 yl gr 9
19 4
RD

45V 2 2 to U648 / X5
30V/150VA to FG9938 3
RD 3 1 300VA X78 U648
X47 NOTAUS 55V 1 4 br br 5
8
RD 160V 4 2 X61 230Vac 2 to U531
X52
RD 230V 5 1 1 yl 21
X8ON/OFF 230Vac 2 to U531 26 Emergency
XP0 Inset I.I. X53 to U648 / X30 22
C 1 GND Buttons 2 bl STOP (N.C. !!)
(#29071) Sec 2 230Vac 2 to U531 27
2 LED GN 0V X54
3 LED 2 X60
PFC
P0 Cable FD
XP0 Inset FD 4 ON FG9938 180VA Enable X50 2 LED Swi
0V GN 36V to U701 / X8 12 wh
5 OFF 1 BK 1 X2 13
N X37 4 gn ON
2 100V 1 X1 11
C X13 Sec 3 X1 14
to U580

105V BU 0V
X11 230Vac
3 2 X42 Z - Axis 2 X2
X9 E X15
wh 4 110V Lift-Ctrl. 240VA
3A 1 OFF G X17 BU 24V 3 bl LED Swi
bl 115V 1 14
9A 2 ON 5 X2 13
I X19 Sec 4 25 5
8A bk 3 GND 120V BN 0V rd OFF
13

6 2 X59 X5 X11 X1 14
M X36
Prim 1 U648 30VA
Up BN 12V to
1 1
U597
1 X84 Button page 2 15 bk
Sec 5 1 30Vdc 2 from Lift-Ctrl. U597
2 0V YE 0V 1
7 BK 2 X51 X7 2
1 Down K X20 X4 Swi Swi
X94 Button_1 100V I.I. + TFT 3 20Vac 2
8 30VA 13 UP 13 UP
2 B X12 YE 15V 2 4 1 wh
105V 1 9
3 9 to U701 / X84 14 14
D X14 Sec 6 2 bl
4
10 110V YE 0V 3 10
Down F X16 2 X49
1 X58 GL2
from
X96 Button_2
11 115V CCD 30VA
KBPC35-08 LED Swi
Emergency Stop 2 H X18 YE 15V 4

120V 1 X56 1 br
D 3 12 20 X2 13
Monitor Cart 2 L X21 Sec 7 yl
5A 4 Prim 2 OG 0V A / Y - Axis to U701 / X94 2 21 Down_1
2 X46 X1 14

10A X55 3 22 rd
Drives 100VA
XP0- OG
4 gn
26V 1 X57 23 LED-Inset
X34 NOTAUS
Bridges 230V Sec 8 AWG22 LED Swi
all others 31cm I.I. only #24656 VT 0V U685 1 br
2 X45 X64 + 24 X2 13
#29102 (Vario Compatibility) to U701 / X96 2
Bridges 115V Drives 60VA Down_2
C C Upper #24668 VT 21V X62 - 3 rd yl gn X1 14
vi 1 1 25
X85 Limit #24844 page 4
33Vdc
NC NC gn Sec 9 3x2 to 4
2 Switch WT 0V X48 Z - Axis only
2 X44 U693/X100

C C or Lower U597 Pump 60VA
male
1 X92 Limit WT 20V

female
NC NC ye 1
2 Switch 2
A- / Y-Axes page 4
#11125 both to
Danger X23 U685 2 PE A4 PE
X93 Switch
U685/X1
NO wh 1 NC
Bridge
C bl 2 C
NC br 3 NO
Module 1 Power Supply Phase FM36W4P #21956 gn/yl Chassis Ground
rd 4 NO X79 C3 FM36W4S #21957
Shift PE
5 C PE X33 Cap. 30μF
20
X80
Numbers indicate black switches X1 D-Sub Connection FM36W4
E all Lift Buttons Print Date: 25.01.2012
Safety earth and Limit Switches Date Name Signature Description
d Drawn 31.03.2014 J. Matschnigg Wiring Diagram R/RFD Mobile Stand Motorizied
gn/yl to U693/X101
Z-Axis Released 01.04.2014 R. Frank
Ziehm Module
Central Ground 000
PE Module 1: Power Supply
AWG14 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component TFT = Vision Center Module 2: Main Interface
Left Side #817013 N/A A2 1 of 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
4.3.2
Fig. 4-9
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2

+ X3 X4 +
wh
~ GL3 DC in DC out
wh - FG2025 -
- + Master
~
wh
X7 X9
L X4 X3
br X1 L +
1 L X5 GL2 X4
X1 L U581 + U531

~ rd

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X6 bk X5 X6
PFC

X2 N - + rd
- X5 X3 X4
Filter N X7 X2 N - X6
X3 PE ~ rd 10 6
X8
Wiring PPS with PFC Type U581

N X8 X3 X4
bl + +
N X9 DC in DC out
bk 4 FG2025
C - -
Slave 2
C1 C2 Gl1
U531/U641
X7 X9 X5 X6

7.5kW with 30000μF 30000μF assembled
+ X3 rd X3 X4 boostcaps
Wiring PPS with PFC Type U581
Module 1 X1 L
U581 + X4 10 6 C1 C2
rd + + 20kW with 2500μF not assembled not assembled
PFC + X3 X4 +
- X5 boostcaps

X2 N - DC in Slave 1 DC out
X6 - -
X8 FG2025/U650 25kW with 30000μF 30000μF not assembled
GL1 boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Drawn 31.03.2014 J. Matschnigg Wiring Diagram R/RFD Mobile Stand Motorizied
Released 01.04.2014 R. Frank
Ziehm Module
Electronic Component ROW Module 1: 000
Right Side #817005 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component USA PrePower Supplies & CAPs
Right Side #817006 N/A A2 2 of 9

4-11
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-12
4.3.3
Fig. 4-10
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52
X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
DC in DC out
- FG2025 -
AWG14 Master
br
L X6 X6 L
1 L X5 rd
X1 L U531

AWG14 ACin

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X4 PLUS X5 X6
rd

X2 N X3 X4
Filter bl
X3 PE N X9 X5 N 10 6
N X8 X3 X4
+ +
N X7 W-IE-NE-R DC in DC out
Wiring PPS with PFC Type Wiener

C - FG2025 -
MNPFC16 AWG14 Slave 2
bk
C1 C2 Gl1
MINUS U531/U641
bk X5 X6

X3 X4 boostcaps
Module 1 10 6 C1 C2
+ X3 X4 + boostcaps
Wiring PPS with PFC Type Wiener

boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Ziehm Module
Scale Size Page
WIENER-Module N/A A2 3 of 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
V1.01 @X46: 24V -> 26V 15.11.2012 R. Frank

4.4
4.4.1
DC-Motor 200W
F19: 10AT
Fig. 4-11
X42 X55 X104 X105
Z-Axis U693 X103 Brake 1 20W
A 24Vac / 240VA
(X64) +33V +33V -
X56 X58 +
SEC3
Motor X13 Brake 2 20W
Signals
X41 X100
X42 Power-Stage Controller
X57 GND GND Control Signals
(X62) X4
4x2
X203 DC-Motor
Kinematics Module U685 X6
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
F11: 2.5AT C-Axis 20W
X45/1 +29V
21Vac / 60VA U686 X13
X3
Clutch
+29V +12V Control Signals 4x2 X4
B SEC8 +5V
Various +3V3
X45/2 Regulators +2V5
GND GND
X203 DC-Motor
Control Signals 4x2

X4 X4
A-Axis 50W
34Vdc 2
X23 X1 U686
F10: 2.5AT X13
Block Diagrams
X46/1 Clutch
26Vac / 100VA

+34V

SEC7
2
U701 and motorisation
X46/2
X203 DC-Motor
GND Control Signals 4x2
C
} X5 Y-Axis
X4 20W
34Vdc 2
U686
Transformer #11125
X13 Clutch
Block diagram of U701 & motorization

U701

[U579]
F9: 2AT U698

X51/1 Control Signals X4
4x2
15Vac / 30VA
IC11 GND X10 9 12Vdc Collision-
D SEC6 12Vdc
[CCD] Controller
X63/3+ 2 X2
X51/2 X63/4- } X12 X11 X15
Grid-Present
Switch

Navi-Present
12Vdc Switch
Fan
E
Drawn 15.11.2012 R. Frank Block Diagram Powerdistribution in Motorizied MS
Released 16.11.2012 A. Huck
BLK_MS_Power_Overview_Motorized_V1.01.cdr N/A
Ziehm Module
001
Power Overview R/RFDmot Scale Size Page
N/A A2 1 of 1

4-13
4-14
4.4.2
Fig. 4-12
U648 / U515
Main Interface
U579
U701
CAN
U531+
regulated
U580 U581/ dc voltage
FG2025 Buffer Capacitor
W-IE-NE-R approx.
F18, X11 PFC Filter
310 V DC PPS 75V - 216V
PFC Master
Generator
approx. 230Vac EMI
2 x 30mF (7,5 / 25 kW)
1 x 2,5mF (20 kW)
U531+ U531+
Supplementary Power Supply
FG2025 FG2025 (7,5kW)

/U650 (20/25kW)
PPS
282Vdc PPS
Slave 2 Slave 1
Service
Connector
U670 + U653
Capacitor
Rack
20AF 120 x 350F
Block diagram of pre-power supply & supplementary power supply

27.01.2015
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5 Pre-Power Supply
The pre-power supply supplies the power for the final stage which is generating the high voltage
to the tube in the generator. It is controlled by CAN messages.
The pre-power supply gets a power factor corrected DC voltage as input and produces a stabilized
DC output. The voltage is selectable by CAN messages in a range from 40 V to 250 VDC.
The output current is limited to a fixed value and it is adjusted in the factory.
The pre-power supply is based on the step-down converter principle and comprises two printed
circuit boards.
There are 3 PPS units in the Ziehm Vision R in order to provide the required output power and
control the boostcaps.
4.5.1 FG 2025
The FG 2025 holds the power stage with the power semiconductors and heat sink. It holds a neon
lamp as safety precaution for service personnel. It indicates dangerous voltages present.
4.5.2 U650
The U650 holds the power stage with the power semiconductors and heat sink. It holds a neon
lamp as safety precaution for service personnel. It indicates dangerous voltages present.
The U650 is capable of supplying up to 130A. It is used as Slave 1 in 20kW Systems.
4.5.3 U531
The U531 board:

− holds the pulse width modulator controller,
− holds the closed-loop control circuits which compare the reference values for current and volt-
age with their respective actual values,
− holds the microprocessor which handles the communication to the CAN bus,
− holds all the power supplies necessary to operate the control electronics.
The complete interface to the CAN bus and the interface to the PWM controller must be isolated
with optocouplers good for 8 mm clearance / creepage.
A hardware enable signal directly operated from the FAULT signal contained on the CAN bus
must shut down the PWM controller.
The high impedance resistors for the actual value of the voltage regulation provide the necessary
second safety barrier for the required 12 mm in a 400 V section.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4-16
4.5.4
+ +
Fig. 4-13
220K
to U561
from PFC or Generator
Boostcaps or to
220K Boostcaps
Shunt
- -
FG2025-001
enable PWM +12V

Opto Controller Regulator
Block diagram of pre-power supply

Opto Opto Trafo
Block Diagram U531 and FG 2025
Stoerung
reference
I
Fault Opto DAC
HC08
CAN actual value
regulator
H L Opto ADC
U
+5V +9V
Trafo Regulators U531

230V
~
IN
Drawn: M. Ernemann 03. Aug. 2001 Drawing No.: Unit:

Release: Frank 22.Jan.2003 File Name : M01_prepwrsupply_R_1d_s.cdr ZIEHM Vision R
Block diagram PrePower Supply Sörgel 27.May.2008 Page : FST / MS
Changed:
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.5 U531: Location of Connectors, LEDs and Switches
D50 Watchdog
S1 module number
D37 Overtemperature
in power supply
D45 +9 V
S2 configuration
D44 +5 V
Factory setting X3 Feedback from
power stage
D10 & D12 Startup

D7 Error
X6 CAN bus
J2 Enable
X4 Control to
power stage
Factory setting
X5 mains input
Fig. 4-14 U531 location of connectors, LEDs and switches

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.6 U531: Connectors
X3: Feedback from Power Stage

Type: 10 pin cable connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 space for safety
Pin 3 actual value current
Pin 4 temperature sensor
Pin 5 ground
Pin 6 +5 V for temperature sensor
Pin 7 ground
Pin 10 actual value voltage
X4: Control Signals to Power Stage

Pin Function
Pin 1 PWM signal
Pin 2 feedback current MOSFET
Pin 3 +12 V
Pin 4 ground
Pin 5 overtemp. shutoff at 85° C
Pin 6 ground
X5: Mains Input for Control Electronics

Pin Function
Pin 1 230 VAC input
Pin 2
Pin 3 230 VAC input

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X6: CAN bus connector

Type: RJ-45
Pin Function
Pin 1 CAN ground
Pin 2 CAN +5 V
Pin 3 CAN_L
Pin 4 CAN fault
Pin 5 CAN X-ray enable
Pin 6 CAN_H
Pin 7 n. c.
Pin 8 n. c.
Housing earth

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.7 U531: LED Indicators

v
LED(s) Status Meaning
LED D10 flashing Startup phase 1

LED D12 OFF
LED D10 OFF Startup phase 2

LED D12 flashing
LED D10 and LED D12 flashing synchronously Waiting for system to run
LED D10 and LED D12 flashing asynchronously System is running
LED D7 (red) ON One or more runtime error/s are set

LED D7 (red) OFF No runtime error is set
LED D50 (red) ON Hardware reset or watchdog is active
LED D37 (red) ON Overtemperature in pre-power supply
LED D44 (green) ON +5 V ok
4.5.8 U531: DIP Switches
DIP switch S1 (module number) Master (10) Slave 1 (137) Slave 2 (138)
Bit 0 (switch 1): CAN bus address = OFF ON OFF
Bit 1 (switch 2): CAN bus address = ON OFF ON
Bit 2 (switch 3): CAN bus address = OFF OFF OFF
Bit 3 (switch 4): CAN bus address = ON ON ON
Bit 7 (switch 8): CAN bus address = OFF ON ON

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
DIP switch S2 (configuration)
Bit 0 (switch 1) standalone for production requirements ON == standalone active
Bit 1 (switch 2) reserved

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.9 FG 2025: Location of Connectors and Indicators
X4 control X3 feedback
from U531 to U531
DC mains input supply voltage

to generator or
to Boostcaps
GL1 Indicator for
high voltage at the
mains input
Fig. 4-15 FG 2025 location of connectors and indicators
WARNING
Do not perform any service work on the unit as long as GL1 is on!

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.10 U650: Location of Connectors and Indicators
X6 control
from U531 X5 feedback
to U531
+ -
H1 Indicator for supply voltage to generator
- +
high voltage at the + -
DC input
DC input
- +
Fig. 4-16 U650 location of connectors and indicators
WARNING
Do not perform any service work on the unit as long as H1 is on!

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.11 Pre-power Supply Errors
Hardware is checked by software. Errors are indicated on the Vision Center.
− Startup errors:
Hardware checks by software (Startup)
Check reference voltage DAC (MAX504) E1302
Check data transfer to DAC (SPI interface between HC08 and MAX504) E1300
Check output voltage (nominal value / "VOUT") from the DAC (MAX504) E1303
Check temperature E1301
EEPROM checksum error E1304
− Runtime errors:
Hardware checks by software (Runtime)
SPI Interface between HC08 and MAX504: E1350

Data transfer to DAC is checked every time the nominal value changes
Temperature: E1351
The temperature is checked permanently in the runtime phase.
CAN fault: E1355

The "CAN Fault" line is checked permanently in the runtime phase.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.5.12 Replacing the Pre-power Supply
The potentiometer P2 on the U531 / 641 (current limiting) has to be adjusted.

This has to be done according to Work Instruction 19_2149 – Exchange Power-Supply-Rack /
PFC assembly and U579.
If one of the boards U531, FG 2025, U641 or U650 is faulty, both boards making up the pre power
supply must be replaced.
Use heat-conductive paste for mounting the FG2025 / U650 board.
The boards are shipped as a matched set.
The potentiometer P2 of master and slave 2 is adjusted for sufficient current intake.
Slave 1 must not be readjusted.
To order a replacement, details regarding the pre-power supply function (master, slave, slave 1,
slave 1 130A) are necessary.
Pre-Power Supply Sparepart Replaces
Master 145636 145635 / 145636
Slave 2 145634 145633 / 145634
Slave 1 145698 145698
Slave 1 130A 145632 145632

Table 4-1 Part numbers of the pre-power supplies
NOTE
Adjustment according to WI 19_2149 has to be performed after installation!
4.5.13 Pre-power Supply U531e Board Layout

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Transmission as well as reproduction of this docume nt, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage ,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not p ermitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gesta ttet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
4-26
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 4-17
4.5.13.1
D1
+
S1 S2 X7 C10
+
+
C14 C48
IC17
5
K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GL1 C65
+
1
+
7
K
IC24
+
~ -
KK2
MP18
+ ~
D2
GND
C39
K
D10 D12 D7 C49
D3
IC25 IC23 IC13
U_CAPS
U_TEMP
U_MAINS
U_ACTUAL
D66
K
D65
K
D64
K
D63
K
D62
K
D61
K
MP6 MP3 MP4 MP5
C53
B 9
K
K
K
U531e board layout page 1

C7
+ IC1 33 C41 R87 R88 R86
+
IC18
R135
R130
R129
R131
R132
C9 +
49
1
+
C2
R21
C3
R20
C20
C63
IC12
TR1
R92
U531e Board Layout Page 1
10
IC15
IC21
Q1
C26
R55
MP8
17
1
IC6
5
+ ~
R3 EA-U R56 IC20
RESET
J2
D36 D60
1
R142 R141
1
7
X2
D52
D51
R19
D34
MP17
K
K
MP23
R22
+
~ -
X3
IC11
KK1
IC19
K
IC22
R17
C13 GL2
K
K
R18
D49
+2V04B_REF
X1 T2
C56
MP7 T4 C25
IC2
IC3
1
R84
C58 +
C50
C19 9
IC5
R128 IC8
R6 IC16 R26 IC27 EA-I2 R83 C66
D47 D35 D48
K
K
K
C42 IC14
R124
C57
C24
IC4 C60 L1 MP21
C77
1
R35
+5V1_REF
IC26 IC28 C64 R115
IC10
C R9
IC7
T7
R73
+
TR2
+
+
R96
R4 D41
C74
+
1 2 3 1 2 3 R101 R116
+ GND1
R75
R5
1
C17 P5 1 X5
MP15
J1 J5 T3 C78
K
MP1 MP19 R118

P3
6
D46
Sim U
Sim I
1
I_DAC2
1
U_DAC1
P1
+5V_REF2
MP2 D45 MP11 D44 MP12 IC9 MP10 + MP14
K K K K
D37
D50
U531e
MP13
P4 C75
pulse
current
MP20
Reset OVERTEMP GND +9V +5V curr_dac GND X6 out X4 +12V
Top Silkscreen
Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

D Drawn: 19.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.pcb 531e-48631a-a
Ziehm Module
001
Scale Size Page
U531e 1:1 A4 N/A
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
exploitation or disclosure ofi ts contents is not p ermitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gesta ttet.
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 4-18
4.5.13.2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
R15
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
R16
R100
D27 D19
D26 D18
D25 D17
D24 D16
D23 D15
D22 D14
D21 D13
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
R2
R111 D28 D20

C55

R114 R43 R42 R93 T8 R36 C54 R110
R99 C44 R98 C45 R97
R109
R108
R107
R106
R105
R104
R41
R66
C47
C71
C51
R13
R144
R145
B
R89
R85
R90
R40 R7
R46
C22
R45
R44
K
D59
C11
C46
C67
K
K
R133
C28
U531e board layout page 2

D40
R59 R58
D58
R1
R134
R91
C1
C27
C6
D38
D39
R61
C69
C40 R57 C4
R60 C62
R62
U531e Board Layout Page 2
R126
R127
K
R94
R95
R54
K
K
K
C72
R112 R113
D30
D55
T6
D31
K
K
R67
C52
D29
C30
R125
C16
R143
R48
C29 R65 D56
R47 C23 R63 D57
C59
C18
C34
R68 R69 R71 R70
R49
C5
C8
R123
R74
+
R8
R11
R10
C12
D33 C33 C80

R34
R122
R121
K
K
R81
R27
C79
D32
R64
C70
C15
R139
R39 C21 R38
C31
R146
R140
R25
C R72
R23
R12
R137
R136
R76
C32
C43
R14
C61
R77
C38 R82 C35

R138
C68
T1
R119 C76 R117
R24
R37
R103 D43 C36 C73 R78
R102
R80 C37
R79
D42
Bottom Silkscreen

D Drawn: 19.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.pcb 531e-48631a-a
Ziehm Module
001
Scale Size Page
U531e 1:1 A4 N/A
4-27
4.5.14 Pre-power Supply U531e Schematics

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
+5V
C68 R5 R96 R112 R113 R6 R128 R9
Fig. 4-19
4.5.14.1
100n 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
X7R
A
GND
X2 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 +5V
+5V
10

SL1-10G
+5V
Reset
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
R10 R11 D50 SL1/25-4G
C12 100n 10K 10K rd
X7R 1 X1
MP17 2
R8 IC2 R4 IC1 3
GND 10K 2 3 1K RESET 26 13 4
VCC GND PTA0 PTE0/TxD +5V
GND
B IC3-A CANSTÖR_IN 27 14
4 7 PTA1 PTE1/RxD
D51 2 3 /Reset 28 15
PFI PTA2 PTE2/TACH0
29 16 GND
1PS79SB31 PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 30 17 R13 1K D7
1 5 31 PTA4 18
74HC126 C15 PTE5/MISO SPI_MISO rd
6 8 32 PTA5 19
O_WDI D52 100n SPI_MOSI
WDI PTA6 PTE6/MOSI

33 20 SPI_CLK
1PS79SB31 PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
MAX705ESA
C8 D49 U_TEMP 34 4 Dyn_Curr_Lim2
PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2
U_CAPS 35 5
X7R PTB1/ATD1 PTF1/TACH3
GND 36 6
1PS79SB31 U_ACTUAL PTB2/ATD2 PTF2/TACH4 SPI_CS_DAC1
GND 100n 37 7
U_MAINS PTF3/TACH5 SPI_CS_DAC2

38 PTB3/ATD3 8
U531e schematics page 1

+2V048_REF PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
39 11 R144 1K D10
U_DAC1 PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1
I_DAC2 40 12 R145 1K gn
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
D12
PTB7/ATD7
gn
R94
60 23 O_WDI
PTC0 PTG0/KBD0
IC3-C 61 24
GND
22K1 PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
8 9 62 25 CANSTÖR_OUT
PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
63
74HC126 10 R141 1 PTC3 48 +5V
PTC4 PTH0/KBD3
+5V 64 49
C 10K PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
42
+
C11 C4 C9
R95 43 PTD0/ATD8 22 100n 10n
46 PTD1/ATD9 VDD 100μ/10V
IC3-D
GND
22K1 PTD2/ATD10
X7R
X7R
11 12 47
50 PTD3/ATD11 21 R7
74HC126 13 R142 51 PTD4/ATD12/TBCLK VSS
475R
52 PTD5/ATD13
10K +5V 53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
R3 R2 GND
PTD7 44
301R 301R
VDDAREF
2
45 +5V
3 AVSS/VREFL
/Reset
9 54 C7
+
CAN_Rx C1 C6 C46 C67

CANRx VREFH 55
CAN Address 100n 1n 100n 1n
10 VDDA
S1 CAN_Tx
CANTx
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
D13 1PS79SB31
1
D14 1PS79SB31 59 56
OSC1 VSSA
D15 1PS79SB31
100μ/10V
D16 1PS79SB31 58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
D17 1PS79SB31 GND
D18 1PS79SB31 MC68HC908AZ60A
D19 1PS79SB31

C69
D20 1PS79SB31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C2 22n
1513 119 7 5 3
16141210 8 6 4 2
X7R
Dil Switch C0G

1 22p
Options GND +5V
S2 Q1
D21 1PS79SB31 R104 15K 2 IC3-E
1
D22 1PS79SB31 R105 15K R1 3 14 7
VCC GND
D23 1PS79SB31 R106 15K 1M1
D24 1PS79SB31 R107 15K 4 16MHz C16 C5 74HC126
D25 1PS79SB31 R108 15K 100n 1n
D26 1PS79SB31 R109 15K C3
X7R
X7R
D27 1PS79SB31 R110 15K

D28 1PS79SB31 R111 15K C0G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
22p
1513 119 7 5 3
16141210 8 6 4 2
Dil Switch GND GND
GND
E Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
Print date: Ziehm Module
20.09.2013 001 01_MicroProcessor
U531e Scale Size Page
N/A A3 1 of 6

4-29
1 2 3 4 5 6
C56 100μ/25V
+
4-30
C18 100n CAN+5V +5V
X7R
CANGND
IC5 IC6
Fig. 4-20
4.5.14.2
2 3 1 8
GND VCC NC
2 6 R21 R20 C20
A + 1K 10K 100n
L1
X7R
4 3 7 1
CANH TxD 4 R17 3 - CAN_Rx
1 2 RxD 4 5
392R NC
8 7
11μH 6 Rs 5
CANL Vref
HCNW2611 GND
PCA82C250
CAN+5V
X6
1
CANGND
2 >8mm
CAN+5V
3 +5V
CAN L
4

CANSTOER
5 IC20
CANSTR
6 C19 R19 R18 8 1
CAN H NC
7 100n 10K 1K 6 2 +5V R143
C.GND
X7R
8 + 10K
C.+5V
IC3-B
3 R22 6 5
- CAN_Tx
Shield1
9 5 4
NC 392R 74HC126
Shield2
10 7 4 R34 10K +5V
B RJ45
CANGND HCNW2611
IC8
3 1 +5V
4 2 R23
3
270R
CNY65A +5V
CANGND T7

BSS138 2 CANSTÖR_OUT

1
R37 R35
2K21 22K1
IC9
R24 1 3
CAN+5V CANSTÖR_IN
270R
GND GND
2 4
C CNY65A
GND
R39 33K2 T1
BC848C μP world
C21
R38 10n
47K0 UC3823 world
X7R
IC10
R25 1 3
CAN+5V ENABLE
270R
CANGND
2 4
CNY65A
+9V
D IC23
R41 R40 1 3
10K 1K2

2 4
R114 CNY65A
1K R42 GND1
680R
3
12mm
R43
IC24
1
5K1
TL431CPK
2
E GND GND Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
20.09.2013 001 02_CAN_Interface
N/A A3 2 of 6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+9V
U_CAPS_INP 1 X3
2
Fig. 4-21
4.5.14.3
D30 SHUNT 3
BAT46 KTY 4
A 5
+5V_REF2 6
7
8
9
+5V_REF2 10
C72
R56
1μ
EA-U
281271-1
X7R
IC21-A 100K
2
- EA-U GND GND
C26 R55 R58 R59
1 MP8 U_DAC1
C0G
3 22n 33K2 10K 22R
I_DAC2

+
C28
LM358M 100n
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X7R
IC11-B
6
R122 R146 - GND C27 2,2n
D29 R54
4K75 4K75 7 X7R
+9V LL4148 475R 5 R61

+ UFB
B LM358M
56K2
D31 R62
BAT46 4K75
R57
C58 +5V_REF2 IC22-B
P4
EA-I2 6
2K 100K
curr_dac
C0G -

10p 7 AD_Uactual
D56 C59 C57 MP7 GND GND
R124 R60 5
BAT46 +
X7R C0G EA-I2
47n 47K0 10n 100K
R64 LM358M

3K01

R123 IC22-A
2
-
10K R63 D55
1 EA_OUT
3 475R LL4148
+
LM358M +9V +5V_REF2
C D57 R65 R121
C23
BAT46 180R 180R
10n
C0G
D58
BAT46
SHUNT
GND
R130 R129
10K 10K
IC21-B
6 R133
- 4K75
AD_Caps 7
5 R131 R134
+ U_CAPS_INP
10K 1K
LM358M
R132 R135
X7 1 U_MAINS C62 100n 10K 100K
2 X7R
U_ACTUAL
D 3 IC21-C
U_CAPS
4 U_TEMP 8 4 D59
VCC GND
5 /Reset BAT46

6 EA-U LM358M
7 EA-I2
8 I_DAC2 C40 100n
9 X7R
U_DAC1
10 IC15-C GND GND GND
11 8 4
VCC GND
12 +2V048_REF
13 +5V_REF2 LM358M
14 +5V
15 C30 100n
16 +9V X7R
IC11-C
MX 87832-1620 GND 8 4
VCC GND
Test connector LM358M

Only for Ziehm!
C29 100n
X7R
E IC22-C Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
+9V 8 4
VCC GND Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
LM358M
GND Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
20.09.2013 001 03_Error_Amplifiers
N/A A3 3 of 6

4-31
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-32
Fig. 4-22
A +12V 4.5.14.4
+5V1_REF C34 D34
MP21 470n 1N5350B
R75
+5V1_REF
X7R
4R7
+5V1_REF GND1

C79 C33 R81
EA_OUT 1μ/35V 470n 3K9
X7R
P3
D32 GND1 2K pulse
GND1
current
R79
LL4148 16 15 4R7 out
B C31 180p MP10
R66 IC13 C0G
3K3 1 3 R68 R71 D33

68K 5K6 R72 5K6 3 E/A OUT BAT46 R76
VCC
VC 13 3K3
2 4 R67 1
10μ/16V
INV
470n
+
5.1V Ref
2K21 R12
CNY65A 2 NONINV OUTA 11
R77 1 X4
GND
0R
X7R
R115 10K 4 2
C35
C74
CLK 10R
IC14 OUTB 14 3
12mm R74 R69 R70 C77 1,2n 5 RT UC3823ADW 4

NP0 R78 5
5K6 5K6 5K6

μP world R73 10K 6 12 6
CT PGND 1K
220n
7
+
C32 2,2n Ramp 501-0627ES
D35
D47
D48
UC3823 world NP0 R125
R119
1K
8 SoftStart 1K
X7R
C37
GND
ILim
C75
47μ/16V
R116
R83 0R
10R 10 9
R14 BAT46
C PGND
0R
D36 D60
R117
ENABLE T2
12K1
R80
BC848C
LL4148 T3 10R
BC850C
3
+
C64
C78
100n
J2 1μ/35V
X7R
SL1-2G R84
C73
1n
2K7 C76 2
220p C38 R82 1
T6
C0G
R118 470n 1K BSS138
X7R
6.8n/100V
NP0
NP0
2K4 R126
C36
10K
GND1 GND1
+5V μP world UC3823 world

D +5V1_REF
R93
270R

IC25
1 3 R127
100R
2 4
3
CNY65A
T8
Dyn_Curr_Lim2 2 BSS138
1
R36 22K1
GND
GND
12mm

20.09.2013 001 04_Switching_Regulator
N/A A3 4 of 6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V_REF2
Temperature Monitoring
+
C41 R87 R88 IC15-A
2,2μ/25V 2K7 47K0 2 U_ACTUAL U_CAPS U_TEMP +5V
R90 - MP3 MP4 MP5
1 AD_Temp
Fig. 4-23
4.5.14.5
150K
IC15-B 3 D61 D63 D65
A R89 +
KTY 6 D39 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31
- LM358M LL4148
22K1 7 R91
U_ACTUAL R97 2K21 AD_Uactual
5 1K
+ D40
3
LL4148 U_CAPS R98 2K21 AD_Caps
LM358M
R85 R86 D38 U_TEMP R99 2K21 AD_Temp
2
2K21 2K21 BZX84C5V1 R92
100R
C44 D62 C45 D64 C47 D66
10n 10n 10n 1PS79SB31
OVERTEMP MP18

X7R
X7R
X7R
GND D37 GND
rd 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
GND GND GND
B DAC1
74AHC1G126DBV IC4 R136 10R
IC16-B +5V REFIN 9
R26 4 10 Source
SPI_MISO 2 REFOUT +2V048_REF to uP
R138
22R

+
+
1 10K C17 C42
33μ/16V 33μ/16V
MP23
IC26-A
+5V_REF2 +2V04B_REF
BIPOFF 1
2 4
6 DOUT Sim U

74HC1G14GV GND P1

SPI_MOSI 2 J1 default 10K
DIN 0-4.096V
J1: +5V
VOUT 12 3 1
SPI_CLK 4 14 DEFAULT! 2-3: DAC to voltage ref.value IC16-A
SCLK RFB
2 SL1-3G 1-2: Voltage value from Poti 5 3
VCC GND
SPI_CS_DAC1 5 +5V
\CS
13 GND C70 74AHC1G126DBV
VDD
/Reset 3 10n
\CLR
C43 U_DAC1 IC26-B
X7R
100n 5 3
VCC GND
C R139
X7R
10K 11 U_DAC1 74HC1G14GV
VSS
MP1 GND
8 IC27-A
AGND
7 MP2 5 3
DGND VCC GND
GND GND
C80 74AHC1G126DBV
MAX504CSD 10n
IC28-B
X7R
GND GND 5 3
VCC GND
74HC1G14GV
GND GND
DAC2
74AHC1G126DBV IC7 R137 10R
IC27-B +5V REFIN 9
R27 4 10
SPI_MISO 2 REFOUT
+
C60 +9V
22R
1 R140 33μ/16V
10K
IC28-A
D 1 +5V_REF2
BIPOFF R47 IC11-A
2 4 + MP20
6 Sim I 3
DOUT +5V_REF2

3K01
74HC1G14GV GND P5 T4
SPI_MOSI 2 J5 default 10K 1 BC848C
DIN 0-4.096V R48
VOUT 12 3 1 -
SPI_CLK 4 14 2 +5V_REF2
SCLK RFB 3k 0.1%
2 SL1-3G LM358M
SPI_CS_DAC2 5 +5V
\CS
13
+
VDD GND
3 R49 C24 C25
/Reset \CLR
C61 I_DAC2 1μ 100μ/10V
4k32 0.1%
X7R
100n
X7R
11 I_DAC2
VSS
MP19 GND GND
8
AGND
DGND 7
MAX504CSD
GND Pre Power Supply
Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler for FG2025
J5: (depending on SW-Version) Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
2-3: DAC to current ref.value Ziehm Module
DEFAULT! 1-2: Current value from Poti
Print date:
20.09.2013 001 05_DAC_Temperatur
N/A A3 5 of 6

4-33
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-34
+5V
+9V +5V
D2 U_MAINS
R15 1PS79SB31 MP6
22K1 R102 R101
Fig. 4-24
4.5.14.6
475R 150R
R100
U_MAINS
A
3
3
2K21
+
C55
R16 D3 10n C39 D42 D41
2
2
6K8 1PS79SB31 10μ/35V BZX84C5V1 BZX84C2V7
X7R
GND +9V +5V
D45 D44
GND gn gn
KK2
KL112/25c GND GND

TR1
5 7 +9V OK +5V OK
1
C65 Heatsink IC18 +5V MP12
+9V MP11 +5V
F
220nF/100V IC17 LM1086CS-5.0
~
GL1
D1
1 9 4 3 1 3 3 2
IN OUT IN OUT
B KT2812 - +
LL4007
GND GND
+
+
+
+
GND ~ C10 C14 C48 MC7809CT C49 C51 + C53 C54
230Vac B80C1000G 10μ/50V 330μ/35V 330μ/35V 2 100μ/25V 100n 1 100μ/25V 100n
2
X7R
X7R
uP WORLD R46
475R
X5 1
2
3 GND GND GND
MP13
MSTB2.5/3


KK1
UC3823 WORLD KL112/25c

TR2 +5V_REF2
5 7
1
3
+
C66 Heatsink +12V C22 R44 C63

MP14 100n 3K9 100μ/10V
C71
F
C 220nF/100V
X7R
1μ
~ IC19
GL2
X7R
1 9 4 3 1 3 IC12
1
IN OUT
KT2815 - + TL431CPK
GND GND GND
+
+
GND1 ~ C13 7812 C50 C52
2
2
B80C1000G 330μ/35V 100μ/25V 100n R45

2 3K9
X7R
12mm
GND1 GND1 GND

MP15
+12V
R103
270R
D

D43
2
BZX84C9V1
+12V
D46
gn M[1-4]
MTH3.3mm NDK SC8mm
GND1 M[5-10]
Mark. Point 1.5mm
+12V OK

20.09.2013 001 06_PowerSupply
N/A A3 6 of 6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.6 Power Factor Correction
4.6.1 U580 PFC Filter
The function of the U580 board is EMI filtering for the PFC modules.
4.6.1.1 U580: Connectors
U580 Connectors
Sockets M4
X1 AC IN: L
X2 AC IN: N
X3 PE
X4 AC OUT 1: L
X5 AC OUT 2: L
X6 AC OUT 3: L
X7 AC OUT 1: N
X8 AC OUT 2: N
X9 AC OUT 3: N

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4-36
4.6.1.2
Fig. 4-25
U580 board layout

U580: Board Layout
Drawn: M.Ernemann/W.Muschler 09. March 2005 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: R. Schwabe File Name : U580a-48680a-a.cdr
Module 1 PFC Filter U580a-a
Changed: . Page : 1 of 2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.6.1.3
Fig. 4-26
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U580 schematics

U580: Schematics
Drawn: M.Ernemann/W.Muschler 09. March 2005 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: R. Schwabe File Name : U580a-48680a-a.cdr
Module 1 PFC Filter U580a-a
Changed: . Page : 2 of 2
4-37
4.6.2 Power Factor Correction Boards
As from April 2014 the two PFC Boards U581 are replaced by one PFC Wiener Module.
4.6.2.1 U581 Power Factor Correction Board
− Input voltage: 85 – 264 VAC

− Output voltage: 320 VDC typ.
− Power factor: ≥ 0.98 (P0 ≥ 1000W)
− Efficiency 95% (typical)
− Control signals for:
− PF enable
− CLK
− Current share
− Monitor signals for:
− Current
− Temperature
− Power failure warning
4.6.2.1.1 U581: Connectors
U581 Power Connectors
Sockets M4
X1 AC IN: L
X2 AC IN: N
X3 DC OUT: +325 V
X4 DC OUT: +325 V
X5 DC OUT: 0V
X6 DC OUT: 0V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U581 X7 PFC IN
Strip MLSS100-4
Pin1 Clock IN
Pin2 Current Sharing
Pin3 Signal Ground
Pin4 PFC Enable Input
U581 X8 PFC OUT
Strip MLSS100-4
Pin1 Clock OUT
Pin2 Current Sharing
Pin3 Signal Ground
Pin4 PFC Enable Input
U581 X9 PF ENABLE
Strip MLSS100-2
Pin1 PFC Enable input
Pin2 n. c.
4.6.2.1.2 U581: Measuring Points
Measurement Test Points U581
MP1 Signal Ground
MP2 Current Monitoring (1 V equals 1 A)
MP3 Temperature Monitoring

Mod. temp [oC] = (UMP3 * 100) - 273
e.g. 2.93 V @ 20o C
MP4 Power Fail Warning (Normal High)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
4-40
Fig. 4-27
4.6.2.1.3
U581 board layout

U581: Board Layout
R3
Drawn: W.Muschler Date: 07. Mar. 2005 Draw. No.: U581a-48681 Unit
Release: R.Schwabe Date: 23. Aug. 2006 File: U581a-48681c-b_pcb.cdr
Leistungsfaktor Korrektur Module Power Factor Correction U581a
Changed: M.Ernemann / P.S. Date: 06. Aug. 2008 Page
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 4-28
4.6.2.1.4
PFC OUT PFC IN
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
L N
U581 schematic
U581 Schematics

+ -
Print date: 06.08.2008
Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 14. Feb.2005 Draw. No.: 581a-48681c-b Unit:
Release: R. Schwabe Date: 23. Aug. 2006 File: U581a-c-b.scm U581a

Leistungsfaktor Korrektur Module Power Factor Correction
Changed: M.Ernemann / P.S. Date: 06. Aug. 2008 Page 1 of 1
4-41
4.6.2.2 Power Factor Correction Board Wiener Module
− Input voltage: 90 – 265 VAC / 16A +/- 10% (20A Peak), 47 - 63 Hz

− Output voltage: 330 VDC +/- 5V
− Power factor: ≥ 0.98 (P0 ≥ 1000W)
− Efficiency > 95% (typical)
− Monitor LED for state indication:
− Over Voltage Protection
− Temperature
− Power failure warning
− Internal error states
4.6.2.2.1 View of Wiener Module
Fig. 4-29 View of Wiener Module

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.6.2.2.2 Wiener Module state Indication
There is an LED indicator on the Wiener Module for showing operation and fault states.
Fig. 4-30 Wiener Module state indicator
Normal Operation:
Continuous Light: No Power Fail (Output DC is ok)
Quick Blinking: Power Fail (Output DC is too low)
Error Display:
In this mode, an error number is displayed in a binary way.
„0“ is a short flash,
„1“ a longer flash.
The error is displayed with the least significant bit starting.
Error Nr. Flash Sequence Description

2 short – long Overtemperature of the Heat Sink
3 long – long OVP (Over-Voltage Protection) has switched off the module
4 short – short – long Checksum of the code memory is wrong
5 long – short – long Checksum of the data memory is wrong
6 short – long – long Crystal Oscillator failure
7 long – long – long Internal Usage (Unallowed access to flash)
8 short – short – short – long Internal Usage (NMI)
9 long – short – short – long Internal Usage (Watchdog)
allother Internal Usage

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.7 DC 24V Supply Unit FG 9938
4.7.1 General
FG 9938 voltages
Input approx. 34 VAC
Output 24 VDC with maximum 4 A ±2%
4.7.2 FG 9938: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Fuses
Input fuse
Over voltage
protection fuse
LED1 input LED 2 output

voltage indicator voltage indicator
AC voltage input DC voltage output

from transformer to generator
Fig. 4-31 FG 9938: Location of connectors, LED indicators and fuses

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.7.3 FG 9938: Connectors
AC Input and DC Output
A1 AC Input:
A2 6.3 mm flat connector
A3 6.3 mm flat connector
A4 DC Output:
A5 4.8 mm flat connector plus
A6 6.3 mm flat connector minus
A2 and A3 indicated on the board as 34 V UAC

A5 indicated on the board as +24 V
A6 indicated on the board as GND
4.7.4 FG 9938: LED Indicators
AC present
A1 Green LED indicating AC input voltage present
A1 indicated on the board as Netz
DC present
A1 Green LED indicating DC output voltage present
A1 indicated on the board as 24V
4.7.5 FG 9938 Fuses
AC input fuse
A1 Fuse in series to the bridge rectifier 6.3 A slow
A1 indicated on the board as Netzsicherung
Overvoltage protection circuit fuse
A1 Fuse in the ground wire 4 A slow
A1 indicated on the board as OVP

Fuse is blown by a SCR if the output voltage gets too high

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.7.6 FG 9938: Adjustments
Output voltage adjustment
A1 Potentiometer indicated on the board as TRIWI2 "Span."
Output voltage is adjusted to 24 VDC

This is not intended for service adjustments!
Output current adjustment
A2 Potentiometer indicated on the board as TRIWI1 "Strom"
Output current is adjusted to 4 ADC

This is not intended for service adjustments!
4.7.7 FG 9938 Replacement
The FG 9938 board is shipped preadjusted. The board can be replaced without any additional
adjustments (Part No.: 14249).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8 U701 Power Supply Control Board
The following functions are integrated on the U701:

− Mains on / off control with the mains contactor (microcontroller).
− Inrush current limiting / control.
− Rotating anode motor control (switching option between "start" and "running").
− Voltage regulator for the image intensifier.
− Voltage regulator for the CCD camera.
− Interface to U648
− Lift Control interface to U693

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-48
4.8.1
U515 / U648 U515 / U648
Fig. 4-32
F20
500mAT U597 GL2
X76 X30 X5 + KBPC35-08
A
+ - ~ ~
X58 X56
-
BK 1 0V WT Sec 9
Pri.1
BK 2 100V X55
60VA
10AT 20V WT
BK 3 105V U597
F19 X57
X7
Sec 8

BK 4 110V 0V VT
X42
BK 5 115V 60VA
21V VT
BK 6 120V
0V OG Sec 7
X44
F22
3.15AT
BK 7 I 100VA
X19
26V OG
F11
Pri.2 BK H
X45
8 100V
X18
2.5AT
B 0V 3 YE Sec 6
G
X17
BK 9 105V X8
F10
F 2.5AT 30VA
X46
X16
BK 10 110V 15V 4 YE
X9

E
X15
F8
BK 11 115V 2AT
5
X31
0V 1 YE Sec
X22 X4
D
X49
U701 voltage selection

X14
BK 12 120V
F9
C 30VA
X13
2AT 15V 2 YE
Tr 11125 B
X51
X12
0V BNSec 4
F12
2AT
M
X36
30VA
N
X37
X59
12V BN
X43
U701 Voltage Selection
L 3
X21
0V BU Sec
X77 X78
K
X20
BG1
240VA
X6 X50 24V BU
X2 A
F13
X60
L 4AT
C XP0 X24 X52 0V GN Sec 2
F1A EMI Filter L
F7
4AT
180VA
N X28 X25 X53
X61
X65 X3 36V GN
Note:
F6
XP0 Line Load If mains 100V-120V
BR1a install bridge X65 - X67. X29 X26 X54 2.5AT
TR1 sec.
N 1
230V 5 RDSec
F1B
X10
N.A.
F5
F16
F14
3.15AT 1AT 2AT 160V 4 RD
55V 3 RD
X27 X39 15AT
BR1b
45V 2 RD
X1
X11
X80 X79
X67 F18
PE 0V 1 RD
XP0 PE on Central GND Tr 11125

gn/yl

D
Select Mains Voltage Drawn

11125 Transformer TRHT 1970002 Example
100VAC 105VAC 110VAC 115VAC 120VAC 200VAC 210VAC 220VAC 230VAC 240VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Brown)
A-C A-E A-G A-I A-M A-B A-D A-F A-H A-L
C-B E-D G-F I-H M-L K-C K-E K-G K-I K-M
N-K N-K N-K N-K N-K
E
F1A = F1B = 20A slow F1A = F1B = 15A slow

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.2 U701 Location of Connectors
30V DC out
power to U515/U648 Interface
U515/U648
U579 control
C111
U693 Z-Axis
Power
rectifier lift motor
Emergency Switch P0 Emergency Switch
U693 Z-Axis control
Emergency Switch to U685 Danger Switch
lower limit down button 2 Power to

Power to II/Panel U597 (FAN & PUMP)
upper limit
down button 1
up buttons
Power to U686 A- and Y- Axes

and U 685 Kinematics Module
ON/OFF
buttons key
ON/OFF switch
D31 D44
D43
via P0
thermo emergency
switch switch
D28
R73
power
D22
to
FG 9938
230V
for PPS control
230V
mains input from XP0 ROT
distribution
RUN
C43 D25 D24
voltage selection for

soft start resistors
R104
stator
rotating
anode 230V
for PPS
PE from XP0 phase shift powerstage
C10 capacitor
Fig. 4-33 U701 location of connectors

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.3 U701 Location of LED Indicators
ac supply
for U515
+18 V TFT +24 VHUB +5 V HUB
C111
20Vac Power to
+12V I.I. U579 Water Pump
+12V CCD /
FD FAN & Colision
Power to Power to
A-/Y- Axes Kinematics Module
U686 U685
+ 5V Supply for Processor
+ 25V Power on Logic

D43
D31 D44
Processor
state
D28
Reset
R73
D22
Supply for FG 9938
ROT
RUN
ROT
RUN
Mains Relay on
ROT
START
Soft start Relay on
C43 D25 D24
R104
C10
Fig. 4-34 U701 location of LED indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.4 U701 Location of Fuses
C22 F20
+
C21 D26
+
L15 2 34 34
1
F20 500mAT 24Vdc Rotating Anode Control
14
1 1
1
+
+
KK2
X76 R121
X30 C42 C41 C82
+
SKT
L19 C78
C79 TFT+18V R122 12Vac D75 C47 +5VHUB X64 X62
D85 K K
2
D83 D74
K KMP35 MP10
IC5 R5
C32
R120
D105
+ HUB+24V KK1
1
D84
K D73
+
14
C112
X58
R177
D86 MP36 MP11
+
MP32 MP31 HUBGND R180 R106 HUBGND
TFT_GND TFT+18V
+ C77 IC2 C37 C38 C39 C40
4
C111
1
X48
C101
+ C9
X5
L20 C113 L4 C50
20
+
D56
P4
+
R179 R178
X56
C36 C33 C30
1
X34
X47
1
D39
D38
K K
25
1
X33
13
X55
ac
X93
X35
C87
F19 10AT 24Vac Z-Axis Control
25
1
X57
1
D64 X63
ac
L2 D11
R67
X96
+
K
X92
K Fan_CC_+12V F19
IC11
D109
C35 R100 D65
1 R101 D66 D68 MP25 R58
1
20Vac
K
C54 Fan_CC_GND D108
K
X85
+
X7
1
+
MP26
L17 C75 II+12V 1
C58
C64
1
+
C60 C117
X94
D67 MP23
X42
+
X84
K
IC12 L16 IIGND
MP24
1
L1
Power A+Y PWR A+Y PWR U685 2

MP5 D3 K D23 K D34
C57
C63
C53 C20 GND A+Y D9

X23 C66
R3 R49
MP6
1
C99
D63 K 1
X44
D13
F22
F22 3,15AT 20Vac Pump
C84
GL5
C59 2
+
+ + C76
~ ~ - ~ ~ -
GL7
X19
I
C62
+ ~ ~ - 1
GL3
F11 2,5AT 21Vac Kinematics Controller / C-Axis Control
F11
X45
X18
H
C61
+ ~ ~ -
GL2
2
C29 C106 D14
R40 D33
IC1
1
X17
K
MP2 MP27
G
+
1
T7 GND L9
F10 2,5AT 24Vac A / Y- Axis Control

R16 R15 R9 D10 R10 R14 R19
F10
T6 T8 1
D6 L8
K C109
X46
X8 D12 +25V C3 C4 MP30
X16
R6 R8 R12
C31 R45 R47 D29
MP29
F R43 R25 D30 D89 GND

Loff
R117 C19 C23 R51 R50 C7 C8 C28 C27 C26 C45

K K
C2
J4 J3 J2 J1
K K K
D43 1 2
+
1
MP28 C110 L11 R169 D31 D44 1 R52

R56
33
XP0MS
K
R29 R28 R166 R165 R156 R155 R154 R30
R55 R54 R53
F8 2AT 15Vac U648 TFT / Emergency Loop

X15
1 D17
X9
49
E Lon
F8
R46 R168 K
J5
K 1 1 1 1 1 D80
K
D90 1
L12 R170 D104 MP1 C11
1
K
+24V X22 X4 X31
~ -
+ ~
R31 D100
X49
GL1 + K
X14
R32 D101
D K
3
R27
R33 D103
K
2
17
R34 C14 D15
F9 2AT 15Vac FD Fan and Collision Control

C13 C12
+
K
-
1
R35 D16
F9
Q1 IC8
X13
R36 C16 C46 1

C
R23
R37
X32
C17 D32 Reset 1
C24
R89
C34 K K
TR2
X51
D28 D18
X12
K
C18 R26
R76
R41 R39
B
F4
F12 2AT 15Vac U648

X40 K
D27
F12
2
IC3
R107 R38 C25
R171 R22 C15

X36
C80
R172
M
IC4
R193 1
5
MP12T12 R70 MP13

R60 X43
START D20
X59
R59
X37
R119
K
N HUBGND R73 MP14 K

D1
C5
MP3
D21 D19
NRM T3 L7
R24
R93 R91 2
K
R75 D47 R71
1
R1
K C6
RMon K
R72 D48 R61 R143 L6
R68 R62
X21
L K
R2
T14 T13 K R42

D22 R88
R74 PFC EN
D2
MP4 X78
F1 F2 D53 X77 C83
F3
K
R69 D88
T10
K
T5
X20
T11 T9 RMoff
K
R125
BG1
D87
~
K
IC10
30Vac K
R123
R124
X6
240V 230V X50
110V
C1 1
X2 A
U701a
F13
X60
1
L
K1
X38
R118 R48 F13 4AT 30Vac FG9938 2
A1
13
T16 1 1
1 ROT
K K D45 X24 X52
RUN
XP0 R63 R64 D82
4 3 2 1
K6
T1
F7 4AT 160Vac ROT START
F7
14
1
N 1 1 1
X61
D5 R18 X28 X25 X53

4 3 2 1
X3 K
K7
X65
R184 R181 2
F6 2,5AT 55Vac ROT RUN

BR1a
R66 R65
23
R116
TR1 sec.
F6
D81
K
1 1 1
D7
K
X29 X26 X54 1
ROT
K16
R99 T2 START 12 11 14
D46
A2
D8
24
R102
K R44
R98
K
F16 1AT 230Vac

R150 D98
X10
K
D4
R103 K 2
C43 D25 D24
F14 3,15AT Flat Panel Detector

R4 FAN
F5
F14
K
F16
ON
K15
R183 R182
PPS control
12 11 14
A1
R104
K
3
D51
K
+
21
11
D50
K
D55
D57
BR1
X39
C44 1 3
R188 R187 R186 R185
K
1 X27
R105
22
T17
14
F18 15AT 230Vac PPS Power 1

BR1b
A2
X11
R17
X1
X67 R192 R191 R190 R189 K2

(For Generator High Voltage) PE
X80 X79 2
IC13
R13
R11
C10 F18
Fig. 4-35 U701 location of fuses

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.5 ON/OFF Control
4.8.5.1 ON / OFF Switching Operation
The mobile stand (MS) is connected via P0 cable to the monitor cart (MC).
The system is connected to the wall outlet, it is still OFF.
The system is switched ON on the MS or MC.
The inrush relay (MC) and the mains contactor 1 (MC, power supply MC) are closed.
The mains contactor 2 (MC, power supply MS) are closed.
The MS is switched ON remotely by the MC.
The inrush relay (MS) and the mains contactor (MS) are closed.
The system is running (ON).
4.8.5.2 Connectors for ON/OFF Control High Voltages
List of all terminals KDS10/SO dealing with high voltages
Phoenix terminal KDS10/SO
X12 mains transformer primary 2: 100 VAC tap 8

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
List of all terminals MKDSP10 dealing with high voltages
Phoenix terminal MKDSP10
X10:3 mains transformer secondary 1: 0 VAC
X11:1 secondary of transformer to U 580 (PFC Filter): 230 VAC
X11:2 secondary of transformer to U 580 (PFC Filter): 230 VAC
List of all connectors MSTB2.5/3 dealing with high voltages
Phoenix MSTB2.5/3
X24 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC L. Monitor
X25 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC R. Monitor
X26 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC Video Printer
X27 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC / AC Fan

160 VAC
X28 secondary of transformer via F14 : 230 VAC Image Memory
X29 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC
X52 secondary of transformer via F16: 230 VAC U531
X27 is switched by a relay and used for a fan motor. Not used in Sys-
tems with U597 Fan and Pump Control.
List of all connectors Faston dealing with high voltages
6.3 mm Faston connector
X1 protective earth
X2 mains power in (L)
X3 mains power in (N)
X6 voltage selector

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.5.3 Connectors for Low Voltages
X4, X22 and X31 interrupting auxiliary voltage
2 pin connector male, PANDUIT
X4 key switch
X22 temperature switch
X31 emergency switch
A bridge connector has to be installed if the respective option is

not used. Otherwise there is no power ON/OFF – nothing at all.
X8 to ON / OFF buttons
pin1 GND
pin2 Power ON LED
pin3 Standby LED
pin4 ON
pin5 OFF
X9 to XP0 connector
pin1 OFF
pin2 ON
pin3 GND
X41 Auxiliary connector for On/Off signals
pin1 OFF
pin2 ON
pin3 GND
ON and OFF parallel to the button signals

This connector could be used for an emergency stop button.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X38 test pins
4 pin connector male, 2.54 spacing
Pin1 MAINS_1_ON
Pin2
Pin3 INRUSH
Pin4 GND
X40 Programming Connector for 68HC08
10 pin connector male, 2.54 spacing
Pin1 PTC0
Pin2 PTC1
Pin3 PTC3
Pin4 /IRQ
Pin5 Disable Reset
Pin6 Master Reset
Pin7 PTA0
Pin8 ---
Pin9 +5 V
Pin10 GND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.5.4 LED Indicators
LEDs for ON / OFF
LED D5 (gn) Mains relay on
LED D6 (gn) +25 V auxiliary voltage
LED D8 (gn) Relay switch on resistors
LED D33 (gn) +5 V to processor and logic
LED D15 (gn) PTF5 on HC08
LED D17 (yl) PTE4 on HC08
LED D18 (rd) Reset to HC08
LED D 90 (gn) PTF1 on HC08
gn = green, yl = yellow, rd = red
Fuses for ON / OFF
F1 not equipped
F2 not equipped
F3 not equipped
F4 not equipped
F14 3.15 A slow 230 VAC Distribution
F16 1 A slow 230 VAC

for Pre Power Supply control boards U531
F18 15 A slow 230 VAC path to the generator
F1, F2, F3: only one fuse is permitted to be inserted!

One of (F1, F2 or F3) and F4 are fitted when TR2 is equipped

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.5.5 Test Points
Measurement Test Points for ON / OFF
MP1 +25 V
MP2 GND
MP27 +5 V
MP28 /ON signal, local
MP 29 /OFF signal, local
MP 30 GND
MP 3 /ON signal, remote
MP 4 /OFF signal, remote
MP3 and MP4 necessary only if this circuit sits in the MC!
But the logic level is very important for the µP, though

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.6 Lift Motor Control
The lift motor control is located on a separate circuit board U693 as part of the motorization
system. U701 provides power supply for the lift motor controller and an interface to the U693.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.6.1 Connectors Lift Motor Control
X42 24 VAC Input mains transformer secondary 3
X42:1 wire a blue
X42:2 wire b blue
X55, X56, X57, X58 Bridge Rectifier
X55 AC
X56 -
X57 AC
X58 +
X62, X64 approx.30 VDC
X62 -
X64 +
X48 Power to Z-Axis
Pin1 HUB+30Vdc
Pin2 GND
Pin3 HUB+30Vdc
Pin4 GND
Pin5 HUB+30Vdc
Pin6 GND
X84 up buttons
Pin1 up, logic input
Pin2 up 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X94, X96 down buttons
Pin1 down, logic input
Pin2 down 2
Pin3 +24 V LED
Pin4 GND LED
The buttons are used with condition "normally open" !!
X85 upper limit switch
Pin1 up 1
Pin2 up 2
The limit switches are used with condition "normally closed" !!
X92 lower limit switch
Pin1 down 1
Pin2 down 2
The limit switches are used with condition "normally closed" !!
X93 Danger Switch
Pin1 normally open Danger Switch 1
Pin2 common Danger Switch 1
Pin3 normally closed Danger Switch 1
The danger switch is used with condition "normally closed" !!
NOTE
A bridge has to be set between Pin2 and Pin3 if no danger switch is connected.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X33 All Signals to Z-Axis
20 pin connector male, flat ribbon
Pin1 button up a
Pin2 button up b
Pin3 limit up a
Pin4 limit up b
Pin5 limit down a
Pin6 limit down b
Pin7 button down a
Pin8 button down b
Pin9 +24V LED
Pin10 GND LED
Pin11 button down a
Pin12 button down b
Pin13 +24V LED
Pin14 GND LED
Pin17 normally closed Danger Switch 1
Pin20
With this invention the cabling can remain as it is in non motorized systems.
X34 down buttons
Pin1 Emergency wire a
Pin2 Emergency wire b
The Emergency Stop switches are used with condition "normally closed" !!

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X35 Emergency Stop Signals to Kinematics Module
4 pin connector male, MOLEX
Pin3 free
Pin4 free
X47 Emergency Stop Signals from local Switch
2pin connector male, PANDUIT
4.8.6.2 LED Indicators of Lift Motor Control
LEDs for lift motor
LED D106 (yl) lower position indicator (flashing)
LED D75 (gn) +24 V HUB
LED D74 (gn) +5 V HUB
4.8.6.3 Fuses for Lift Motor
Fuses for lift motor
F19 10 A slow 5 x 20 24 V AC
F20 500 mA slow 5 x 20 +24 V hub

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.7 Rotating Anode Motor Control
4.8.7.1 Connectors for Rotating Anode Motor Control
X10, X61 45 V – 55 V or 160 VAC Input
X10:3 0 VAC tap power in
X10:2 45 VAC tap power in (run I.A.E. Tube)
X10:1 55 VAC tap power in (run Varian Tube)
X61:2 160 VAC tap power in (accelerate)
X79, X80 Phase Shift Capacitor
X79 Capacitor a
X80 Capacitor b
X39 Stator of the Rotating Anode Tube
Phoenix terminal ICV2.5/3-G
Pin1 Phase shift
Pin2 Phase
Pin3 Common
4.8.7.2 LED Indicators for Rotating Anode Motor Control
LEDs for Rotating Anode Motor Control
LED D81 (gn) Start mode
LED D82 (gn) Normal operation

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.7.3 Fuses for Rotating Anode Motor Control
Fuses for Rotating Anode Motor Control
F5 2 A time-lag 5 x 20 45 VAC (Not equipped if

Varian Tube is installed)
F6 2.5 A time-lag 5 x 20 55 VAC
F7 4 A time-lag 5 x 20 160 VAC
F5, F6: only one fuse is permitted to be inserted!
4.8.7.4 Test Points for Rotating Anode Motor Control
Measurement Test Points for Rotating Anode Motor Control
MP12 HUBGND
MP13 /START
MP14 /NORMAL_OP
4.8.8 Other Functions
Besides the functions described above, there are some more functions on the U701:
− Power supply for Collision Detection
− Power supply for TFT displays
− Power supply for U648
− Power supply for generator electronics
− Power supply for Kinematics Module and C Axis
− Power supply to A & Y Axis
− U648 Interface
− Power supply for U597
− Power supply to U693 Z Axis

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.8.1 Connectors
X49 15 VAC Input for II power supply / Vision Center mains transformer secondary 6
X49 : 1 wire yellow 3
Vision Center supplied by this output with U5701f or modified U579d
X51 15 VAC Input for CCD power supply mains transformer secondary 5
Not used at Vision RFD systems
X63 DC Power to Flat Panel Housing
Pin1 +12 V not used
Pin2 GND not used
Pin3 +12 V to Collision control and fan
Pin4 GND to Collision control and fan
X45 21 VAC Input for for Kinematics power supply mains transformer secondary 8
X45 :1 wire violet 1
X45 : 2 wire violet 2
Not used with U579f or modified U579d
X59 12 VAC Input for U648 power supply mains transformer secondary 4
X59 :1 wire brown 1
X59: 2 wire brown 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X76 Power to U648
Pin1 +18 V to TFT and Signal Horn and Emergency Loop
Pin2 GND to TFT and Signal Horn and Emergency Loop
Pin3 12 VAC to U648
Pin4 12 VAC to U648
X60 30 VAC Input for FG 9938 power Supply mains transformer secondary 2
X60 : 1 wire green 1
X60 : 2 wire green 2
X77, X78 30 VAC Output for FG 9938
6.3 mm Faston Connector
X77 wire a
X78 wire b
X46 26 VAC Input for 36 VDC for A and Y axes
X46 : 1 wire orange 1
X46 : 2 wire orange 2
X44 20 VAC Input mains transformer secondary 9 for coolant pump
X44 : 1 wire white 1
X44 : 2 wire white 2
X7 Output to U597
Pin1 + 30 V Fan
Pin2 GND Fan
Pin3 20 VAC Pump
Pin4 20 VAC Pump

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X23 DC Power to A-/Y-Axes and Kinematics
Pin1 +33V to A-/Y-Axes
Pin2 GND to A-/Y-Axes
Pin3 +29V to Kinematics
Pin4 GND to Kinematics
A-/Y-Axes are powered via Kinematics Module, the wires from X23 go directly to U685 and are
distributed from there.
4.8.8.2 LED Indicators for other Functions
LEDs for other functions
LED D67 (gn) +12 V II
LED D68 (gn) +12 V CCD
LED D83 (gn) +24 V TFT
LED D85 (gn) 12 VAC U648
LED D87 (gn) 30 VAC FG 9938
LED D78(gn) 24 VDC reserve
LED D98 (gn) Relay fan is ON
LED D53 (gn) PFC enable

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.8.3 Fuses for all other Functions
Fuses for all other functions
F8 2 A slow 5 x 20 Vision Center,

Emergency Loop, Horn
F9 2 A slow 5 x 20 Collision Control and FD Fan
F10 2.5 A slow 5 x 20 A / Y Axis Control
F11 2 A slow 5 x 20 Kinematics Module
F12 2 A slow 5 x 20 U648 12 VAC
F13 4 A slow 5 x 20 FG 9938
4.8.8.4 Test Points for all other Functions
Measurement Test Points for all other functions
MP5 Power A+Y
MP6 GND A+Y
MP25 +12 V Collision Control and FD Fan
MP26 GND Collision Control and FD Fan
MP31 +18V TFT
MP32 GND_TFT
MP31 +12 V Vision Center Emergency Loop, Horn
MP32 GND Vision Center Emergency Loop, Horn

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.9 Cross Reference List of the Interface to U648 and to U701
X30 Interface to U648, X5 Interface to U597
U648, X21  U597, X30 U579, X5  U597, X11
Pin1 Pump_ON + Pump_ON + Pin1
Pin2 Pump_ON - Pump_ON - Pin2
Pin3 / NORMAL_OP
Pin4 HUBGND (/ NORMAL_OP -)
Pin5 / START
Pin6 HUBGND (/ START -)
Pin7 PFC_EN +
Pin8 HUBGND (PFC_EN -) GND Pin8
Pin9 +5 V HUB (AC_Fan_ON +)
Pin10 AC_Fan_ON - DC_Fan - Pin10
Pin11 WP_Tacho + WP_Tacho Pin11
Pin12 WP_Tacho - GND Pin12
Pin13 Fan_Tacho + Fan_Tacho Pin13
Pin14 Fan_Tacho - GND Pin14
Pin15 Flow_Monitor + Flow_Monitor Pin15
Pin16 Flow_Monitor - GND Pin16
Pin17 Temp_Freq + Temp_Freq Pin17
Pin18 Temp_Freq + GND Pin18
Pin19 WP_PWM + WP_PWM Pin19
Pin20 WP_PWM - GND Pin20
Pin21 Fan_PWM + Fan_PWM Pin21
Pin22 Fan_PWM - GND Pin22
Pin23
Pin24
Pin25
Pin26
Pin27
Pin28

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X30 Interface to U648, X5 Interface to U597
Pin29
Pin30
Pin31
Pin32
Pin33
Pin34

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U701 layout Fig. 4-36
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, Alle Rechte vorbehalten. All rights reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Subject to change without prior notice. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Zuwiderhandlungen verp?ichten zu Schadenersatz.
E
B
A
D
C
1
2
3
4
Date
Name
5
Signatur
Filename
Description
U701b
U701b-a.pcb
Voltage Distribution MS RFDmot
6
Scale
N/A
020
Ziehm Module
Variant Description
Part No/Drawing No
Size
A2
N/A
Page
1
701b-48801a-a
U701 Layout 4.8.10
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-72
4.8.11
Fig. 4-37
4.8.11.1
A
TR1
pri
Mains ON/OFF
B
Mains ON/OFF
C
U701 Schematic Diagrams
Temperaturschalter
Temperature Switch TEST
Schlüsselschalter
Key Switch
Notaus Schalter
Emergency Switch
F1 F2 F3
ACHTUNG:
240V~ Es darf nur F1, F2 oder F3 gesteckt sein.
X
Voltage Distribution MS RFDmot N/A
230V~ Filename Part No/Drawing No
X NOTICE:
110V~ Only one fuse is allowed. U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
X Ziehm Module
001
U701a Scale Size Page
N/A A3 1 of 10
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 4-38
4.8.11.2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
B
Secondary 230 VAC

Secondary 230 V AC

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 2 of 10
4-73
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-74
Fig. 4-39
A 4.8.11.3
B
ON/OFF controller
ON/OFF Controller

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 3 of 10
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 4-40
4.8.11.4
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
B
ON/OFF controller

ON/OFF Controller

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 4 of 10
4-75
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-76
Fig. 4-41
A
Notaus Schalter 4.8.11.5
Emergency Switch
Z-axis interface
B
Z-Axis Interface

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 5 of 10
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 4-42
4.8.11.6
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Z-axis power
24V A C
Z-Axis Power

C

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 6 of 10
4-77
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-78
Fig. 4-43
A 4.8.11.7
B
Motor control for rotating anode

C
Motor Control for Rotating Anode

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
N/A A3 7 of 10
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.11.8 U597 (Fan and Pump Control) Interface
of 10
701b-48801a-a
Page
8
N/A
A3
Size
Part No/Drawing No
Variant Description
6
Ziehm Module
N/A
001
Scale
U701b-a.scm
U701a
Description
5
Filename
Signatur
Name
Date
4
3
2
1
D
A
Fig. 4-44 U597 (fan and pump control) interface

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.8.11.9 Voltage Regulators for A-, C-, Y-Axis, Collision and Kinematics Module
of 10
701b-48801a-a
Page
9
N/A
A3
Size
Part No/Drawing No
Variant Description
6
Ziehm Module
N/A
001
Scale
U701b-a.scm
U701b
Description
5
Filename
Signatur
Name
Date
4
3
2
1
D
A
Fig. 4-45 Voltage regulators for A-, C- and Y-axis, collision and kinematics module

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 4-46
A
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
B

Power for U648 / FG 9938
4.8.11.10 Power for U648 / FG 9938

U701b-a.scm 701b-48801a-a
Ziehm Module
001
U701b Scale Size Page
N/A A3 10 of 10
4-81
4.9 U597 Pump and Fan Control
Functions on the U597:

− Coolant pump control (provision is made for two totally different motor types).
− DC fan motor control with tacho and speed control.
4.9.1 Location of Connectors
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
I-Drive DC-FAN Temperature Power input Speck Flow monitor
Pump sensor Pump Pump Pump
X11
Interface to
U579
Fig. 4-47 U597 Location of connectors

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.2 Location of LED Indicators, Fuses and Test Points
Fig. 4-48 U597 Location of LED indicators, fuses and test points

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.3 Coolant Pump Control
The coolant pump is switched ON and OFF by the Main IF U648. The generator oil temperature
at which the pump switches ON or OFF can be programmed.
A switching regulator provides the power to the pump. The output voltage can be adjusted by the
U648 using a PWM signal from the microprocessor, which is converted to a control voltage to the
regulator on the U597.
4.9.3.1 Connectors Coolant Pump Control
X4 20 VAC and 30 VDC Input from U579
Pin1 + 30 V
Pin2 GND
Pin3 20 VAC a
Pin4 20 VAC b
Pin 1 and 2 is for the Fan electronics

Pin 3 and 4 is for the Pump electronics
Equivalent to X7 on U579
X5 Connector to SPECK pump
Pin1 + Pump (approx 11V if pump is activated)
Pin2 GND
X1 Connector to I-DRIVE micro-pump
Pin1 Switched to 24 V for ON state
Pin2 GND
Pin3 speed control voltage: 0 V – 5 V input
Pin4 tacho signal from pump, 2 pulses per revolution
Pin5 Direction:
Forward: floating
Reverse: set to GND
Pin6 Shield to PE

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.3.2 LED Indicators for Coolant Pump Control
LEDs for coolant pump control
LED D6 (gn) + 24 V WP
LED D4 (gn) + 5 V WP
LED D14 (gn) 0 V to + 24 V Pump
4.9.3.3 Fuses for Coolant Pump Control
Fuses for coolant pump control
F1 3.15 A slow 5 x 20 20 VAC in
F3 2 A slow 5 x 20 +PUMP
4.9.3.4 Test Points for Coolant Pump Control
Measurement Test Points for coolant pump control
MP1 GND
MP4 + 5 V WP
MP5 / WP_DAC
MP6 WP_DAC
MP7 WP_PWM
MP9 GND
MP10 GND
MP12 + PUMP (0–24 V)
4.9.4 Fan Control
The fan speed can be adjusted by the U648 using a PWM signal from the microprocessor, which
is converted to a control voltage and put to the fan. Three different speeds depending on the gen-
erator oil temperature can be programmed. The fan is monitored by the U648, a warning will be
issued when the fan (tacho signal) is no longer running.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.4.1 Connectors Fan Control
X2 Connector to DC - Fan
Pin1 tacho signal from fan, max. 3,600 pulses/min.
Pin2 speed control voltage to fan, 0–10 V
Pin3 +24 V
Pin4 GND
4.9.4.2 LED Indicators for Fan Control
LEDs
LED D21 + 24 V_FAN
LED D26 + 24 V before Fuse
4.9.4.3 Fuses for Fan Control
Fuses for Fan Control
F2 2.5 A slow 5 x 20 + 30V in
F4 3.15 A slow 5 x 20 +24V Fan
4.9.4.4 Test Points for Fan Control
Measurement Test Points for Fan Control
MP1 GND
MP2 FAN_DAC
MP3 Filter Output FAN_DAC
MP8 FAN_PWM
MP9 GND
MP10 GND
MP11 + 24 V F

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.5
Fig. 4-49
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U597 board layout

U597 Board Layout
Drawn: W.Muschler Date: 15. Sept. 2006 Draw. No.: 597a-48697c-a Unit
Release: R. Frank Date: 15. Sept. 2006 File: U597a-c-a.pcb U597a-c-a
FAN and PUMP Control Changed: Date: Page
4-87
4-88
4.9.6
4.9.6.1
Fig. 4-50
U597 Schematics
Fan and pump control 1

Fan and Pump Control 1
M M
Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 15. Sept. 2006 Draw. No.: 597a-48697c-a Unit:
Release: R. Frank Date: 15. Sept. 2006 File: U597a-c-a.scm U597a-c-a

FAN and PUMP Control
Changed: Date: Page 1 of 3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.9.6.2
Fig. 4-51
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017

4-89
4-90
4.9.6.3
Fig. 4-52


280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.10 Mains Transformer T21
4.10.1 Primary / Secondary
Transformer T21 (11125) color usage
Primary 1 0-100-105-110-115-120 V black Mains input
Primary 2 0-100-105-110-115-120 V black Mains input
Secondary 1 0 red
45 V 60 VA red Anode run RTM70
55 V 100 VA red Anode run RAD15
160 V 640 VA red Anode accelerate
230 V 5.56 A 1300 VA red PFC

continu-
(Gen. HV)
ous
Secondary 2 36 V 5A 150 VA green Gen. 24 VDC
Secondary 3 24 V 10 A 240 VA blue Z-axis controller

and fan
Secondary 4 12 V 2.5 A 30 VA brown U648
Secondary 5 15 V 2A 30 VA yellow 1,2 Collision controller
Secondary 6 15 V 2A 30 VA yellow 3,4 Vision Center and

emergency loop
Secondary 7 26 V 4.2 A 100 VA orange A-axis and Y-axis

controller
Secondary 8 21 V 2.9 A 60 VA violet Kinematics module

and C-axis controller
Secondary 9 20 V 3A 60 VA white Coolant pump
4.10.2 Temperature Switch
In the transformer there is a temperature switch. It will open when the temperature rises above
130o C. This causes the switch-off of the power supply, as it is connected to X22:U579.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.11 Capacitor Rack
4.11.1 General
The system has a capacitor rack as supplementary power supply.

It is located in the foot of the mobile stand.
There are two different Types. Type 2 is used as from approx. June 2011 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-14).
Vision RFD Hybrid Edition uses Type 2 only.
4.11.2 Servicing the Power Supply
The capacitor rack will be charged up to 282 VDC during operation.

It will discharge itself within several hours.
For service, the Capacitor Rack has to be disconnected from the power supply.
Use the big red connector on the coaxial cable rack above the U648 → Fig. 4-4, p. 4-4.
NOTICE
Before reconnecting, the Boostcap rack and the pre-power supplies have to be dis-
charged. Refer to Work Instruction 19_2140.
WARNING
Even when the capacitor rack is disconnected, C1 and C2 may be charged.
Make sure that all capacitors are discharged before performing any service work
on the power supply.
4.11.3 Replacement
The capacitor rack is protected by an enclosure to prevent accidental contact to high voltage
sources. You must replace the entire box in order to replace the capacitor rack.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.11.4 Fuses for Capacitor Rack
4.11.4.1 Type 2
Fuse located on rack
F1 20 A fast .406" × 1.5" Part# 17072
Fig. 4-53 Fuse on Boostcap rack type 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
4.11.4.2 U653 and U670 Capacitor Board
These boards are used in Type 2.

Within the Boostcap Rack Type 2, there is one U653 and one U670 board.
Fig. 4-54 U653 Board
Fig. 4-55 U670 Board
Fig. 4-56 Single Boostcap

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5
Main Interface
Module 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1 Module 2 Main Interface
5.1.1 General
The main interface in Hybrid Edition systems consists of the U648 circuit board.
Main Interface Module:

The main interface provides a link between the monitor cart and the mobile stand by means of the
CAN bus. U648 is directly connected to the image system module 11 by means of the CAN bus
inside the XP0 cable.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-2
V1.00 Initial Version - Successor U515 06.02.2013 JM
5.1.2
HaFo 1 + 2 PPS1 PPS2 PPS3 Generator XP0
Fig. 5-1
RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 molex
A HaFo 3 + 4
HaFo 5 + 6 CANSTR CANSTR

CAN CANSTOER CANSTOER CAN
5 Main Interface
HaFo 7 + 8
Termination

HaFo 9 + 10 Logic
16 CAN+5V
4
DIP switches
4
HaFo 11 + 12 4
Safety &
4 Radiation
B 4 Logic XP0
HaFo 13 + 14 CAN
4 (Lattice) Driver
4
HaFo 15 On

ISO+5V 1
1
Off
Keys
SPI 2
DC/DC
converter 8 EEPROM
HW-ID Serialnumber XP0
Main interface block diagram

+24V 8
I/O Expander Options Zentrale
+5V Horn 1 (Lattice) 8 6 MC9S08DZ96
CAN Addr. BDM TFT
+24V
TFT modulated EEPROM
C Reset Machine Data
Main Interface: Block Diagram
Modulator
X-Ray Lamp 3 2 RES.
1 SPI 2 limit
1
2 Pump SPI 1 sw.
SPI 1 2
4
U521/
1
U579
8
Aux. Out.
EMERGENCY OFF

D
1
CHAIN
MS
4 1
Aux. Inp. +24V (nom.)
(15Vac) VC
CAN+5V 1
~ +5V_TN U685
4
+5V (+12Vac)
1 1 1
Analog Inputs +3V3
34 +24V
vom Trafoblech XP0 RES. RES.
1
+5V
HaFo 11
E HaFo 12
HaFo 13
HaFo 14
RS232 2
MAX3111
Wireless UART
12 Footswitch SPI 1
Interface

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1.3 U648c: Location of Connectors
X10 switch input 13&14

X14 wireless switch module
X5 switch input 05&06 X8 switch input 11&12
X4 switch input 03&04 X7 switch input 09&10
X33 wireless switch module

X21 control to U701
(rot anode, pump, fan)
X20 not used X28 5V reserve
X23 power supply
X9A - D
CAN
X11A - D X37 not used

CAN
X13 CAN XP0 X36not used

X18 to TFT mobile stand
X26 not used X35 not used
X22/X220 ON/OFF to U579
X27 ON OFF buttons mobile stand X34not used
X17 TFT com1 from monitor cart
X24,X29,X30,X31,X32
Emergency Stop
Fig. 5-2 U648c location of connectors
NOTE
The layout of connectors on U648d is identical to U648c.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1.4 U648c: Location of LED Indicators, Switches and Jumpers
Fig. 5-3 U648c location of LED indicators, switches and jumpers
NOTE
The layout of LED indicators, switches and jumpers on U648d is identical to U648c.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.2 Main Interface Functions
Main interface functions Remarks
Mobile serial number (separate external EEPROM) is

programmed, then installed on the board
Control external I/O ports (with optocouplers)
Control coolant pump and beeper
Control hand switches and foot switches

(push, release, short circuit)
Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" signal
Control the "CAN FAULT" signal in the startup phase
Control external analog voltage inputs
Power supply for CAN bus (CAN+5V/CANGND)
Power supply for TFT display
Automatic CAN termination (with/without monitor cart)
CAN bus distribution
Distribution of ON/OFF signals
Storing the vision.md file
Control the fan (on/off and speed) Rotating anode only
Control the relays for the rotating anode supply Rotating anode only
Interface for wireless footswitch controller
Interface for the touch-display with integrated radiation

indication lamp and push button
Emergency circuit
5.2.1 EEPROM
The U648 board has an EEPROM for storing the serial number. These are factory default data.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.2.2 Microprocessor
A hardware circuit monitors the operating voltage. If it is below 3.0 V the microprocessor gets a
reset signal as long as the voltage is below this threshold.
The same circuit has to be triggered continuously by the microprocessor. If the software fails the
so called watchdog issues a reset signal to the microprocessor.
Internal EEPROM data:
Software calculates the checksum from all EEPROM data during startup phase and checks this
value with the legal checksum value. If the calculated checksum value and the legal value are not
the same it sets an error bit (startup error).
5.2.3 External I/O
The external I/O are used in order to control the following in a Ziehm Vision R System:
− Fan Speed
− Pump Speed
− Rotating Anode Start
− Rotating Anode Run
5.2.4 Coolant Pump
Active Cooling for the generator is provided by several components. One of them is the most
important, the cooling pump. This is controlled by means of CAN bus commands issued by either
the generator (Module 5) or the image system (Module 11) to the U648 (Module 2). The U648 then
turns ON/OFF the cooling pump.
5.2.5 X-ray Beeper and Alarm
The U648 board has a beeper which can be used for X-ray 5 min timer limit.
It also indicates missing U648 machine data.
5.2.6 Hand/Foot Switch Features
• Allow the hand/foot switch to control separate functions or radiation release. See hand/foot
switch commands (→ Ch. 5.3, p. 5-8).
• Program hand and/or foot switch for specific operator/facility needs as required for specific
modes of operation of the image and C-arm systems.
• U648 board controls the hand switch operations and safety interlocks.
• U648 sends CAN commands to U674 via CAN bus to inform the image system control that
radiation is being requested and accordingly that a function is requested by pressing hand
or foot switch.
• U674 handles radiation release request and broadcasts start radiation signal.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
• U674 handles the processing of the other CAN commands for the hand and foot switch, i.e.
store image, change, select live image transfer mode, etc.
5.2.7 Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" Signal
The U648 board provides safety circuits. One of them is X-ray enable (→ Ch. 5.8, p. 5-30).
5.2.8 Control the "CAN FAULT" Signal in the Startup Phase
CAN FAULT signal can be accessed by all CAN modules and is controlled during startup by the
U648.
5.2.9 Power Supply for CAN Bus and Vision Center
The U648 board provides power to the CAN bus interface modules located in the mobile stand
only.
Module 1 (Pre-Power Supply)
Module 2 (U648 main interface)
Module 5 (Generator)
Power is also provided for the Vision Center.
5.2.10 Automatic CAN Termination (with/without Monitor Cart)
When the monitor cart is connected the U648 senses the monitor cart and changes the termina-
tion to match the connected CAN modules of the monitor cart.
5.2.11 CAN Bus Distribution
The U648 board provides a connection point for the XP0 cable and all the other modules in the
mobile stand.
5.2.12 Distribution of ON/OFF Signals
The U648 provides the interface between the Power ON/OFF switches of the monitor cart and the
mobile stand. The ON/OFF signals are received from the monitor cart by means of the XP0 cable
that connects the monitor cart and the mobile stand.
5.2.13 Interface for Wireless Footswitch
The U648 may optionally be equipped with a receiver for Wireless footswitches.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3 Hand/Foot Switch Commands to the Image System
5.3.1 Three Separate Operations of the Hand and Foot Switch
1 Radiation release:
• All hand or foot switches can be programmed to perform radiation release.
2 Operation of a function:
• Control functions such as store, laser on/off, select I.I. magnification etc.
• Second foot and hand switch will be programmable for these operations.
3 Tap function:
• Dual use of the hand and accordingly foot switches. The selected hand or foot switch is
programmed via machine data to provide dual operation of function and accordingly
radiation release.
Example:
If the hand switch for radiation release is pressed and held for more than the program-
mable tap time, this will cause U648 to send a CAN message for radiation release.
Tapping the hand switch quickly less than tap time will place the hand switch in a new
functional operation, such as store, image transfer, etc. The tap time is programmable
in the machine data of the U648 board.
Machine data for the hand/foot switch function mapping is located in the host software. Functional
table in the service mode will allow for selection of foot and hand switch operation.
5.3.2 Hand Switches/Foot Switches Safety Functions
Switches are connected to SELV (Safety Extra-Low Voltage) circuitry.

Software checks if any hand- or foot switches are pressed during the startup phase.
Software checks during startup and system running if any of the hand or foot switches are short
circuited.
Hardware function prevents radiation. Only if both software and hardware are working correctly
and a switch is pressed the module 2 activates the hardware signal "CAN XRAY ENABLE" and
sends a CAN message to the image system.
Software checks the transmission via the SPI (Serial Peripherial Interface) to the external I/O port
interface IC to which the switches are connected. If the transmission is not OK, all switches get
the state "short circuit" and "function switch".

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3.3 Tap Time
− The tap time is defined in the U648 machine data.

− If the "tap time" is 0, the hand switch or foot switches are in normal operation.
− If the "tap time" is not 0, the hand- and accordingly foot switches have two functions:
− A short push (shorter than "tap time") will activate a special programmed function.
− If the pushing is longer than the "tap time" the second programmed function will be acti-
vated.
5.3.4 Security Break Functions
There are two security X-ray break functions implemented:

− Hardware X-ray break 6 seconds after a hand or foot switch has been released.
− Software can only shorten the hardware X-ray break
(0 to 6000 ms, defined in machine data, not adjustable).
5.3.5 Service mode "Switch Configuration"
For detailed information see (→ Fig. 5-4, p. 5-9).
Fig. 5-4 Switch configuration (configuration example)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3.6 Hand and Foot Switch Functions
All functions that can be selected are listed in the following tables.
Switch function Corresponding Tap function

setting of S5 / S6
No switch function on No switch function
Fluoroscopy off Save
Fluoroscopy HLC Mode off 5 minutes alarm off
Magnification (T) on Magnification (T)
Save on Image change
Print on DSA (T)
Cine (T) on Switch through (DSA, MSA, RSA)
DSA (T) on Cine play toggle
Laser (ON) on Browse forward
VCR-Pause (T) on Browse backward
Switch through (DSA, RSA, MSA) on Swap Ref. Monitor ↔ S-Video
Cine on on Ref. Monitor freeze toggle
Cine off on
Image change on
Snapshot + Save off
Cine play toggle on
Browse forward on
Browse backward on
Swap Ref. Monitor <--> S-Video on
Ref. Monitor freeze toggle on
Table 5-1 Hand / Foot switch functions
Fluoroscopy means: release radiation in selected mode.
Press interrupt function
No switch function This function is performed when the switch is released

Save only for a short time.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4 HW Settings
5.4.1 Switches
5.4.1.1 Standard Configuration with Two Pedal Foot Switch
5.4.1.1.1 DIP Switch S5
Depending on the use of the hand/foot switch, the following table should be used to select the
hand/foot switch for function or X-ray use.
DIP switch S5 corresponding switch of Ziehm

(select hand/foot switch as function/X-ray switch) Vision RFD
ON = switch 01 function switch

Switch 1 hand switch left side
OFF = switch 01 X-ray switch

Switch 2 not used
ON = foot switch 03 function switch

Switch 3 left foot pedal

Switch 4 right foot pedal

Switch 5 not used

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 hand switch right side

Switch 8 not used
Note: DIP switches are set to "on" (function) for inputs not used.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
Depending on the use of the hand/foot switch the following table should be used to select the
hand/foot switch for function or X-ray use.


Switch 1 not used

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 not used

Switch 4 not used

Switch 5 not used

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used
ON = switch 16 function switch Radiation key Vision Center on

Switch 8
OFF = switch 16 X-ray switch Mobile Stand
Factory default setting for two-pedal foot switch:
Fig. 5-5 S5 and S6 are located on the right side of board U648

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4.1.2 Configuration for Smart Vascular with Dual Plus Foot Switch


Switch 1 hand switch left side

Switch 2 not used


Switch 4 center foot pedal


Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 hand switch right side

Switch 8 not used

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface


Switch 1 not used

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 wireless left foot pedal

Switch 4 wireless center foot pedal

Switch 5 wireless right foot pedal

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used

Switch 8 Radiation key Vision Center FST
The DIP Switch S5 has to be set as shown below. In the Service settings the option "Vascular
Footswitch" has to be set.
Factory default setting for triple foot switch "Dual Plus":

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4.1.3 Configuration for Smart Vascular with Wireless Dual Plus Foot Switch


Switch 1 hand switch

Switch 2 not used


Switch 4 center foot pedal


Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 hand switch

Switch 8 not used

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface


Switch 1 not used

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 wireless left foot pedal

Switch 4 wireless center foot pedal

Switch 5 wireless right foot pedal

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used

Switch 8 Radiation key Vision Center FST
The DIP Switch S5 has to be set as shown below. In the Service settings the option "Vascular
Footswitch" has to be set.
Factory default setting for triple foot switch "Dual Plus":

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4.1.4 DIP Switch S1
(Option for main interface). No switch shown. S1 not used.
5.4.1.5 DIP Switch S2
(Option for main interface). No switch shown. S2 not used.
5.4.2 Jumpers
Jumper Status Meaning
open default
J1
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed Emergency relay always active
(DEBUG ONLY!)
J2 open signal horn enabled

(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed signal horn disabled
J3 open default
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP flash erase
J4 open default
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP debug mode on
J5 open default (reset enabled)

(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP reset disabled

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5 LED Indicators
5.5.1 Startup Monitoring LED Indicators
LED(s) Status Meaning
LED D16 flashing Startup phase 1

LED D17 OFF
LED D16 OFF Startup phase 2

LED D17 flashing
LED D16 + LED D17 flashing alternately Startup Phase 3
LED D16 + LED D17 flashing synchronously Waiting for system to run
LED D16 OFF System is running

LED D17 OFF
5.5.1.1 Normal Startup
System Reset
Boot up
LED D16 LED 17

D16
Phase 1
LED D16 Flashing D17
LED D17 off
Phase 2 D16
LED D16 off
LED D17 Flashing D17
D16
Phase 3
Both LEDs Flashing
alternately
D17
Waiting for Image System

acknowledge D16
Both LEDs Flashing
synchronistically D17
Start-Up is Completed D16

System is running
Both LEDs off D17
Fig. 5-8 Startup phase

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5.1.2 Status "No Software Installed"
System Reset
Boot up
LED D16 LED D17

Software missing
ready for being programmed D16
both LEDs flashing
one quickly, one slowly
additionally D1 flickering
D17
Fig. 5-9 Status "no software installed"
5.5.2 Voltage Monitoring LED Indicators
LED Status Meaning
LED D67 ON +5V OK
LED D78 ON +3V3 OK
LED D80 ON ISO +5V OK (CAN)
LED D71 ON +24V OK
LED D76 ON +5V TN OK (transmitter)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5.3 Hardware Monitoring LED Indicators
LED Status Meaning
LED D1 ON HaFu timeout
LED D2 ON Hardware reset or watchdog is active
LED D8 ON "X-RAY ENABLE" signal is active
LED D13 ON "CAN FAULT" signal
LED D3 ON Software toggle the "RUN" monostable
LED D4 ON XRay_Ena
LED D15 ON Software enable signal for "CAN XRAY ENABLE"
LED D19 ON Pump on

(Pump LED) AUX out 6
LED D32 ON PWM signal for coolant pump speed control
LED D33 ON Audible alarm

(Horn LED) AUX out 1
LED D34 ON PWM signal for fan speed control
LED D65 ON with monitor cart

(CAN termination) OFF without monitor cart
LED D22 ON Rotating anode norm
LED D25 ON Rotating anode run
LED D28 ON PFC enable (not used)
LED D31 ON Fan enable
LED D35 ON AUX07 (future use)
LED D36 ON AUX08 (future use)
LED D72 ON ResEmrg
LED D9 ON U loop
LED D23 ON I loop
LED D121 ON /Emrg
LED D26 ON EMG TFT
LED D24 ON X-ray lamp (at touch display)
LED D7 ON X-ray key (HaFu_16 at touch display)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.6 Connectors
X3: HAFU connector; 1 and 2

Type: 4-pin connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 1
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 2
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 3
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 4
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 5
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 6
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 7
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 8
Pin 4 ISOGND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 9
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 10
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 11
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 12
Pin 4 ISOGND
X10: HAFU connector;13 and 14

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 13
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 14
Pin 4 ISOGND
Assignment of:
X9A, X9B, X9C, X9D: CAN distribution
Connector Assignment in Ziehm Vision

RFD
X9A PPS Master
X9B Generator
X9C PPS Slave 2
X9D PPS Slave 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
X9A, X9B, X9C, X9D, X11A, X11B, X11C, X11D: CAN distribution
Type: RJ-45 connectors
Pin Function
Pin 1 CANGND
Pin 2 CAN+5V
Pin 3 CANL
Pin 4 CANSTÖR
Pin 5 CANSTR (X-ray enable)
Pin 6 CANH
Pin 7 C_GND
Pin 8 C +5 V
Pin 9 shield
Pin 10 shield
X13: CAN distribution; XP0

Pin Function
Pin 1 shield
Pin 2 CAN sense
Pin 3 CAN ground
Pin 4 n. c.
Pin 5 CANH
Pin 6 CANL
Pin 7 CANSTÖR
Pin 8 CANSTR (X-ray enable)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
X17: TFT connector (from monitor cart)

Pin Function
Pin 1 ground (24 V)
Pin 2  to X18/Pin 3 (TFT TX)
Pin 3  to X18/Pin 4 (TFT RX)
Pin 4  to X18/Pin 5
X18: TFT connector (to TFT mobile stand)

Pin Function
Pin 1 ground (24 V)
Pin 2 +24 V
Pin 3  to X17/Pin 2 (TFT TX)
Pin 4  to X17/Pin 3 (TFT RX)
X20: coolant pump (only used in stat. anode Vision)

Pin Function
Pin 1 OAUX+1
Pin 2 OAUX-1
X22/X220: ON/OFF switch (to U579)

Pin Function
Pin 1 NETZAUS (= power off)
Pin 2 NETZEIN (= power on)
Pin 3 NEAGND
Pin 4 Standby LED
Pin 5 ON LED

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
X23: power supply connector

Pin Function
Pin 1 power supply "HORN", TFT and

emergency chain [+24 VDC]
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 power supply main interface

[15 VAC]
Pin 4 power supply main interface

[15 VAC]
X26: ON/OFF switch (mobile stand, only used in stat. anode Vision)
Pin Function
Pin 2 NEAGND
Pin 3 NEAGND
Pin 5 LED_ON (+24 V power supply)
Pin 6 GND
X27: ON/OFF switch (only used in rot. anode Vision and Solo)
Pin Function
Pin 1 NEAGND
Pin 2 ON LED
Pin 3 Standby LED

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.6.1 Emergency Loop Connectors
X24 : Emergency Switch from MC via P0

2-pin connector male, 2.54mm, Molex SL-Series
Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
The emergency chain in the monitor cart can contain:

Button in the MC itself (always built-in)
Button in the Position Control Center
Button in the Remote-Center
X29 : Emergency Switch local for Touch Display in MS

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
In the mobile stand this stop button is built-in on touch display.
X30 : Emergency Switch local in MS

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
In the mobile stand this stop button is built-in on cover plate.
X31: Emergency Chain to U685

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
If the machine is motorized the emergency chain has to include the drives electronics as well.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
X32: Emergency Switch (reserved)

2-pin connector male, 2.54mm, Panduit
Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
Emergency loop connector for reserve.
X34 Emergency Switch (if U515 replacement)

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
This connector has to be used if the U515 is replaced and a touch-display will be installed with
X-ray lamp and button.
Then the emergency button of the touch-display needs to be connected to here!
X35 Emergency Switch (reserved)

Pin Function
Pin1 n. o. (normally open)
Pin2 c (common)
Pin3 n. c. (normally closed)
This is an additional relay contact which is activated in case of emergency stop.
X36 Input Emergency-Stop for Lift-Control

Pin Function
Pin1 Switch 1a
Pin2 Switch 1b
Pin3 Switch 2a
Pin4 Switch 2b
Intended to stop the lift motor control unit in case of emergency stop.
This is achieved by interrupting both control inputs of the lift electronics located on U521 or
U579.
Connector X36 and X37 are in series to the inputs and make sure that no further movement
is possible.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
X37 Output Emergency-Stop for Lift-Control

Pin Function
Pin1 Switch 1a
Pin2 Switch 1b
Pin3 Switch 2a
Pin4 Switch 2b
Intended to stop the lift motor control unit in case of emergency stop.
This is achieved by interrupting both control inputs of the lift electronics located on U521 or
U579
Connector X36 and X37 are in series to the inputs and make sure that no further movement
is possible.
5.6.2 Fuses
U648 Fuses
F2 1.6 A slow TFT and emergency chain supply
If fuse is blown: Vision Center FST on Mobile Stand remains dark, emergency chain is
active, can NOT be reset

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5 Main Interface
5.7 Replacement of U648 Main Interface Board
Vision Studio is not intended for use with systems running NGP software (SW version 6.xx), so
U648 currently can not be replaced in text box service.
5.7.1 Adjustment/Programming
There are four DIP switch boards (S1 – S6) on U648:

• S1: not used
• S2: not used
• S5: switch options
• S6: switch options
Check all DIP switches and adjust them if necessary according to the list
(→ Ch. 5.4.1, p. 5-11).
Programming:
Vision Studio is not intended for use with systems running NGP software (SW version 6.xx), so
programming is currently not supported.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5.8
5-30
V1.00 Initial Version, neutralized for all 15.06.2012 Frank
Visions machines
V1.01 Pull-up becomes Current Source 20.06.2012 Frank
Fig. 5-10
V1.02 New page 2 for details of CPLD 28.02.2013 Frank
A Hand- / Foot-
Switches Module 2 Module 5 Generator
Watchdog Generator supervisor

Window- Main Interface
5 Main Interface
Comparators (Mono-Flop) Q
Watchdog
1 switch uP monitors TRG_WDOG
of max. 16 (Mono-Flop) Q

processor
CAN
5V
Switch Out RUN
Reset monitors
TRG_CMON
kV and mA Q
Opto- messages
Couplers Watchdog
Short
Software Enable (Mono-Flop) HV Control
B Ena
uP
radiation
Switch is XR

/RAD ON
Current-Source
command
/XRAY
from host
CAN Stoerung out Fault
Module 2
5V can ACTIVATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Key pressed
OFF
5V
Hardware radiation logic overview

C
Q
Mono-Flop Fault Line
15 more switches Pull up
"see above" The blue parts are CAN Distribution
detailed on page 2, optocoupler optocoupler
Time running, as being in CPLD.
{ after Key is released
CAN-Bus Data-Lines (H & L) to all Modules

D Wires in
Hardware Radiation Logic Overview
ONE cable
any Module can VETO any Module can ACTIVATE

the X-Ray Enable Signal the FAULT Signal
by pulling-down by pulling-down
{
Part of Module 11 +5V
User Interface Controller Pre Power

Supplies
Ena
to
+UHV generator
Similar Logic Overview Radiation Safety Logic
E
Current-Source
as above
disable MOS-FET

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
The blue parts 5.9

on page 1 are
detailed here. Start Start
Fig. 5-11
Emergency-
Signal-Integrity Rotating Anode
A Power Stage Stop
Run Circuit Run
Circuitry
Time-Out
Out_SW_WD
Watchdog Trigger Counter
Software-Running EMERGENCY

uP X-Ray Fault Wire
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
(/Störung)
SPI-Bus CAN_Fault_out
SPI-Bus Read and Write Registers
OR-Gate
B
CAN_Fault_inp

CAN_XR_Ena_inp to uP directly
Out_XRay_Ena
16
Hardware radiation logic lattice

16
C
X-Ray Enable Wire
(Strahlung)
16 Hand- / Foot- CAN_XR_Ena_out
Switch is shorted
OR-Gate
/Reset-Signal
AND-Gate
Hardware Radiation Logic Lattice
Hand- / Foot-

D Switch is pressed
OR-Gate
16 16 1
Time-Out
and Counter
OR-Gate
Hand- / Foot- Switch-Released
16 Hand- / Foot-Switch Inputs

is selected
to do X-Raying
8 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Detailed Safety Logic

E
OFF OFF
Quarz-
S5 S6 Osc.

5 Main Interface
5-31
5 Main Interface
5.10 U648 Layout

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5.10.1
Fig. 5-12
A

to U579/X8
1
C114 X3 X4 X5 X6
X20
+
F1 X21
X23
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 1 34
1 1 1 1 1
1
1
X27 X26
X220
IC17 C46
U648d layout
+
R153
R156
R159
R162
R165
R168
R169
R177
R282
R236
R285
R280
R278
R284
+ ~ ~ -
1 1
R246
1 1 1 1
MP14
GL1
D D 1 7
B B
D67
X22 X18 C108
K
+5V
L27 IC51 C95 R254
IC24 IC26 IC28 IC48 IC49 IC47
X9
D68
MP8 X13 C C
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
D81
TFT+24V
1 A 1 A
C96 R255 IC13
D19
B 1 1
D22
IC11
D25
D28
D31
MP15
D35
D36
C107
D33
D34
R251 R317
U648d Layout
R464
X11
+
C97 R327 R252 R325
IC42 D80
R161
K
R158
R164
R166 D32
R172
R216
+
R250
R152
R155
R167
R237
L2 C40 GND R319
C100 R328
R253 R323
IC15
L7 L8 ISO+5V ISOGND
J2 IC30 IC29 R249 R321
+ 1 7 C119 R329
1 H IC14

X17 1 1 R322 R336
C120 R330
X12
MP11 MP12
IC12
C111 R324 R340
IC7
D76 MP6 MP4
C121 R341 R320 R337
T9
C138 F2
R296
Q4 D71 2 6 R326 R339
K
IC38
L5
D70 D69 C6 1
K
R342

X-Lamp +5V_TN GND24VB C122 R318
IC16
K
R338
IC20
+ +
X28
C137 R352
R238
+24VB
IC32 D24 R37 T10 T8 R349 R360
K1
+
+
+
+
+
C183
C110 R350 R368
T4 T13 VCO C139 R353
1
IC18
MP7 MP16 R348 R362
K
T7
IC3
+
C140 R370 R366
IC31
Tone R351 U648d
MP3 C130 C131 C129 R347 R364
X41
R302 D7 C8 C211 C145 R371
MC-pres
144kHz K
D78 IC21
D65
Emrg CANGND
R154
R105
R34 + IC22 R365 R380
R45
C115
MP9
R299
R301
Stop X-Key +3V3 C146 R372
R367 R384
+
GND24VB R242 R235 D66 X42
1
T11 D74 D75 T30
C176
R25 R363 R381
MP17 MP13 C147 R373
K
K 16
IC19
C3 R369 R383
X40
P1 R300 D10
IC9
IC35 IC8 C151
K
R23 1 R385
R95
R361 R382
16
X24
L37 R239 C106
XP0
IC41 1
Xray-Ena
X2
+
K
K
T12 C72 1 D8 S5
R110 C210 Q3 C58 R291 C152 R386 X7 X8 X10
U-Loop
J4 R112 Q1
1
IC23
R11
L43
J5
1
C37 C81
R21 D9
C158 R398
L28 MP2
R117
MP5 MP19 MP18 D2 1 1 1
X43
D139 D140
IC1 C88 C162 R399
X29
TFT
IC25
D72
IC5
Debug ON
1
K
'Emrg' X-Fault
+
EMRG IC10 IC34 R13 1
IC33 IC2 C163 R416
Q2
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
1
R38
1
ResEmrg
37
D13
IC40
K
L36
26
K
K
C
D99
D101
D102
D104
D105
D106
D100
D103
D142 D141 C168 R417 R395 R406
T6
IC52
D63
C47 R127 Reset
R14 C48 X33 R396 R414
R126 R141 Reset dis.

X-Fault
+
K
X30
1
C169 R418
Local
C89 C87 C86
T3
D90
R228
2 R394 R408
J1 IC36 L40
D45
C60
D46
D44
T2
+ R397 R412
R120
R227 C170 R419
R89
R90
R91
R92
S1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
R218
R219
C11
IC27
1 R393 R410
MP10
K
K
K
IC37 1 2 3 4
L30
K2-Res C7 C173 R431 IC50
T5
R85
R86
R87
R88
K2 K3 R411 R426
11
12
R50 R49
X31
C179 R432
U685
R413 R430
IC53
R109
R122
76
1
R131 X14
J3
R130 IC4
51
MP1 R409 R427
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
C188 R442
1
Flash Erase
R46
R429
1
D91
R415
D92
D93
D94
D95
D96
D97
D98
R67 R70 R115 R140
L32
D26
R138
R137
R139
K C189 R443 R407 R428
109
X-Ena
IC54
73
X32
D23
EmrgTFT
IC55
K
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
D15 C192 R453 R439
Reserve
T31 R121 IC6 D16 D17 D18 R448
I-Loop
1
R440 R452
C195 R454
Dbg1
Dbg2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S2
Dbg0
K
K
K
K
IC56
D53
R438 R449
SW_X-Ena
1 1 1
X25 R441 R451
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
1
D121
K
1 R437 R450
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Run
Tst1
Tst2
Tst3
Tst4
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
'Emrg' IC43 T26 T27 T28 T1
/Done
X1
XR-Ena
S6 R107
HaFu_TO
D1 D3 D4 D6 D11 D12 D14 D20
Touch Emrg-Off
X34 X35 X36 X37
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 06.02.2014 W.Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
Released 07.02.2014 R.Frank U648d-c-a.pcb 648d-48748c-a
Ziehm Module
002
U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 N/A

5 Main Interface
5-33
5 Main Interface
5.11 U648 Schematics

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3 +3V3
R18
MCLK
5.11.1
22R
Fig. 5-13
R137 R141
4K7
4K7 4K7
BLM18PG471
L32
R132
IC2
A X1 1 ZEN_BKGD J5 SL1-2G 73 9
L28
L29
L30
BLM18PG471
BLM18PG471
BLM18PG471
2 76 PTA0/PIA0/ADP0/MCLK VDD
Out_XRay_Ena
3 Reset dis. 78 PTA1/PIA1/ADP1/ACMP1+ 38
R138 0R GND Out_WD_SW
4 81 PTA2/PIA2/ADP2/ACMP1- VDD
/CS_Expander
J3
5 95 PTA3/PIA3/ADP3/ACMP1O 62
R139 0R /CS_SN_EEprom
PTA4/PIA4/ADP4 VDD
SL1-2G
6 98
+
/IRQ_EXT_RS232 C51 C57 C58
100 PTA5/PIA5/ADP5
/CS_EXT_RS232 100n 10n
Flash Erase
M80-826VP 3 PTA6/PIA6/ADP6 10 100μ/10V
GND /CS_MD_EEprom
PTA7/PIA7/ADP7/IRQ VSS
X7R
X7R
BDM
Interface GND 39
71 VSS
75 PTB0/PIB0/ADP8 61
77 PTB1/PIB1/ADP9 VSS

GND R120
80 PTB2/PIB2/ADP10
+3V3 +3V3 220R
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
PTB4/PIB4/ADP12 VDDA
99
5 PTB6/PIB6/ADP14 VREFH
R117
PTB7/PIB7/ADP15 88
+
1K C49 C56 C52 C50 C48

VREFL
C59 100n R126 R127 100n 1n 100n 1n 100μ/10V
R130 R131 X7R 4K7 10K 70 87
PTC0/ADP16 VSSA
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
B 10K 10K IC4 Reset 72

2 3 74 PTC1/ADP17
GND D2
VCC PTC2/ADP18
GND
IC33-B rd 79
4 7 2 4 /ZEN_RES 97 PTC3/ADP19 65
D44 ZEN_BKGD GND
PFI 2 PTC4/ADP20 BKGD/MS
1PS79SB31 1 74AHCT1G126GV 4 PTC5/ADP21 13 /ZEN_RES

1 5 6 PTC6/ADP22
C47
6 8 PTC7/ADP23
ZEN_WD D46 /LAT_RES 100n
WDI
1PS79SB31
X7R
MAX6705ASKAT /Emrg_I_Loop 49 46 CAN_ID0
50 PTD0/PID0/TPM2CH0 PTL0 47
D45 TP6 CAN_ID1
Out_WP_PWM CAN_ID2

PTD2/PID2/TPM1CH0 PTL2
U648d schematics page 1

GND Out_FAN_PWM 52 60 CAN_ID3
1PS79SB31 53 PTD3/PID3/TPM1CH1 PTL3 82
TP7 CAN_ID4
C60 TP8 CAN_ID5
100n TP9 CAN_ID6
PTD6/PID6/TPM1CH4 PTL6
X7R
Debug +3V3 64 33 CAN_ID7
TP10 PTD7/PID7/TPM1CH5 PTL7
X2 1
GND
2 24 83 1 X43
+3V3 3 25 PTE0/TxD1 PTK0 84 2
PTE1/RxD1 PTK1
U648d Schematics Page 1
4 26 85 3
27 PTK2 86 4
C SPI1_CLK
SL1/25-4G 28 PTE3/SPSCK1 PTK3 91 5
SPI1_MOSI
29 PTE4/SCL1/MOSI1 PTK4 92 6
+3V3 +3V3 SPI1_MISO
8 44 PTE5/SDA1/MISO1 PTK5 93 7
GND ZEN_CANTx
R129
4K7
45 PTE6/TxD2/TXCAN PTK6 94 8
ZEN_CANRx
IC43 PTE7/RxD2/RXCAN PTK7 9
+3V3 10
VCC
5 3 R106 34 7
SPI1_MOSI FAN_TACHO
GND
SI TP11 PTF0/TxD2 PTJ0/PIJ0/TPM3CH0 SL1-10G

SPI1_MISO 2 35 8 WP_TACHO
J4
SO 4K7 TP12 PTF1/RxD2 PTJ1/PIJ1/TPM3CH1
SPI1_CLK 6 36 14 FLOW_MON
SCK R217 TP13 PTF2/TPM1CLK/SCL1 PTJ2/PIJ2/TPM3CH2
SL1-2G
/CS_MD_EEprom 1 7 37 15 TEMP_FREQ
Debug ON
TP14 PTF3/TPM2CLK/SDA1 PTJ3/PIJ3/TPM3CH3
CAN_Fault_inp 17 20
4K7 PTF4/ACMP2+ PTJ4/PIJ4 TP22
GND GND am Lattice 18 21
PTF5/ACMP2- PTJ5/PIJ5 TP23
AT25256A 19 22
TP15 PTF6/ACMP2O PTJ6/PIJ6 TP24
4 59 23
TP16 PTF7 PTJ7/PIJ7/TPM3CLK TP25
GND
11 55
PTG0/EXTAL TP26
12 56 SPI2_CLK
30 PTG1/XTAL PTH1/SPSCK2 57
+3V3 ZEN_WD SPI2_MOSI
31 PTG2 PTH2/MOSI2 58
+3V3 TP17 SPI2_MISO
8 40 PTG3 PTH3/MISO2 66
TP18 Out_Dbg0 +3V3
R31 41 PTG4 PTH4 67
TP19 Out_Dbg1
D IC6 42 PTG5 PTH5 68
4K7 TP20 Out_Dbg2
43 PTG6/SCL2 PTH6 69
VCC TP21 TP27 R140
5 3 R32 PTG7/SDA2 PTH7

SPI1_MOSI SI \WP GND 1K
SPI1_MISO 2 SO 0R MC9S08DZ96
SPI1_CLK 6 SCK SW_X-Ena
1 7 R33
/CS_SN_EEprom \CS \HOLD C41
4K7 D15
GND C0G gn
Out_XRay_Ena
CAT 25010LI-G 22p

4 +3V3 +3V3 +3V3 Q1
R26
R112 R111 T1
0R 1M BC817-40
8MHz 22K
GND R115 R70 R67 C42
1K 1K 1K
C0G
R24
10K
Dbg2 Dbg1 Dbg0 22p
Out_Dbg2
Out_Dbg1
Out_Dbg0
GND
D18 D17 D16
gn gn gn GND GND
E R114 R69 R160 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

T28 T27 T26
BC817-40 BC817-40 BC817-40 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
22K 22K 22K
+3V3 Filename Part No/Drawing No
IC33-A Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
R113
10K
R68
10K
R151
10K
C55
5 3 Print date: Ziehm Module
X7R
VCC GND
06.02.2014 002 01_Zentrale_uP
GND 100n 74AHCT1G126GV GND
GND GND GND GND GND GND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 1 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-35
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-36
IC5-A IC5-B IC5-C IC5-D
+3V3 +3V3 +3V3 +3V3
7 37 79 118
5.11.2
VCCIO3 VCCIO2 VCCIO1 VCCIO0
16 51 88 123
Fig. 5-14
30 66 102 135
1 Dout_AC_FAN_On 38 HF01_is_XR 107 143
A PL2A/L_GPLLT_FB PB4A PR2A PT9A
2 Dout_Horn 39 HF02_is_XR 106 142
PL2B/L_GPLLC_FB PB4B PR2B PT9B
3 Dout_PFC_On 40 HF03_is_XR 105 141
PL2C/L_GPLLT_IN PB4C/CSSPIN PR2C PT9C
4 Dout_Pump 41 HF04_is_XR 104 140
PL2D/L_GPLLC_IN PB4D PR2D PT9D
5 PL3A/PCLKT3_2 Dout_RotAn_Norm 42 PB6A HF05_is_XR 100 PR3A 139 PT10A

6 Dout_RotAn_Start 43 HF06_is_XR 99 138
PL3B/PCLKC3_2 PB6B PR3B PT10B
9 SPI2_CLK R17 0R 44 TDO 137
PL3C PB6C/MCLK/CCLK PT10C/TDO
5 Main Interface
10 SPI2_MISO 45 HF07_is_XR 98 PR4A TDI 136

PL3D PB6D/SO/SPISO PT10D/TDI
HF08_is_XR 97
PR4B
11 PL4A 49 PB9A/PCLKT2_0 HF09_is_XR 96 133 PT11A
PR4C
12 50 HF10_is_XR 95 132
PL4B PB9B/PCLKC2_0 PR4D PT11B
13 47 TCK 131
PL4C PB9C PT11C/TCK
14 48 94 130

PL4D PB9D HF11_is_XR PR5A TMS PT11D/TMS
HF12_is_XR 93
PR5B
Dinp_Mux00 19 PL5A/PCLKT3_1 R16 0R 55 PB11A/PCLKT2_1 MCLK 92 CLK_20MHz 128 PT12A/PCLKT0_1
PR5C/PCLKT1_0
Dinp_Mux01 20 56 91 127
PL5B/PCLKC3_1 PB11B/PCLKC2_1 PR5D/PCLKC1_0 PT12B/PCLKC0_1
21 CAN_Sense_inp 52 126
PL5C PB11C PT12C/SCL/PCLKT0_0
22 CAN_Fault_inp 54 HF13_is_XR 86 PR8A 125
PL5D PB11D PT12D/SDA/PCLKC0_0
HF14_is_XR 85
PR8B
23 PL8A 57 PB15A Dout_Tst4 84 122 PT15A
PR8C
24 CAN_Fault_out 58 Dout_Tst3 83 +3V3 121
PL8B PB15B PR8D PT15B
B Dinp_Mux02 25 CAN_XR_Ena_out 59 R29 1K 120
PL8C PB15C PT15C/JTAGENB
Dinp_Mux03 26 +3V3 Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen 60 Dout_Tst2 82 PR9A R30 1K 119
PL8D PB15D PT15D/PROGRAMN
Dout_Tst1 81
PR9B
Dinp_Mux04 27 PL9A/PCLKT3_0 Dinp_Mux06 61 PB18A 78 117 PT16A
PR9C
Dinp_Mux05 28 Dinp_Mux07 62 HF15_is_XR 77 115
PL9B/PCLKC3_0 PB18B PR9D PT16B
65 114
PB18C PT16C
Dout_7 32 67 HF16_is_XR 76 113
PL10A PB18D PR10A PT16D
Dout_8 33 Dout_Res_Notaus 75
R19
22K
PL10B PR10B
/LAT_RES 34 Out_WD_SW 68 Dout_XR_Lamp 74 112
PL10C PB20A PR10C PT17A
EMERGENCY 35 Out_XRay_Ena 69 73 111
PL10D PB20B PR10D PT17B
/CS_Expander 70 110
PB20C/SN PT17C/INITN
SPI2_MOSI 71 LED_Done 109

PB20D/SI/SISPI PT17D/DONE

LCMX02-640UHC-4TG LCMX02-640UHC-4TG
LCMX02-640UHC-4TG LCMX02-640UHC-4TG
S2 Options 2
1 2 D91 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux00 +3V3 +3V3
1
3 4 D92 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux01 Q2
2 R11 L43
5 6 D93 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux02 1 4
3 EN VCC
7 8 D94 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux03 +3V3
4 1K
9 10 D95 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux04 BLM18PG471 C91 100n GND

5
C 11 12 D96 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux05 X7R
6 R12
13 14 D97 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux06 2 3 CLK_20MHz
X25 1
7 GND OUT
15 16 D98 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux07 2 TDO
8 22R
20MHz 3V3 3 TDI
4
Dil Switch
5
C28
47n
6 TMS
S1 Options 1
X7R
7
1 2 8 GND
1
D99 1PS79SB31 R81 10K TCK
3 4 D100 1PS79SB31 R82 10K GND GND SL1-08G
2
5 6 D101 1PS79SB31 R83 10K
3
7 8 D102 1PS79SB31 R84 10K
4
Dil Switch
R89 0R D103 1PS79SB31 R85 10K
R90 0R D104 1PS79SB31 R86 10K
IC5-E
R91 0R D105 1PS79SB31 R87 10K +3V3
R92 0R D106 1PS79SB31 R88 10K +3V3
36 VCC
HW-ID 72 GND 8
VCC
GND 108 GND 18
VCC
144 29
VCC GND
46
R71
1K
R72
1K
R73
1K
R74
1K
R75
1K
R76
1K
R77
1K
R78
1K
D +3V3 GND
15 53
NC GND
CAN-Address = 0x04 HaFu_TO Run XR-Ena /Done Tst1 Tst2 Tst3 Tst4 17 64
NC GND
31 80

yl
yl
yl
yl
yl
NC GND
gn
gn
gn
D1
63 90
D3
D4
D6
D11
NC GND
D12
D14
D20
87 101
NC GND
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
89 116
NC GND
103 124
NC GND
129 134
NC GND
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
CAN_ID0 +3V3 LCMX02-640UHC-4TG GND
CAN_ID1 C[20-25]
CAN_ID2
CAN_ID3 X7R
LED_Done
Dout_Tst1
Dout_Tst2
Dout_Tst3
Dout_Tst4
CAN_ID4 1n
CAN_ID5 C[30-39]
CAN_ID6
CAN_ID7 X7R
22n
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
E C[61-69] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
X7R Drawn CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 Muschler
100n
C[80-85]
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
X7R Ziehm Module
Print date:
100n 02_I/O_Expander
06.02.2014 002
GND
GND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 2 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
in every +3V3 +3V3

switch 120R
R247 R251 R255 R184 R314 R322 R330 R188

5.11.3
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-15
S 270R IC11-A IC12-A
IC13-A 1 8 IC14-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C96 - C120
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R248 R250 R316 R320
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
LM339 GND GND LM339 GND GND
C101 C92 ISO+5V C112 C113 ISO+5V

L14 470n 10n 470n 10n
BLM21BD221 R252 +3V3 R324 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R254 R183 R329 R187
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
ISOGND ISOGND IC11-B IC12-B
IC13-B 3 6 IC14-B 3 6
6 6
- C95 - C119
1 4 5 10n 1 4 5 10n
R249 R318
X7R
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T
C44 + +
B L16
X7R 10K 10K
LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
X3 1 HaFu_01_inp 47n R253 R326
2 C45 2K2 2K2
3 HaFu_02_inp
4 X7R

47n
MLSS100-04
ISOGND ISOGND
ISOGND C53
ISOGND
X4 1 X7R
HaFu_03_inp
ISO+5V 2 47n


3 HaFu_04_inp C54
4
+3V3 MLSS100-04 X7R
47n
ISOGND
L15 R313 R321 R328 R186 ISOGND
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 ISO+5V
IC15-A
IC13-C 1 8 +3V3
8
C - C100
14 2 7 10n L17 R334 R338 R342 R190
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
R315 R319
X7R
9 ILD207T IC16-A
+
IC14-C 1 8
10K 10K 8
LM339 GND GND
- C122
C102 C93 ISO+5V 14 2 7 10n
470n 10n
R335 R337
X7R
R323 +3V3 9 ILD207T

+
X7R
X7R
2K2
10K 10K
LM339 GND GND
R327 R185
ISOGND ISOGND 330R 2K2 C103 C117 ISO+5V
IC15-B 470n 10n
IC13-D 3 6 R339 +3V3
X7R
X7R
10 2K2
- C97
13 4 5 10n R341 R189
330R 2K2
R317
X7R
11 ILD207T IC16-B
+
IC14-D 3 6
10K 10
D LM339 GND GND
R325 - C121
2K2 13 4 5 10n

R336
X7R
11 ILD207T
+
10K
ISOGND LM339 GND GND
R340
2K2
ISOGND
ISO+5V
E IC13-E
C94 100n 3 12 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC14-E Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
C118 1n 3 12 Print date: Ziehm Module
X7R
VCC GND
06.02.2014 002 03_HaFu_Inputs_1-4
LM339
ISOGND ISOGND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 3 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-37
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
5-38
+3V3 +3V3
R345 R349 R353 R192 R357 R365 R373 R196
5.11.4
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-16
IC18-A IC19-A
IC20-A 1 8 IC21-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C139 - C147
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R346 R348 R359 R363
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
5 Main Interface
C123 C135 ISO+5V C134 C143 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R350 +3V3 R367 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R352 R191 R372 R195
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC18-B IC19-B
IC20-B 3 6 IC21-B 3 6
6 6
- C137 - C146
1 4 5 10n 1 4 5 10n
R347 R361
X7R
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T
+ +
B L12 L10
10K 10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R351 R369
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND
C74 C79
MLSS100-04
X7R X7R

X5 47n X6 47n

1 HaFu_05_inp 1 HaFu_07_inp
2 2
C75 C90
4 X7R 4 X7R
47n 47n
ISO+5V ISOGND MLSS100-04 ISOGND
ISO+5V
ISOGND
ISOGND +3V3 +3V3
C
L13 R356 R364 R371 R194 L11 R378 R382 R386 R198
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
IC22-A IC23-A
IC20-C 1 8 IC21-C 1 8
8 8
- C145 - C152
14 2 7 10n 14 2 7 10n
R358 R362 R379 R381
X7R
X7R
9 ILD207T 9 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C124 C142 ISO+5V C141 C150 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R366 +3V3 R383 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2
R370 R193 R385 R197

330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC22-B IC23-B
IC20-D 3 6 IC21-D 3 6
10 10
D - C140 - C151
13 4 5 10n 13 4 5 10n

R360 R380
X7R
X7R
11 ILD207T 11 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K
R368 R384
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND
E ISO+5V Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

IC20-E Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
C136 100n 3 12 Filename Part No/Drawing No
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC21-E Print date: Ziehm Module
C144 1n 3 12 04_HaFu_Inputs_5-8
X7R
VCC GND 06.02.2014 002
LM339 U648d Scale Size Page
ISOGND ISOGND N/A A3 4 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
+3V3 +3V3
R391 R395 R399 R142 R403 R411 R419 R146

5.11.5
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-17
IC25-A IC27-A
IC40-A 1 8 IC50-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C162 - C170
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R392 R394 R405 R409
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C153 C156 ISO+5V C155 C166 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R396 +3V3 R413 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R398 R199 R418 R145
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC25-B IC27-B
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
IC40-B 3 6 IC50-B 3 6
6 6
- C158 - C169
1 4 5 10n 1 4 5 10n
R393 R407
X7R
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T
+ +
B L22 L20
10K 10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R397 R415
2K2 2K2

ISOGND ISOGND
C109 C199
MLSS100-04
X7R X7R

X7 47n X8 47n

2 2
C197 C200
4 X7R 4 X7R
47n 47n
ISO+5V ISOGND MLSS100-04 ISOGND
ISO+5V
ISOGND
ISOGND +3V3 +3V3
C
L23 R402 R410 R417 R144 L21 R424 R428 R432 R148
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
IC52-A IC53-A
IC40-C 1 8 IC50-C 1 8
8 8
- C168 - C179
14 2 7 10n 14 2 7 10n
R404 R408 R425 R427
X7R
X7R
9 ILD207T 9 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C154 C165 ISO+5V C164 C171 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R412 +3V3 R429 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2
R416 R143 R431 R147

330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC52-B IC53-B
IC40-D 3 6 IC50-D 3 6
10 10
D - C163 - C173
13 4 5 10n 13 4 5 10n

R406 R426
X7R
X7R
11 ILD207T 11 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K
R414 R430
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND

IC40-E Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC50-E Print date: Ziehm Module
C167 1n 3 12 05_HaFu_Inputs_9-12
X7R
VCC GND 06.02.2014 002
LM339 U648d Scale Size Page

5 Main Interface
5-39
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V
5-40
+3V3
R435 R439 R443 R150
5.11.6
220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-18
IC54-A
IC55-A 1 8
A 4
- C189
2 2 7 10n
R436 R438
X7R
5 ILD207T Test-Connector 1 - 8
+
10K 10K 1 X41
LM339 GND GND
2
5 Main Interface
C180 C186 ISO+5V 3

470n 10n 4
R440 +3V3 5
X7R
X7R
2K2 6
7
8

R442 R149
330R 2K2 9
IC54-B 10
IC55-B 3 6 11
6 12
- C188 13
1 4 5 10n 14
15
R437
X7R
7 ILD207T 16
+
B L25 SL2-16G
10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R441
2K2
Test-Connector 9 - 16
ISOGND
1 X42
C201
MLSS100-04 2
X7R 3

47n

X10 1 4
HaFu_13_inp
2 5
C202
3 HaFu_14_inp 6
4 X7R +3V3 7
47n 8
ISO+5V ISOGND 9
R95 10
10K 11
ISOGND +3V3 12
TP28
13
C 14
L26 R446 R450 R454 R119 15
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 16
IC56-A SL2-16G
IC55-C 1 8
8 GND
- C195
14 2 7 10n
R447 R449
X7R
9 ILD207T
+
10K 10K
LM339 GND GND
C185 C193 ISO+5V

470n 10n
R451 +3V3
X7R
X7R
2K2
R453 R118
330R 2K2
IC56-B
IC55-D 3 6
10
D - C192
13 4 5 10n

R448
X7R
11 ILD207T
+
10K
LM339 GND GND
R452
2K2
ISO+5V
ISOGND
X14 1
2 HaFu_11_inp
3 HaFu_12_inp
4 HaFu_13_inp
5 HaFu_14_inp
IC55-E 6 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND 53047-06
LM339
ISOGND Print date: Ziehm Module
C194 1n 002 06_HaFu_Inputs_13-14
X7R 06.02.2014

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+3V3 +3V3
5.11.7
WP_TACHO
Fig. 5-19
IC29-A IC48-A
R170 8 1 R171 R211 8 1 R278
Inp_AUX04+ Inp_WP_TACHO+
A 2K2 330R 2K2 330R
7 2 Inp_AUX04- 7 2 Inp_WP_TACHO-
GND ILD207T GND ILD207T
FAN_TACHO
IC29-B IC48-B
R173 6 3 R174 R279 6 3 R280
Inp_AUX03+ Inp_FAN_TACHO+
2K2 330R 2K2 330R
5 4 Inp_AUX03- 5 4 Inp_FAN_TACHO-

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
FLOW_MON
IC30-A IC49-A
R175 8 1 R176 R281 8 1 R282
Inp_AUX02+ Inp_FLOW_MON+
2K2 330R 2K2 330R
7 2 Inp_AUX02- 7 2 Inp_FLOW_MON-
B GND ILD207T GND ILD207T
TEMP_FREQ
IC30-B IC49-B
R178 6 3 R179 R283 6 3 R284
Inp_AUX01+ Inp_TEMP_FREQ+

2K2 330R 2K2 330R
5 4 Inp_AUX01- 5 4 Inp_TEMP_FREQ-


+3V3 +3V3
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
R272
R271
R270
R269
R268
R267
R266
R265
R463
R462
R461
R460
R459
R458
R457
R389
S5 S6
HF01_is_XR 2 1 HF09_is_XR 2 1
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
HF05_is_XR 10 9 HF13_is_XR 10 9
5 5
HF06_is_XR 12 11 HF14_is_XR 12 11
6 6
HF07_is_XR 14 13 HF15_is_XR 14 13
7 7
HF08_is_XR 16 15 HF16_is_XR 16 15
8 8
Dil Schalter Dil Schalter

GND GND
D

DIP-Switch
DIP- function x-ray
position switch switch
HaFu 1/9 1 ON OFF

HaFu 2/10 2 ON OFF
HaFu 3/11 3 ON OFF
HaFu 4/12 4 ON OFF
E HaFu 5/13 5 ON OFF Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
HaFu 6/14 6 ON OFF Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
HaFu 7/15 7 ON OFF
HaFu 8/16 8 ON OFF Ziehm Module
Print date:
06.02.2014 002 07_Opto_Inputs
HaFu stands for Hand-/Foot-Switch Input. Scale Size Page
U648d N/A A3 7 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-41
1 2 3 4 5 6
to Pump
5-42
D19 IC24-A D32 IC47-A
R152 1 8 R153 R166 1 8 R169
+5V 180R gn Out_Pump+ +5V 180R gn Out_WP_PWM+
0R 0R
5.11.8
2 7 Out_Pump- 2 7 Out_WP_PWM-
Fig. 5-20
ILD207T ILD207T
R2 R8
A Dout_Pump T15 Out_WP_PWM T22
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3
GND GND
D22 IC24-B D34 IC47-B

5 Main Interface
R155 3 6 R156 R172 3 6 R177

+5V 180R gn Out_RotAn_Norm+ +5V 180R gn Out_FAN_WPM+
0R 0R
4 5 Out_RotAn_Norm- 4 5 Out_FAN_WPM-

ILD207T ILD207T
R3 R9
Dout_RotAn_Norm T16 Out_FAN_PWM T23
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3
GND GND
D25 IC26-A
R158 1 8 R159
B +5V 180R gn Out_RotAn_Start+
0R
2 7 Out_RotAn_Start-
ILD207T
R4
Dout_RotAn_Start T17
BC817-40
3K3
GND


D28 IC26-B D35 IC51-A
R161 3 6 R162 R216 1 8 R236
+5V 180R gn Out_PFC_On+ +5V 180R gn Out_AUX07+
0R 0R
4 5 Out_PFC_On- 2 7 Out_AUX07-
ILD207T ILD207T
R5 R10 1 X12
Dout_PFC_On T18 Dout_7 T21
BC817-40 BC817-40 2
3K3 3K3 3
C
4
MX 70543-4VP
GND GND
D31 IC28-A D36 IC51-B

R164 1 8 R165 R237 3 6 R285
+5V 180R gn Out_AC_FAN_On+ +5V 180R gn Out_AUX08+
0R 0R
2 7 Out_AC_FAN_On- 4 5 Out_AUX08-
ILD207T ILD207T
R6 R1
Dout_AC_FAN_On T19 Dout_8 T24
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3
GND GND
D33 IC28-B to Horn

R167 3 6 R168
+5V 180R gn Out_Horn+
0R
D 4 5 Out_Horn-

ILD207T
R7
Dout_Horn T20
BC817-40
3K3
GND

Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 002 08_Opto_Outputs
N/A A3 8 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
X9-A X11-A CAN+5V

A1 CANGND A1 CANGND
CANGND CANGND
A2 CAN+5V A2 CAN+5V
5.11.9
CAN+5V CAN+5V
A3 CANL A3 CANL C159 82R
CAN L CAN L
A4 A4
Fig. 5-21
CANSTÖR CANSTÖR 100n R291
D75
CANSTOER CANSTOER
A5 CANSTR A5 CANSTR
LL4148
CANSTR CANSTR
X7R
A A6 CANH A6 CANH
CAN H A7 CAN H A7
C_GND C_GND STRAHLUNG
C.GND A8 C.GND A8
C_+5V C_+5V GND
C.+5V C.+5V X-RAY
RJ45 RJ45 +3V3
4K7
ENABLE
R289
D74
LL4148
T11 R227
BC807-40 4K7
X9-B X11-B
B1 CANGND B1 CANGND MP1
CANGND CANGND
B2 CAN+5V B2 CAN+5V X-Ena
CAN+5V CAN+5V
4K7
B3 CANL B3 CANL
R288
CAN L CAN L
B4 B4

CANSTÖR CANSTÖR L35 L33
CANSTOER CANSTOER R229
B5 CANSTR B5 CANSTR CANSTR CANSTR T5
CANSTR CANSTR
B6 B6
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
CANH CANH BC817-40
CAN H CAN H R93 BLM18PG471 BLM18PG471 22K
B7 C_GND B7 C_GND CAN_XR_Ena_out T30 High active
C.GND B8 C.GND B8
C_+5V C_+5V BC817-40 R39 = Strahlung Enable
C.+5V C.+5V 22K
R290 2K2 R231
RJ45 RJ45 3K9 10K
C1
22n
R94
X7R
10K Xray-Ena
B D8
yl
X9-C X11-C CANGND CANGND CANGND
C1 CANGND C1 CANGND
CANGND CANGND
C2 CAN+5V C2 CAN+5V CANGND CANGND CANGND CANGND
CAN+5V CAN+5V
C3 CANL C3 CANL

CAN L CAN L
C4 CANSTÖR C4 CANSTÖR
CANSTOER CANSTOER
C5 CANSTR C5 CANSTR
CANSTR C6 CANSTR C6
CANH CANH
CAN H C7 CAN H C7
C_GND C_GND
C.GND C8 C.GND C8
C_+5V C_+5V
C.+5V C.+5V


RJ45 RJ45 CAN+5V
+3V3
R48
470R
X9-D X11-D PULL-UP R228
D1 CANGND D1 CANGND 4K7
CANGND CANGND In the
D2 CAN+5V D2 CAN+5V STÖRUNG
CAN+5V CAN+5V
D3 CANL D3 CANL Generator
CAN L CAN L
D4 CANSTÖR D4 CANSTÖR X-Fault

FAULT MP2 CAN_Fault_inp
CANSTOER CANSTOER
C D5 CANSTR D5 CANSTR D13 X-Fault
CANSTR CANSTR
D6 CANH D6 CANH rd
CAN H D7 CAN H D7
C_GND C_GND L36 L34
C.GND D8 C.GND D8 R230
C_+5V C_+5V CANSTÖR CANSTÖR T6
C.+5V C.+5V
BC817-40
BLM18PG471 BLM18PG471 22K
Low active
Shield1
S1 Shield1
S1 = Fault
S2 S2 R49
Shield2 Shield2 CAN_Fault_out T2 R232
Shield3
S3 Shield3
S3 BC817-40 10K
C2
22K
22n
Shield4
S4 Shield4
S4 MP3
X7R
Shield5
S5 Shield5
S5 CANGND
Shield6
S6 Shield6
S6 R50
Shield7
S7 CANGND Shield7
S7 CANGND 10K
RJ45 RJ45 CANGND CANGND CANGND CANGND
CANGND CANGND
CAN+5V
R226
4K7
X13 1
CANGND
2

CANSENSE
3 CANGND
XP0 4
5 CANH
6 CANL
7 CANSTÖR
8 CANSTR
6410-08
+3V3 +3V3
+
C72 220μ/10V
C98 47n
X7R
R28
22K
GND
IC9
2 3
GND VCC

L2 7 1 ZEN_CANTx
CANH TxD 4
CANH ZEN_CANRx Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
1 2 RxD
CANL 8
4 3 6 Rs 5 Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
CANL Vref Ziehm Module
11μH Print date:
SN65HVD230D 002 09_CAN_Distribution
GND
06.02.2014
N/A A3 9 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-43
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-44
Test Connector
1 X40 X17
2 GND24VB 1 to XP0
Fig. 5-22
3 2
5.11.10
TxD (TFT sender)
4 RxD (TFT reciever) 3
5 4 +5V LineMaster
A WP_TACHO Sound+
FAN_TACHO 6 SoundGND 5
FLOW_MON 7 L9 FeB 3A
TEMP_FREQ 8 MLSS100-05
Interface
EMERGENCY 9
X7R
X7R
C99 C19
Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen 10 GND24VB
TxD 11 100n 100n
RxD 12
5 Main Interface
TFT+24V 13 1X33
GND
+5V_TN 14 2
15 X18 HaFu_11_inp R96 0R 3
/Emrg_I_Loop 16 1 to TFT HaFu_12_inp R97 0R 4
+20V 17 TFT+24V 2 HaFu_13_inp R98 0R 5
18 3 6

+5V TxD (TFT sender) HaFu_14_inp R99 0R
+3V3 19 RxD (TFT reciever) 4 ISOGND R100 0R 7
20 Sound+ 5 8
SoundGND 6 9
MX 87832-2020 10
MLSS100-06 11
GND
GND24VB GND 12
MW-06-03-G-D-231-079
B
L41
TxD
BLM18PG471
L42
RxD
BLM18PG471
+3V3
used in VISION-R used in VISION

based machines based machines

to Pump
L40
X20 1
Universal I/O´s Out_Pump+
BLM18PG471
2 Out_Pump-
(to U579 / U701) C209 22n
MLSS100-02
X7R
X21 1
Out_Pump+ PUMP ON to XP0
2 Out_Pump- C11 10μ/35V
X220
C 3 Out_RotAn_Norm+ NORMAL 1 NETZAUS R14 R13 +
4 Out_RotAn_Norm- 2 NETZEIN 10K 10K

5
X22 3
Out_RotAn_Start+ START NEAGND IC10
6 Out_RotAn_Start- 4 +20V 16 15
VCC GND
7 Out_PFC_On+ PFC EN 5
8 Out_PFC_On- MLSS100-05 IC34 C86 100n 1 2 C88 100n
X7R
C1+ V+ X7R
9 Out_AC_FAN_On+ AC FAN ON MAX3100CEE
10 Out_AC_FAN_On- 16 8 3
VCC GND C1-
11 Inp_WP_TACHO+
R102
475R
12 Inp_WP_TACHO- from ON/OFF Buttons C87 100n 4 6 C89 100n
X7R
C2+ V- X7R
13 Inp_FAN_TACHO+ 7 15
TX
14 Inp_FAN_TACHO-
X26 1
-OFF- 5
C2-
15 Inp_FLOW_MON+ 2 -GND- /IRQ_EXT_RS232 6 14 GND
RX
16 Inp_FLOW_MON- 3 -GND-
R101
475R
17 Inp_TEMP_FREQ+ 4 -ON- L31 SPI1_MOSI 1 11 11 14
DIN T1IN T1OUT
18 Inp_TEMP_FREQ- 5 LED ON
TP1
19 Out_WP_PWM+ 6 SPI1_MISO 2 13 10 7
BLM21BD221 DOUT T2IN T2OUT
20 Out_WP_PWM-
21 MLSS100-06 3 5 12 13
Out_FAN_WPM+ SPI1_CLK SCLK NC R1OUT R1IN
22 Out_FAN_WPM- GND
TP2
23 Inp_AUX01+ /CS_EXT_RS232 4 12 9 8
NC R2OUT R2IN
24 Inp_AUX01-
25 Inp_AUX02+
D 26 Inp_AUX02- in case of U515 X1 X2 MAX3232CUE+
27 Inp_AUX03+
28 replacement 10 9

Inp_AUX03-
29 Inp_AUX04+
30 Inp_AUX04-
X27 1
-GND- NEAGND Q3
31 Out_AUX07+ 2 ON LED 3.6864MHz
32 Out_AUX07- 3 Standby LED
33 Out_AUX08+ 4 -ON- 4 1
34 Out_AUX08- 5 -OFF- C14 C12
281276-1 NETZAUS 33p 3 2 33p
MLSS100-05
C0G
C0G
instead of U579/X8
GND

Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 002 10_Var_Connectors
M[1-6] M[7-10] M[11-16]
MTH3.3mm NDK SC8mm MTH2.8mm NDK SC5 Mark. Point 1.5mm U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 10 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
CAN+5V
Automatic CAN termination +24VB L39 HORN
+3V3
1
C105 K1-A BLM18PG471 C104
R235 100n + TQ2-5V R233 R234 220p
Fig. 5-23
2K2 R105 R243 22K 220K
R23
4K7
R79
0R
5.11.11
X7R
C0G
7 8 4K7 1K
R25
A V+ D64 CAN_Sense_inp
2 CANGND LL4148 10 Out_Horn+
- 2 4 100R
6 R80
D65 Low = MC present T7
L37 yl K1-B BC847B
C3
R239 0R
47n
CANSENSE 3 TQ2-5V
+
X7R
3
2
MC-pres 3
BLM18PG471 1K 1
V- T8 H1
C106 R242 5 BC817-40
100n 3K3 4 IC41 GND GND F/SU27
CA3140M
X7R
1
3 CANH
CANGND R238
C4
100n

CANGND CANGND T10 2K21
R154
X7R
R225 680K 2 BSS138 9 7
1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
10R
I.I. or Generator
C128 68p K1-C R244
C0G terminates with second R240
+24VB TQ2-5V 121R Out_Horn- T9
CANGND CANGND 8 120 Ohm resistor BC847B
22K
GND24VB
J2 R241
SL1-2G 10K
R245
B CANL
GND24VB
121R
15Vac_1

1 +20V CAN+5V
F2
1.6AT
C107 GL1 L7
B80C5000 IC42 MP14
F
~ PTN78060WAD +5V
X23 1 FeB 3A

L3 L4 +5V
2 4 3 2 VIN Vout 6
3 - +

4 FeB 3A 5 FeB 3A
VSense
C211
C131
~ X28
C110
C108
C129
C210
C130
MLSS156-04
C111
C132
C133
C71
C26
C70
3 4 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Vadj D66
680n/100V
2 1N5339B 2
GND GND
F1
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
100μ/10V
100μ/10V
100μ/10V
15Vac_2 MLSS100-02
220μ/10V
220μ/10V
100n
100n
100n
100n
100n
1000μ/50V
1000μ/50V
1 7
20K
R287
1.0AT
1μ/50V
C
GND
+5V L8
GND
MP15
FeB 3A
CANGND
L24
FeB 3A
C5 1n +3V3
MP13
X7R +3V3
IC38
C6 +
L38
2 4
VIN VOUT
GND
100μ/10V FeB 3A
C8
+
R390 1 5
+5V
10K
GND
C10
C13
LP3873ES 3.3
3
220n
22n
D +5V +3V3 ISO+5V
X7R
X7R
100μ/10V

R246 R301 R464
GND GND GND GND GND 470R 750R 470R
+5V +3V3 ISO+5V +5V

D67 D78 D80
gn gn gn
3 3
+
+
MP11 C114 C115 C116

ISO+5V 100μ/10V 100μ/10V 470n
C203
C204
C205
C206
22n
22n
10n
10n
IC17 D68 D81

L18 L19
D10
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
+5V 1 7 ISO+5V 2 2
LL4148
BZX84C2V7
BZX84C2V7
VCC +Vout
FeB 3A
C77 C76 FeB 3A C78
6
+
100n 100n C46 100n GND GND ISOGND
NC
10μ/35V GND
X7R
X7R
X7R
2 5 ISOGND
E GND -Vout Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
TMV0505EN Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
ISOGND R107 Filename Part No/Drawing No
GND Strom reicht für 7x gedrückt: MP12 2M21
C208
7 x (14mA Schalter + 10mA LED) = 168mA

X7R
ESD Print date: Ziehm Module

mit Leerlauf 26mA
Prot.
4n7/250VAC
06.02.2014 002 11_CAN-Trm_Pwr_Horn

GND GND
N/A A3 11 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-45
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-C +24VB
5-46
TQ2-5V +24VB
X35 1
7
8
2 typically 21Vdc
3
9
R273
MLSS100-03 820R
Fig. 5-24
5.11.12
D108
Current-
LL4148
Source: 30mA +24VB
R306
R307
R308
56R
56R
200R
A D71 C126 C125 C127
gn 100n 100n 100n
3
X7R
X7R
X7R
1
D109
D69
BD136-16
LL4148
XP0 BZX84C9V1
X24 1 T12 3 2
L1 BLM18PG471
2 3
5 Main Interface
MX 70543-2VP 2 D70
BZX84C9V1
2
+3V3 GND24VB
TFT
R304
3K3
C207
X29
100n
1

Emg_Loop+ EMRG
X7R
2 MP19
R15
2K2
MX 70543-2VP D139 R305
2 3 GND24VB GND24VB
IC36-A
BAT64 10R 1 8
3
3
EMERGENCY
Local +24VB
Any unused connector

has to be bridged!
X30 1
D140
D142
C16
47n
2 2 7
2
2
BAT64
BAT64
R310
120R
C15
X7R
10n
B all MX 70543-2VP BAT64
X7R
2 3 ILD207T
R43
820R
GND
D141
GND
Emergency Stop
U685 If ca. 10mA
X31 1 Emg_Loop- low = Loop is open MP5
2 20V = Buttons closed, Loop still open
R116
820R
Emergency- MX 70543-2VP 5V = Buttons closed, Loop closed = OK
Switches L6 BLM18PG471 U-Loop +3V3
N.C.
1
D9
Reserve

gn
X32 TP4
D121
1 + K2-A
R22
2K2
gn
2
D5

TQ2-5V
IC8-A
LL4148
MLSS100-02
1 8
3
from U579/X31 Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen
R42
10K
10 178Ohm;
EmrgTFT 30mA; +/-10%
D53
4K7
R309
2 7
2
+5V_TN D26 IC37-A
R103
1 8 NETZAUS
BZX84C2V7
rd ILD207T
82R
2 7 R41
R108 NEAGND T25 GND
R40
C
470R
1K BC817-40
2K2
Touch Emrg-Off ILD207T
Any unused connector

has to be bridged!
X34 1 L49 BLM18PG471 T14
TP3
2 L50 BLM18PG471 BC817-40 MP10 C18
MX 70543-2VP K2-Res 47n
R303
4K7
+5V R47
X7R
in case of C7
+
U515 replacement GND24VB GND24VB
180R
D72 IC36-B 10μ/50V

R27
3 6 2 4
rd GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
R215 C148 180R
Dout_Res_Notaus ResEmrg K2-B J1
C17
100n
X7R 4 5 TQ2-5V
22R
X7R
1μ ResEmrg 3 SL1-2G
MP18 ILD207T
R218
22K
D90
1 IC1-A MP4
1PS79SB31
4 R38
T3 GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
GND GND 2 BC817-40
D 2K2
C149 74AHC1G32
R223

/ZEN_RES GND24VB +3V3
X7R GND +5V IC1-B
22R C9
1μ +5V +5V 5 3
X7R
VCC GND
1 R46 47n 74AHC1G32
R219
22K
D63
1K
+ K3-A GND GND
1PS79SB31
D21
from limit switches I-Loop IC37-B
GND GND 3 6
X36 1
TQ2-5V D23
LL4148
TP29
A 2 10
gn
3 4 5
B 4
R110
3K9
MLSS100-04 2 4 9 7 IC8-B ILD207T
R21 3 6
Emg_Loop+ /Emrg_I_Loop
K3-B K3-C
R121
1K8
10R
to U521/U579 3 8 Emg_Loop- 4 5 T31
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V BC817-40 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
E X37 1
ILD207T
A 2 If ca. 10mA Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
3
R109
10K
R122
3K6

B 4
MLSS100-04
GND GND GND 002 12_Emergency
06.02.2014
N/A A3 12 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
C160 R180
C0G
22p 2K2
Q4
Fig. 5-25
5.11.13
ACHTUNG!!
R182
1M
A NEUE FREQUENZ NÖTIG
18.432MHz
C161
C0G IC31 10 9 +5V_TN +24VB
22p 74HC4060D
11 RS RTC CTC VDD 16
GND24VB +5V_TN C191
CP
100n
R35 12 CD 8
VSS Transmitter
X7R
MR
L46
FeB 3A
3K3 7 5 4 6 1413151 2 3 X-Ray-Lamp
+5V
to Touch-Center

GND24VB
:128
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
R37
180R
+
C184
C138
100n
L27
X-Lamp
yl
220μ/50V
X7R
+5V_TN
D24
3.3mH 0.7A
IC3-A
B 1 8 MP9 +5V_TN
144kHz GND24VB GND24VB
144,00kHz
R181
T4
2 7 BC817-40 MP7 MP8
1K
IC32-B Tone TFT+24V
ILD207T 6
C182
220p

100K
-
R277
C183 L5
C0G
GND24VB 7 TFT+24V
2K7
R275
R44 C0G
T29 C172 R292 R293 5 10n BLM21BD221
BC817-40 +
3K3 X7R
10n 8K2 8K2
MAX4477ASA

R294 BC807-40
4K7
R295
GND T13
C181
1K5

R276
100p
100K
1K
R286
C0G
GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
Dout_XR_Lamp
Tone_Tx_Rx
C
+5V_TN +5V_TN
+24VB
MP6 R296
+5V_TN 330R
IC7
L44 L45
1 3 +5V_TN
IN OUT
D76
Decoder X-Ray-Key FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
R78_5V-0.5A gn
from Touch-Center +5V_TN 2 3
C177
+
Tone_Tx_Rx
NP0 C198 C196
115,20kHz +5V_TN +5V_TN D77
C29
C43
100n 100n
100n
100n
C40
150p 2
BZX84C2V7
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
220μ/10V
R298
1K
+3V3
R20
10K
R34
180R
C178
+5V_TN max. 200mV GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
X7R X-Key
100n
GND24VB
gn
D
R36
3K3
D7
R302
220K
R297
22K

IC3-B
IC35 3 6
3 IN V+ 4
GND24VB
1 OUTF OUT 8 low active! 4 5
2 LOOPF TCAP 6 ILD207T +5V_TN
7 5 R299 R300
GND TRES GND 100n C190
X7R
3K9 120R IC32-C
LM567C
47n
10n
10n
P1 8 4
R45 V+ V-
VCO
MAX4477ASA
3K3
X7R
X7R
X7R
MP16 1K
C176
C175
C174
C73 C27
MP17 GND24VB
1n 1n
GND24VB
NP0
NP0
GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
Bandwidth Center Frequency
06.02.2014 002 13_Tone_Modulation
N/A A3 13 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-47
5 Main Interface

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6
Flat-panel detector
Module 4
Ziehm Vision RFD

280495 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6 Flat-panel Detector
6.1 General
There are two different systems of flat-panel detectors:
− Type 1 (with Command Processor)

The flat-panel processing is located in the monitor cart. A raw signal is sent to the command
processor in the monitor cart via swivel harness and P0 cable.
For this system only aSi panels are available.
− Type 2 (with CCU)

The flat-panel processing is located in the panel housing. The processed sigal is sent directly
to the image memory in the monitor cart via swivel harness and P0 cable.
For this system, aSi or CMOS panels are optionally available.
6.2 Type 1 Flat-panel Detectors with Command Processor
There are two versions and sizes of aSi (PaxScan) flat-panel detectors consisting of following
parts:
PaxScan 2020+ / PaxScan 3030+ (+Panel)
− the receptor panel 2020+ / 3030+
− command processor CP2
PaxScan 2020X / PaxScan 3030X (XPanel)
− the receptor panel 2020X / 3030X
− command processor CP2LC
Additionally required parts for both versions:
− GigaLink interface in the monitor cart
− GigaLink interface in the mobile stand
The flat-panel detector replaces the image intensifier. The command processor is located in the
monitor cart. Communication between panel and command processor is established via a serial
GigaLink interface. Two additional interface boards are required to provide this interface, one in
the monitor cart and one in the mobile stand.
6.2.1 PaxScan Hardware

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6-2
Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
6.2.1.1
Fig. 6-1
U579 (RFD) Vsync
VSYN
U701 (RFDHE) U578/ Image Memory
Vsync
U588 U714
230V AC CAN P0
U674/
U713
NIC
Power Supply
P0 Camera ethernet
Generator Varian cable VSYN CP Link CP
24V/3,2A Interface
Block Diagram
Vsync
Power
Flat-panel detector block diagram

External Synch Camera Ethernet
Fiber Link
Fiber Converter Fiber Converter Fiber
to Copper
Gigalink to Copper Command Processor
CP2 / CP2LC / CP2LCVB
Hand / Foot switch

Flat Panel
control
Detector
(Main Interface)
CAN
Varian (CAN BUS)
Ziehm
Drawn: M. Ernemann 08.Mar.2006 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: P. Berauer 08.Mar.2006 File Name : Blkdiag_PaxScan_RFD_a_s.cdr
Paxscan 3030+ / 3030x / 2020+ / 2020x in RFD and RFD HE
Changed: R. Sörgel 27. Jan.2015 Page : . of .
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.2 Command Processor CP2
6.2.1.2.1 Front View
Fig. 6-2 Command processor CP2 front view
6.2.1.2.2 Command Processor CP2 Rear View
Link
Serial Serial indicator
interface 2 interface 1 Optical connection Camera link to image memory
Debug not used to GigaLink interface
Not Used
Not Used
Ethernet connector External sync connector to U578 Mains Input/Switch/Fuse
to image memory
Fig. 6-3 Command processor CP2 rear view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.3 Command Processor CP2LC
6.2.1.3.1 Front View
Fig. 6-4 Command processor CP2LC front view
6.2.1.3.2 Command Processor CP2LC Rear View
Link
indicator
Serial Serial
interface 2 interface 1 Optical connection Camera link to image memory
Debug not used to GigaLink interface
LC Connector
Not used
Ethernet connector External sync connector to U578 Mains Input/Switch/Fuse
to image memory
Fig. 6-5 Command processor CP2LC rear view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.4 Flat-panel Detector PaxScan 2020+
Optical connection
Power Link to GigaLink interface
input indicator MTRJ Connector
Fig. 6-6 Flat-panel detector PaxScan 2020+

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.5 Flat-panel Detector PaxScan 2020X
Optical connection
Power Link to GigaLink interface
input indicator LC Connector
Fig. 6-7 Flat-panel detector PaxScan 2020X

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.6 GigaLink and V-Sync Interface on U578 and U588
NOTE
U578 and U588 are always equipped with MTRJ connectors, no matter whether
+Panels or XPanels are used
Optical connection to
V-Sync connection to Command Processor
Command Processor MTRJ Connector
V-Sync connection to GigaLink connection to

Mobile Stand via P0 Mobile Stand via P0
Fig. 6-8 GigaLink and V-Sync interface on U578
V-Sync connection Power supply to

to Generator Flat Panel Detector
Power supply
input from U467
V-Sync connection to
Monitor Cart via P0
Flat Panel Detector
MTRJ Connector
GigaLink connection to
Monitor Cart via P0
Link
indicator

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.7 GigaLink and V-Sync Interface on NGIS and U588
NOTE
U588 is always equipped with MTRJ connectors, no matter whether +Panels or
XPanels are used.
V-Sync connection to Optical connection to Command

Command Processor Processor LC Connector
GigaLink connection to V-Sync connection to

Mobile Stand via P0 Mobile Stand via P0
Fig. 6-10 GigaLink and V-Sync interface on NGIS
V-Sync connection Power supply to

to Generator Flat Panel Detector
Power supply
input from U467
V-Sync connection to
Monitor Cart via P0
Flat Panel Detector
MTRJ Connector
GigaLink connection to
Monitor Cart via P0
Link
indicator

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.1.8 U578 ELWMS Board
6.2.1.8.1 U578 LED Indicators
Fig. 6-12 U578 LED indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6-10
to Commandprocessor
Fig. 6-13
U544-aux/X3 U544-main/X3
Fiber
IC25
Control
X3-B X12 X5 X10
6.2.1.8.2
intern intern
DIP Code- X13
F2
X9
Switch CAN +3.3V +5V
Fiber- from
P0 Sync
+3.3V intern +5.0V Power-Supply
Copper Image
Conditioning F3 +12V
Converter +12V System
CAN
V-Sync +5V +12V
X4-B
X-Ray Enable
P0 GigaLink
Jumper
DC/DC
with or without X6-A..D
BDM counterpart
U 578 block diagram

CAN-Address
RS232 CAN 1st
U544
Interface 1
U578 Block Diagram
Controller similar to SPI CAN+5V
SPI MC9S08DZ60 CAN 2nd

Micro- U544
CAN 2
controller CAN
RS232 Optos Bus 4x Connector
Interface Driver
Controller PCA82C250 CAN
3
SPI CAN
4
possibly DC separated CAN-island
connect to
+5V Mobile Stand
+12V only!
RS232 CAN X4-A
F1 Lamp Printer I/O Multipurpose
Interface Termination CAN
Driver Driver Inputs / Outputs Logic
Controller P0
CA3140 Relay
8 8
X2-B X2-A X3-A
e.g.
X-Ray relay
Door contact
Left Right Key switch
Injection pump
Flat- Flat- X-ray Sensor Printer 1 DVD
An additional board is necessary
screen screen Lamp Recorder to provide for electrical safety.
Drawn: R. Frank 21. April 2008 Drawing No.: . Unit:

V2 1K
Release: J. Matschnigg 14. Oct. 2008 File Name : BSB_U578_b.cdr
Module 11 Block Diagram U578 Imaging System
Changed: M. Ernemann 14. Oct. 2008 Page : . of .
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-14
6.2.1.8.3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 1

U578 Schematics 1
Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 13. Oct. 2008 Draw. No.: 578b-48678c-c Unit:
Release: R. Frank/J.Matschnigg Date: 27. Mar. 2009 File: U578b-c-c.scm U578b

ELWMS Interface Vision Fiber-c opper_GigaLink
Changed: M. Braun Date: 25. Nov. 2009 Page 8 of 12
6-11
6-12
Fig. 6-15
6.2.1.8.4
U578 schematics 2
U578 Schematics 2

ELWMS Interface Vision Varian Interface
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-16
6.2.1.8.5
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 3

U578 Schematics 3

ELWMS Interface Vision Power
Changed: M. Braun of 12 Date: 25. Nov. 2009 Page 12
6-13
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not p ermitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gesta ttet.
6-14
6.2.1.9
Fig. 6-17
X4 X7 D7 T1 X2
K
X5
1
X9 X10
1
R3 R17
R19
R5
U588 board
IC2
1
1
X8 U588d +24V MP3
R2 R32
R11 MP9
GND MP4
IC1 C31
T2
R35
R33 C9
X3 R34
MP2 C11
MP7 MP8 +5V
R6 R38 K
MP6 D2 +
5
R37 C46 R36
IC8
9
L3
R20
R27 IC7 R7
C13
R39
R41
R28 D3
R18
R4 +
C2
R29 R26 R30 C44

R40
6
1
C5
C6
R1 C45
C43
L4 C4 C3
SKT
C1
+3V3 GND
R12
C26
K
+
L1 C24
C34
+
IC6
C29 MP1 D6 R23 MP5
C42
C14
+
C37
C27
+
C35
C39
+
D1
L2
IC3
C28
+
C36
R16
C40
R15
R14
R13 R25 C17 C16 R24
U588d-a-a Board inside Mobile Stand
R21
C15
C30 C25 C12
1
+
R22
C41
17
C49
25
C8
C10
C19 C18
IC5
C48
C33
C20
9
C22
1 C7 C38
X6 IC4
C47
+
C23
C21 R8 R9 C32
X1
B1
B11
B14
B20
B30
B40
B49
B52
B62
D4
LOS
1pF
0.0V
5ns
TRUE
4.7
0.0
10.0%
70Ohms
0.1
0.254mm
5.0V ABOVE
254mm
Top Silkscreen
Drawn: W. Hecht Date: 19.08.2013 Draw. No.: 588d-48695a-a Unit

Release: Chr. Hurle Date: 19.08.2013 File: U588d-a.pcb
Giga Link Vision FD Mobile Stand U588d
Changed: Date: Page
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-18
6.2.1.9.1
Fiber-copper_GigaLink
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
+3V3
C26
100n
IC6
X7R
VEEt 7 C49
C0G
U588 schematics 1
1.5p C47 2.2p
GND

IC4 C0G
TD- 10 C18 10n 12 5 C23 10n
EOUT- EIN-
U588 Schematics 1
X7R X7R
Transmitter
Driver
TD+ 9 C19 10n 13 4 C22 10n
X7R EOUT+ EIN+ X7R
8 C48 1.5p
TDIS R12 10K
+3V3 C0G
GND
20 28 X6
6 DIN+ DOUT+
VCCt L1
1
BLM21BD221 21 29 2
DIN- DOUT- 3
C27 C29
100n 100n 4
X7R
X7R
MT-RJ TRANSCEIVER 5
9 R9 100K 6
CIM+ 7
GND L2 GND
2 8 R8 100K 8
GND
VCCr CIM-
R13 D4-A
BLM21BD221 25 18 1 2
+
+
R22 392R +3V3
RMOD 'LOS' red 9
C28 C25 C30 C24 Shield 1
GND
10K 10
100n 10μ/16V 100n 10μ/16V rt/gn Shield 2
X7R
X7R
LOS
16 TM11R-5L-88
+3V3 17 NC
GND GND GND GND
NC
GND
RD+ 5 C16 10n 1 2
X7R 3 VCCE GND 7
C20 10n
Preamp Receiver X7R 6 VCCE GND 10
Post Amp. VCCE GND
RD- 4 C17 10n C32 100n 11 15
X7R X7R 14 VCCE GND 23
D4-B
3 4 3 VCCE GND 24
SD R21 392R
gn 19 GND 26
22 VCCD GND 31
rt/gn C21 10n
X7R 27 VCCD GND
R24 R25 SD
30 VCCD 33
130R 130R C33 100n
1 X7R 32 VCCD GND EP
VEEr GND
GND VCCD
11 12 13 14 HFBR-5912E GND MAX3800UHJ GND
GND GND
Drawn: W. Hecht Date: 19.08.2013 Draw. No.: 588d-48695a-a Unit:
Release: Chr. Hurle Date: 19.08.2013 File: U588d-a.scm U588d

Giga Link Vision FD Mobile Stand
6-15
6-16
Fig. 6-19
6.2.1.9.2
Varian Interface
+5V
+5V
MP6
R19 IC1-B
4K75 5 6 Panel_Prepare X3
X2 1 1
IC2-A
2 1 8 1 4 74HC126 2
CAN+5V R5 100R STR_CANEN IC7-A
3 3 R18 0R0 R4 0R0 3

4 D7 2 R41 0R0 4
5 R3 2 7 5
CANSTR 74HC00 R6 0R0
6 R20 0R0 6 to CP
15K 7
501-0607ES YL ILD207T IC1-C
9 8 Panel_Valxray 8
T1 GND 9
10 74HC126
BC850C
10 Shield 1
GND 11 Shield 2
D-SUB 9
U588 schematics 2
GND
10K
R17
CANGND CANGND CANGND
R11 0R0
U588 Schematics 2
MP9 +5V
10R
GND IC8 VSYN
R35
12
EN L
R36 R1 3K3 4
4 5 0R0 +3V3 EN H
MP7 3K3
R26
IC7-B
X8 IC1-A
SMB90° 74HC126 4 2 R27 100R MP2
2 R2 3 2 R34 6 3 +
5
R1 1
to P0 MP8
240R 1 0R0 -
3 1
10R
74HC00
6 R28 100R
5 +
R2 7
GND C46 R37
GND 47p 15K
-
R32
C0G
+5V R33 3K3
T2
BC850C 10 R29 100R
11 +
R3 9
R38
10K
-
4 5
X9
SMB90°
2 GND GND 14 R30 100R
from P0 13 +
R4 15
IN -
3 1
FS: 8 16 +3V3
GND VCC
Generator
DS90LV032ATM
VSYN
C44 1n
X7R
X10 1
C45 100n
to Gen 2 X7R
OUT 3
MLSS100-03 GND GND
IC1-D
11 12 9 IC7-C 12 IC7-D
8 11
74HC126 13 10 13 +5V
74HC00 74HC00 IC7-E
C43
14 7
+5V X7R
VCC GND
R40 R39
IC1-E 10K 10K 100n 74HC00
C31
14 7
VCC GND
X7R
100n 74HC126
GND GND GND
GND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
+5V +5V
A1 X1 B1
TRST# -12V
A2 B2
Fig. 6-20
+12V TCK
A3 B3
6.2.1.9.3
TMS GND
A4 B4
TDI TDO
A5 B5 24V DC VISION-FD aus 24V FD-Netzteil
+5V +5V
A6 B6 Power
A7 INTA# +5V B7 24V DC VISION-R-FD aus U579 +24V
A8 INTC# INTB# B8 Entfällt bei PCI Bus MP3
A9 +5V INTD# B9
A10 RESERVED PRSNT1# B10 +24V
A11 +V (I/O) RESERVED B11
RESERVED PRSNT2# 1 X4
2 from U579
A14 B14 MLSS156-02
RESERVED RESERVED
A15 B15 GND GND
RST# GND
A16 B16 MP4 MP5
+V (I/O) CLK
A17 B17 1 X7
GNT# GND
A18 B18 2
GND REQ#
A19 B19 3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RESERVED +V (I/O)
A20 B20 4
A21 AD30 AD31 B21 MLSS156-04
A22 +3.3V AD29 B22
A23 AD28 GND B23
A24 AD26 AD27 B24
A25 GND AD25 B25 1 X5
A26 AD24 PCI +3.3V B26 2 to FD
A27 IDSEL C/BE3# B27 3
A28 +3.3V AD23 B28 4
CONN L3
A29 AD22 GND B29 FeB 3A MLSS100-04
AD20 AD21
U588 schematics 3
A30 B30
A31 GND UNI AD19 B31 +5V GND
AD18 +3.3V

A32 B32 Regler 24V--->5V MP2
A33 AD16 AD17 B33
+3.3V C/BE2#
U588 Schematics 3
A34 B34
A35 FRAME# GND B35 +5V
A36 GND IRDY# B36 IC3 R78B_5V-1.0A_L
A37 TRDY# +3.3V B37
DEVSEL# L4 R7
A38 GND B38 1 3
STOP# GND IN OUT
A39 B39
A40 +3.3V LOCK# B40 FeB 3A 24R
GND +5V
A41 SDONE PERR# B41 D2
A42 SBO# +3.3V B42 2 C6
+
+
32-bit C2 C1 C3 C4 C5 D1
A43 GND SERR# B43 10n 100n 100n 1u 47μ/25V 1N5339B GN
K
A44 PAR +3.3V B44 330μ/35V
C/BE1#
X7R
X7R
X7R
A45 AD15 B45
AD14 D3
A46 +3.3V B46 2 3
GND
A47 AD13 B47
AD12 BZX84C2V7
A48 AD11 B48
AD10
A49 GND B49 GND
M66EN
AD09
A52 B52
C/BEO# AD8
A53 B53
+3.3V AD7
A54 B54
AD06 +3.3V
A55 B55
AD04 AD5
A56 B56
GND AD3
A57 B57
AD02 GND
A58 B58
AD00 AD1
A59 B59
A60 +V (I/O) +V (I/O) B60
A61 REQ64# ACK64# B61
A62 +5V +5V B62
+5V +5V
UNI 32-bit PCI
GND GND
+3V3 +3V3
+5V
+
+
C7 C38 C41 C12 C10 C8
33μ/16V 220n 22n 47μ/10V 470n 10n
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
+3V3
C34 1n +3V3 +3V3 MP1
X7R
GND IC5
GND C35 68μ/10V 2 4
T + VIN VOUT
GND
C36
+5V +5V
+
68p R15 C14 D6

R16 10K 1 5 13K GN
\SD ADJ
C0G
+5V
M1 GND 1.216V
+
+
C15 C39 C42 C13 C11 C9 C40
100μ/10V 220n 22n 47μ/10V 470n 10n LP3966ES-ADJ 3 22n
Slotblech PCI ohne L. R23
X7R
R14 C37
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
7K5 220n 392R
100μ/10V
M[2-5]
X7R
MTH3.3mm NDK SC6
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND

M[6-8]
Mark. Point 1.5mm

6-17
6.2.2 Gain/Offset Calibration
As from software version 6.05 it is possible to perform the gain calibration directly from the Vision
Center service modes without using the VIVA tool. Anyhow the VIVA tool may still be used for
downloading images directly from the panel or as well as for callibrating the panel.
6.2.2.1 Gain Calibration using Vision Center
6.2.2.1.1 Required Equipment
− Valid service key
6.2.2.1.2 Gain Calibration
In order to perform gain calibration enter the service mode and select "FD" tab.
Fig. 6-21 "FD" tab with "Gain Calibration" button
• Press the "Gain Calibration" button.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-22 Gain calibration settings
Gain calibration has to be performed separately for every FP mode. Individual kV/mA settings
have to be made to prepare the calibration for each mode.
(2020+ has only one mode).
• Make sure the system has warmed up for at least 1h.
• Make sure to have no object within the path of X-rays.
• Make sure to have no spilled contrast fluid on genarator or panel housing.
• Select FP mode 0.
• Set to 66 kV / 3.5 mA ("manual" button has to be highlighted yellow like shown above).
• Press the "Continue" button.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-23 Gain calibration 1st step
• Press radiation switch. The progress bar does not start until the switch is pressed.
• Wait for the request to relese radiation switch.
Fig. 6-24 Gain calibration 2nd step

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Release the radiation switch. The progress bar does not continue until the switch is
released.
• Wait until "Calibration finished ! OK" appears.Check the "Gain Median" value. It has to be
between:
• 5000 and 6000 for XPanels
2000 and 4000 for +Panels
Fig. 6-25 Gain calibration 3rd step
• Press continue.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-26 Gain calibration 4th step
• Release radiation and check the result.

• If the image is not homogeneous or the "Gain Median" is out of range:
• Press "Repeat Calibration".
• Increase or decrease the kV/mA values (e.g. 61 / 6.1, 59 / 5.9) and repeat calibration
until the value is in range.
• If the image is ok and the "Gain Median" value is in range proceed as follows.
• If applicable, perform calibration for all other panel modes (2020+ has only one mode):
• Press "Next mode calibration".
• Perform calibration for Mode 1, Mode 2 and Mode 3 (mode number will be increased
automatically).
• Finish the calibration by leaving the "FD" dialog.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.2.2 Gain Calibration using Viva Tool
NOTE
The following description is valid for Command Processor CP2 as well as
Command Processor CP2LC and Command Processor CP2LCVB.
In the following description, both are referred to as "Command Processor 2".
6.2.2.3 Required Equipment
− Straight Ethernet cable (#24452)

− Ethernet inline coupler (#217268)
− PC / laptop with VIVA tool version VIVA K05_94 for Command Processor 2 and
Command Processor 2LC
− PC / laptop with VIVA tool version VIVA K06_1.16 for Command Processor 2LCVB
To distinguish Command Processor CP2LC from Command Processor CP2LCVB establish a
connection via VIVA tool version VIVA K05_94.
• Select "Help", "About VIVA".
• In the "About" window, select "Show Receptor Versions".
• If a version Rev.K.6.xx is shown, use VIVA tool version VIVA K06_1.16.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.2.3.1 Setting up Connection to VIVA tool
NOTE
This procedure is part of the gain calibration. For debugging this can be used inde-
pendent from the calibration to retrieve images from the Command Processor
• Start up system with Command Processor 2 connected to Image Memory by Ethernet.

• Release radiation for a short moment in user mode. (In order to enable manual mode but-
ton)
• In the "FD" service mode select "Close link and push "OK" button.
"OK" Button
Selection "Close Link"
Fig. 6-27 Service Mode, FD Tab
NOTE:
Do not use other functions than "Close Link" and "Open Link"
• Remove the red ethernet connector from the image memory and connect it to a straight eth-
ernet cable using an inline coupler
• Connect the computer to the command processor 2 using the Ethernet cable

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RJ45 Cable Monitor Cart

#24452 Ethernet CP
Ethernet
Inline coupler
#217268
Notebook Image
Memory
Cable inside MC
ETHERNET
Command
Processor 2
Fig. 6-28 Connection scheme
• Set the IP address of your network adapter to 172.20.20.22

• Set the Subnetmask of your network adapter to 255.255.255.252
Fig. 6-29 Network adapter settings
• Start VIVA tool K05_94

• If an acquisition mode is shown, the connection is established

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Button "Offset Calib."
Acquisition Mode
Fig. 6-30 Acquisition mode shown
Acquisition modes for Vision RFD depending on the panel type are:
PaxScan 2020+
• "M0 1×1 25 fps"
PaxScan 2020X
• "M0 1×1 0.5 pF VG2 25 fps"
• "M1 1×1 4 pF VG1 25 fps" (only for 3D systems)
PaxScan 3030+
• "M0 1×1 0.5 pF g5 zoom 25 fps"
• "M1 2×2 0.5 pF g2 25 fps"
• "M2 1×1 0.5 pF g5 12.5 fps"
• "M3 2×2 4 pF g2 25 fps" (only for 3D systems)
PaxScan 3030X
• "M0 1×1 0.5 pF VG2 zoom 25 fps"
• "M1 2×2 0.5 pF VG1 25 fps"
• "M2 1×1 0.5 pF VG2 12.5 fps"
• "M3 2×2 4 pF VG1 25 fps" (only for 3D systems)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
NOTE
If for any reason the Vision RFD has to be restarted, the Ethernet cable has to be
connected between Image Memory and Command Processor.
If no connection is detected during startup, the error message
E1246: Flat-panel detector communication fault
will be shown.
No radiation will be possible !
If no connection is established:
• Select "Edit" > "Preferences" and set as shown below.
Corresponding to
IP address of your
network adapter
Fixed address of
Command Processor CP2
Fig. 6-31 VIVA Preferences dialog
• Select Acquisition > Open Ethernet Link
Fig. 6-32 Selecting ethernet link

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
For additional information about the VIVA tool refer to the Help document:
Menu Help > Open Help Document
6.2.2.3.2 Offset Calibration
• Click "Offset Calib." button → Fig. 6-30, p. 6-26

• Wait until message box disappears.
• Do not screen during offset calibration
6.2.2.3.3 Gain Calibration
All calibrations are performed in full size (no magnification).

Gain calibration has to be performed separately for every acquisition mode (2020+ has only one
mode).
Some individual settings have to be made to prepare the calibration for each
mode.(→ Ch. 6.2.2.4, p. 6-32).
• Allow the system to warm up for at least 1h.
• Make sure to have no object within the path of X-rays.
• In service mode, note the original value for "Digital Gain FD", then set the value to 8.
• Remove the camera link connector from the image memory.
• In "FD" service mode select "Close Link".
• Remove the red Ethernet connector from the image memory and connect it to a straight
Ethernet cable using an inline coupler.
• Connect the computer to the Command Processor 2 using the Ethernet cable
• Set the IP address of your network adapter to 172.20.20.22
• Set the Subnetmask of your network adapter to 255.255.255.252
• Start VIVA tool K05_94.
• If an acquisition mode is shown, the connection has been established.
• Select "Dose" service mode, "Fluoro" tab.
• Screen. A test image must show up on the left monitor.
• Set to individual settings for the mode to be calibrated (→ Ch. 6.2.2.4, p. 6-32).
• Select corresponding acquisition mode (→ Fig. 6-30, p. 6-26).
• Go to "Collimator" tab and press the "iris open" button to the maximum "inc." value, stay in
"Collimator" tab while calibration.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-33 "Iris Open" button
• Prior to gain calibration, perform offset calibration:

• Click "Offset Calib." button → Fig. 6-30, p. 6-26
• Wait until message box disappears.
• Do not screen during offset calibration
• Select "Acquisition" > "Gain Calibration" (F4). A message box will appear.
• Screen and Press "Continue". Screen until the software tells you to stop.
Fig. 6-34 "Terminate X-ray" message
• Wait for approx 5 seconds and press Continue.

• As soon as the software has finished the gain calibration, a message "Gain Calibration is
done" will appear.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-35 Gain median
• This message box shows some values.

Check the "Gain Median" value. It has to be between:
5000 and 6000 for XPanels
2000 and 4000 for +Panels
• If the value is too low, check if the calibration was done at
57% pulse width and 25 pulses/s. (No auto dose reduction!)
• If the value is too low, increase kV/mA values (67 / 3.6, 68 / 3.7....)
and repeat calibration.
• If the value is too high, decrease kV/mA values (65 / 3.4, 64 / 3.3....)
and repeat calibration.
• Press "Close"
NOTE
Do not remove the network cable or shut down the VIVA Tool or the system until
you have clicked "Close".
Otherwise the calibration will not be stored and error messages may appear.
• Using the VIVA tool K05_94 acquire a new image:

• Click the "Acquire Image" button.
• Start screening.
• Click "Stop".
• Stop screening.
• The image will appear after the stop button has been clicked.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Check the result of the calibration. A homogeneous image without any drop of brightness
to the edges should be displayed.
• Calibration has to be done for all modes.
Repeat calibration for remaining modes. (2020+ has only one mode)
• Set the "Dose Gain FD" value to the original value.
• Switch off the system.
• Reconnect the Ethernet and camera link connectors to the image memory.
• Restart the system.
WARNING
To avoid increased dose, the "Dose Gain" value must not be changed.
Fig. 6-36 Calibration result
NOTE
• The ethernet connection will have to be reset if an error message appears
during image retrieval:
• Select Acquisition > Reset Link (F12)
• Select Acquisition > Open Ethernet Link (F9)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.2.4 Individual Settings for Gain Calibration
6.2.2.4.1 M0, M1, M3
In "Fluoro" tab, set to manual operation and select 66 kV / 3.5 mA.
6.2.2.4.2 M2
Push activation button for dose settings (Dose 1 tab)

Select "high resolution".
Deactivate the dose setting input window again
(push activation button again, highlighted background disappears).
activation button for dose settings
high resolution
Fig. 6-37 Settings for M2 calibration
In user mode, select 12.5 pulses/s (maximum rate at "high resolution")

In service mode, "Fluoro" tab, set to manual operation and select 66 kV / 3.5 mA
WARNING
Set high resolution off after calibration.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.3 Serial Interface 2
NOTE
The following description is valid for Command Processor CP2 as well as
Command Processor CP2LC and Command Processor CP2LCVB.
In the following description, both are referred to as "Command Processor 2".
In order to display the startup sequence of the command processor, a PC can be connected to
the Serial Interface 2 of the Command Processor.
Required is:
− A PC with terminal software.(Tera Term Pro 2.3 recommended)
− A serial interface at PC or USB to Serial Adapter respectively
− A serial extension cable (#29024)
− A gender changer Female/Female 1:1 (#21721).
Fig. 6-38 Gender changer
6.2.3.1 Connecting to Serial 2
Gender Changer Female/Female 1:1

#21721
Monitor Cart
Serial extention cable

#29024
COM Port Serial2
Plug D-Sub Plug D-Sub
9 Pin Male 9 Pin Female
Notebook
Command
Processor 2
Fig. 6-39 Connecting Serial 2 for showing the startup sequence of CP2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.3.2 Setting up Tera Term Pro 2.3
Tera Term is an open-source, free, software implemented, terminal emulator (communications)

program.
The following settings have to be done for Tera Term Pro 2.3
6.2.3.2.1 Serial Port Settings
Fig. 6-40 Serial port menu
Fig. 6-41 Serial Port settings
Set like indicated above except Port. The selection refers to COM port of PC / Adapter used for
communication to the CP.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.3.2.2 Selecting Connection
Fig. 6-42 New connection menu
Fig. 6-43 Connection settings
Click OK in order to connect to selected COM port.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.3.3 Displaying the startup
To display the startup:

• Connect the serial cable with the gender changer between command processor Serial
Interface 2 and PC (→ Fig. 6-39, p. 6-33).
• Start Terra Term.
• Setup the serial Interface (→ Fig. 6-41, p. 6-34).
• Select the connection (→ Fig. 6-43, p. 6-35).
• Start the system.
• Now the startup sequence will be displayed in the terminal window.
Fig. 6-44 Example of command processor startup
NOTE
Content of screenshot above is only for example.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.4 List of CP2 Display Values
6.2.4.1 Status Codes
(No V-Sync at CP)
Fig. 6-45 CP 2 Status Codes

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.4.2 Error Codes
Fig. 6-46 CP2 error codes

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.5 FD3030 Panel Modes

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Panel Framegrabber > Monitor
6-40
Panel mode Format converter
6.2.5.1
1536 x 1536 768 x 768 1024 x 1024
Fig. 6-47
Pixel binning 2x2
Upscaling
M1
30x30
no magnifier
Modes M0, M1, M2

Modes M0, M1, M2
1536 x 1536 1024 x 1024
1024 x 1024
middle section
of panel 1:1
M0
20x20
magnifier 1
1536 x 1536 1536 x 1536 1024 x 1024
Full resolution M2
to Format Converter
Downscaling
max 12.5 fps 30x30
no magnifier
snapshot
high resolution
06.06.2013
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
FD 3030 Magnifier 2 6.2.5.2
Fig. 6-48
30x30 20x20 15x15
full field magnifier 1 magnifier 2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Magnifier 2
Magnifier 2
Panel Framegrabber Monitor

Format Framegrabber
1536 x 1536
Panel mode 1024 x 1024 zoom 1024 x 1024
converter
1024 x 1024
M0 upscaling
middle section middle section
of panel 1:1
of image
A A A
06.06.2013
6-41
6.2.6 Configuration Check if Retrieved Images are not ok
6.2.6.1 Case 1
To be checked if retrieved images look like the examples below:

.
Fig. 6-49 Image corrections not active
In this case the image corrections are possibly turned off in the VIVA tool configuration.
• Open the System Settings dialog
Fig. 6-50 Opening System Settings dialog

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Check the following configuration
All three boxes

must be checked
Fig. 6-51 System settings default configuration
6.2.6.2 Case 2
To be checked if retrieved images show low contrast or no content
Fig. 6-52 Example for inactive auto windowing
In this case the automatic windowing is turned off in the Viva Tool configuration.
• Open Windowing Settings dialog:

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Button opening windowing settings dialog
Fig. 6-53 Opening Windowing Settings dialog
• Check the following configuration.
These boxes must

not be checked
Fig. 6-54 Windowing settings default configuration

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7 Bypassing GigaLink
For troubleshooting it is possible to bypas the GigaLink connection between flat-panel detector
and command processor.
The GigaLink connection uses 2 different media: copper and fiber glass.
The electrical connection allways uses RJ45 at the Interfaces U578 and U588.
The Type of fiber connector used at the panels and command processors depends on the type:
− +Palels: MTRJ connectors
− XPanels: LC connectors
The Type of the fiber connectors at the Interfaces U578 and U588 is allways MTRJ
Fig. 6-55 Connectors used for optical connection (fiber link)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.1 Service kit for GigaLink
There is a service kit including all necessary parts in order to perform bypassing the fiber optic
connection.
912277 Service kit fiber optic connection
29110 Fiber cable 5.5 m MTRJ-MTRJ
29111 Fiber cable 2.0 m MTRJ-MTRJ
290405 Fiber cable 5.5 m MTRJ-LC
290404 Fiber cable 2.0 m MTRJ-LC
217361 MTRJ adapter
217362 LC adapter
290503 Adapter cable 0.3 m MTRJ Female-LC
290403 Adapter cable 0.3 m MTRJ Male-LC
290514 Fiber cable 5.5 m LC-LC
Table 6-2 Service kit fiber optic connection
MTRJ adapter LC adapter

Fig. 6-56 Adapters for MTRJ and LC

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.2 General GigaLink Connection
NOTE:
This description "General GigaLink Connection" is valid for any FD system.
It shows the situation without bypassing
Flat Panel Detector Command Processor
FIBER LINK FIBER LINK

MTRJ (+Panels) / LC (x Panels) MTRJ (+Panels) / LC (x Panels)
Internal Fiber Cable

inside Swivel Harnes U578 Fiber
P0 CP
Cable MTRJ
U588 MTRJ
X6 X4B
RJ45 RJ45
Image Memory

Fig. 6-57 General GigaLink connection
There are two options for the fiber cable inside the swivel harness
− MTRJ-MTRJ (corresponding to case 1 in the followig description)
− MTRJ-LC (corresponding to case 2 in the followig description)
There are different options for bypassing.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.3 Bypassing only the Electrical Connection. (XP0 cable)
NOTE:
This description "Bypassing only the Electrical Connection" is valid for any FD
system.
A bypassing connection from the RJ 45 connector of the U588 in the mobile stand to the U578 of
the image memory is established.
The complete GigaLink connection along the XP0 cable is bypassed (incl. XP0 connctors), but the
fiber cables (with adapters if applicable) including the converters are still in use.
Valid for all kinds of

Flat Panel Detector Command Processor
Flatpanel Systems
Internal Fiber Cable U578 Fiber

CP
U588
X6 X4B
1000BASE-T Crossover
#29311 Image Memory

Fig. 6-58 Bypassing GigaLink with RJ45 cable

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.4 Bypassing the Optical Connection
6.2.7.4.1 In Case of "+Panels"
6.2.7.4.1.1 Bypassing with Internal Fiber Cable
A bypassing connection using the fiber cable from the flat-panel is established.
The complete GigaLink is bypassed including the converters but the fiber cable in the swivel har-
ness is still in use.
Procedure does not depend on the kind of swivel harness used in the system.
Flat Panel Detector MTRJ - MTRJ Swivel Harness / Command Processor

„+ Panel“ + Panel „CP2"
FIBER LINK
No additional adapter required FIBER LINK
MTRJ MTRJ
MTRJ
Internal Fiber Cable Internal Fiber Cable

Internal Fiber Cable U578
inside Swivel Harness
U588
X6 X4B
Image Memory

Fig. 6-59 Bypassing GigaLink with Internal fiber cable case 1
Flat Panel Detector

„+ Panel“ MTRJ - LC Swivel Harness / Command Processor
+ Panel „CP2"
FIBER LINK
MTRJ
MTRJ
No additional adapter required FIBER LINK
LC
Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Female (290503) MTRJ
Adapter LC (217362)
LC

inside Swivel Harness U578
U588 MTRJ
X6
RJ45
X4B
Image Memory


280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.4.1.2 Bypassing with External Fiber Cable
A bypassing connection using a external fiber cable is established.

The complete GigaLink is bypassed including the converters.
Flat Panel Detector All swivel Harness Command Processor

„+ Panel“ + Panel „CP2"
Direct connection FIBER LINK
FIBER LINK
MTRJ MTRJ
MTRJ

Fiber optic cable MTRJ-MTRJ Internal Fiber Cable
U578
inside Swivel Harness #29110 or 29111
U588
Image Memory
Mobile Stand required testcable Monitor Cart

Fig. 6-61 Bypassing GigaLink with external fiber cable
Optionally it is possible to keep the adapters of the system in the path in order to check them.
Flat Panel Detector

„+ Panel“ MTRJ - LC Swivel Harness Command Processor
+ Panel „CP2"
FIBER LINK
MTRJ
MTRJ
using / testing adapter of system FIBER LINK
LC
Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Female (290503) MTRJ
MTRJ
Adapter LC (217362)
LC
Fiber optic cable MTRJ-LC U578
#290404 or 290405
U588 MTRJ
X6
RJ45
Image Memory

Fig. 6-62 Bypassing GigaLink with external fiber cable, using adapters of the system

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.4.2 In Case of "XPanels"
6.2.7.4.2.1 Bypassing with Internal Fiber Cable
A bypassing connection using the fiber cable from the flat-panel is established.
The complete GigaLink is bypassed including the converters but the fiber cable in the swivel har-
ness is still in use.
Procedure does not depend on the kind of Swivel Harness used in the system.
Flat Panel Detector MTRJ - MTRJ Swivel Harness /

„X Panel“ X Panel Command Processor
FIBER LINK additional adapter required „CP2LC“
LC
LC
Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Female (290503) FIBER LINK
LC
MTRJ
Adapter MTRJ (217361) Adapter MTRJ (217361)
MTRJ

U588 MTRJ
X6
RJ45
X4B
Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Male (290403)
Image Memory

Flat Panel Detector MTRJ - LC Swivel Harness /

FIBER LINK additional adapter required „CP2LC“
LC
LC FIBER LINK
LC
Adapter MTRJ (217361)

U588 MTRJ
X6
RJ45
X4B
Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Male (290403)
Image Memory


280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.2.7.4.2.2 Bypassing with External Fiber Cable
A bypassing connection using a external fiber cable is established.

The complete GigaLink is bypassed including the converters.
All swivel Harness

Flat Panel Detector X Panel Command Processor
„X Panel“ Direct connection „CP2LC“
LC LC
LC

Fiber optic cable LC-LC U578
inside Swivel Harness #290514
U588
Image Memory

Fig. 6-65 Bypassing GigaLink with external fiber cable
Optionally it is possible to keep the adapters of the system in the path in order to check them.
Flat Panel Detector MTRJ - MTRJ Swivel Harness

FIBER LINK using / testing adapter of system „CP2LC“
LC
LC FIBER LINK
MTRJ Adapter Cable LC-MTRJ Female (290503) LC
LC
Adapter LC (217362)
MTRJ
Fiber optic cable MTR-LC U578
290405 or 290405
U588 MTRJ
X6
RJ45
Image Memory

Fig. 6-66 Bypassing GigaLink with external fiber cable, using adapters of the system

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3 Type 2 Flat-panel Detectors with CCU
6.3.1 General
The system is alternatively equipped with a Type 2 flat-panel detector.

This detector system consists of:
− the flat-panel detector, optionally aSi or CMOS type
− the correction and conversion unit U707 (referred to as CCU)
The CCU is located inside the flat-panel housing installed to the rear side of the flat-panel detector.
The CCU is connected to the CAN bus.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6-54
U579/
6.3.1.1
U701 Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
Fig. 6-67
X26
230V AC
Generator U648
CAN BUS
CN1 CAN
RPS-75-24
CN2
24V DC
Image Memory
CMOS flat-panel detector block diagram

Power Vsync CAN CoaxPress
Digital Video>
CoaxPress CoaxPress
<Vsync
CMOS Flat-panel Detector Block Diagram
CMOS
Flat Panel CCU
Detector
P0
cable
13.02.17
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U579/ 6.3.1.2
U701 Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
Fig. 6-68
X26
230V AC
Generator U648
CN1
CAN BUS
CAN
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
RPS-75-24
CN2
24V DC

Image Memory
aSi flat-panel detector block diagram

Power Vsync CAN CoaxPress
aSi Flat-panel Detector Block Diagram
Digital Video>
Fiber CoaxPress CoaxPress
<Vsync
aSi
Flat Panel CCU
Detector
Power
P0
cable
13.02.17
6-55
6.3.2 U707 CCU
The CCU board is attached to the flat-panel inside the panel housing of the mobile stand.
It receives the data stream from the panel. This data stream needs to be corrected for gain, offset
and dead pixels by means of flat-field correction.
The CCU serves also for control of the flat-panel detector, laser control, grid presence detection,
as well as power supply for fan.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.1 CCU for CMOS
6.3.2.1.1 Top view
Fig. 6-69 U707 top view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.1.2 Connectors
Fig. 6-70 U707 connectors
Connector X41 is not used in Ziehm Vision RFD systems.

In a functioning system, a microSD card containing panel data needs to be installed.
X14 is used only for debugging purposes.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.1.3 LED Indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.2 CCU for aSi Flat-panel Detector
6.3.2.2.1 Top view
Fig. 6-72 U707 top view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.2.2 Connectors
Connector X41 is not used in Ziehm Vision RFD systems.

In a functioning system, a microSD card containing panel data needs to be installed.
X14 is used only for debugging purposes.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.2.2.3 LED Indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.3 View of Assembly
6.3.3.1 CMOS
CMOS flat-panel detector CCU
Fig. 6-75 CMOS flat-panel detector incl. CCU

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.3.2 aSi Flat-panel Detector
6.3.3.2.1 Detector
Fig. 6-76 aSi flat-panel detector
6.3.3.2.2 CCU
Fig. 6-77 Location of CCU inside of flat-panel detector housing

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.4 Gain Calibration
Gain Calibration is performed by using the "FD" tab in the Vision Center service mode.
NOTE
The following description is valid only for FD systems equipped with a Type 2 flat-
panel detector.
6.3.4.1 Required Equipment
− Valid Service Key
6.3.4.2 Calibration Procedure
In order to perform gain calibration enter Service mode and select the "FD" tab.
"Gain Calibration" button
"FD" tab
Fig. 6-78 Service mode, "FD" tab

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Press the "Gain Calibration" button.
Fig. 6-79 Gain calibration start screen
• Select Sensitvity "High" and press the "Start Gain Calibration" button.
Fig. 6-80 System preparing for gain calibration

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Now some steps are performed by the system. Wait until the next screen is shown.
Fig. 6-81 Setting ADU level for 25 fps
• Initiate radiation and increase kV/mA until you get an ADU reading of 50 ± 5 %.
• Terminate radiation and press Continue.
Fig. 6-82 Acquiring frames at 25 fps
• Initiate radiation and press Continue.

• Terminate radiation when requested to do so.
• Now the unit is performing several steps automatically. This will take about 10 minutes.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 6-83 Calculating calibration
• Calibration is finished when the initial screen is shown again.
Fig. 6-84 Calibration finished

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.5 Flat-panel Commands
The "FP Commands" dropdown menu offers a range of functions.
Fig. 6-85 "FP Commands" dropdown menu
− Get Current Mode: shows details on the currently selected mode

− Get Temperatures: shows the values of 4 temperature sensors inside the flat-panel
− Set Testmode: allows to enable several test screens
− Set Corrections: allows to turn on and off the panel corrections offset, gain, dead pixels and
glow
− Offset cal.: allows a manual offset calibration.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6.3.6 Manual Dead Pixel
If not all dead pixels have been found during gain calibration they have to be added manually.
The "Manual Dead Pixel" selection offers a bitmap editor for defective pixels.
Fig. 6-86 Bitmap editor for defective pixels – start page
• Press the "Start Manual Dead Pixel Correction" button. This prepares the defective pixel
map for manual editing.
Fig. 6-87 Bitmap editor for defective pixels
• Initiate radiation to get an image. Terminate radiation.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
The monitor shows the native image of the flat-panel detector with full 2k × 2k pixel resolu-
tion, presumably containing some dead pixels that have not been detected.
• Enter values for a rectangle to cover the dead pixel area using the X, Y, Width and Height
text boxes. The coordinates of the upper left corner are X=0 and Y=0, the coordinates of
the lower right corner are X=2048 and Y=2048. Width values extend to the right, Height val-
ues extend downwards.
NOTE
Be careful when entering values for dead pixel correction!
Keep these values as low as possible.
For spot defects, a max. size of 5 × 5 pixels for Width and Height can be corrected.
For line defects, one value may not exceed 3 pixels, e. g. Width=2 and
Height=420, or Width=1258 and Height=3.
• Press the "Add Rectangle" button.

• Move the rectangle in steps of 1 pixel using the arrow keys.
To move in steps of 10 pixels press the ×10 button.
This will change the button label to ×100.
To move in steps of 100 pixels press the ×100 button.
This will change the button label to ×1.
To move in steps of 1 pixel press the ×1 button.
This will change the button label to ×10 again.
NOTE
Don’t move the rectangle during radiation!
• Select the "Corrected Image" radio button. Initiate and terminate radiation.
Check and readjust rectangle position. Press the "Undo Last" button if the values of Width
or Height do not match the size of the defective area. Then enter new values.
• To correct more dead pixels, repeat this procedure:
Select the "Black Rectangle" radio button, define a rectangle and press the "Add Rectangle"
button.
Select the "Corrected Image" radio button, initiate and terminate radiation, check and read-
just rectangle position and/or size.
• If all dead pixels have been covered, press the "Done" button. This will save the result and
close the editor.
• Press the "Abort" button to close the editor without saving the edited defective pixel map.
NOTE
To erase all rectangles and clear the defective pixel map, press the "Clear All" but-
ton. Then press the "Gain Calibration" button to repeat gain calibration.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7
Generator
Module 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.1 Overview 7.5 kW Generator
Fig. 7-1 7.5 kW Generator assembly
The equipped collimator may vary.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.2 Overview 20 kW Generator
Fig. 7-2 Generator assembly

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.3 Overview 25 kW Generator
Fig. 7-3 Generator assembly

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7-4
7.4
2pol. terminal
U614
7.4.1
X100 3 x AWG 18 X1 bk, X2 gn, X3 wh
AWG14 rd rd #29170
Fig. 7-4
1
from FG2025 250V I Tr X1
bk Sensor L1 A1
AWG14 bk + X4 bl
2 X2 X3 AWG14 bl
FIS111
U561/U624(20KW) pri. 1
3pcs. normal 8pcs. E1 1G Ohm U570
from FG9938 X4 AWG14 bl X5 bl
X1 HV
Anode
20kW option M4x15 +60kV
7 Generator
M
from U701/X39 1br, 2bk, 3rd (RAD15 1gn, 2bk, 3wh) X8 2 x AWG22 X1
1,2,3
(RTM70 1bl, 2rd, 3yl) U X12
AWG18 rd, bk 2 AWG16 2 x AWG22 0V
2 x AWG18 rd, bk 4,5 X6
AWG18 rd, bk 2 X7 X5
X11 0V
X101
5pol. terminal 80°C AWG22
C-Arm GND AWG14 26 Ribbon U
gn/yl AWG22 X8 0V
Central Ground X4
Generator 5 kVIST +/- X9 +Uist
X8
X12 X2
U613 X10 +mAist
U563 U563 Oil
C-Arm Swivel Cable

HighVoltageControl X8
gn X5 br
yl X4
5 bk X3 shield
Filament
U562
AWG22 X7
wh
= Cathode
wet 1 X1 4 wh X1
X2 br br
AWG22 2 U564 U569 X5 PTC
20 Ribbon X4 2
Generator Distribution
1 wh X13 wh
16 Ribbon
X2 20R
2 rd X12 rd
X1 X6CAN BG1
Option FD: U588 - X10 16 Ribbon 3 bl X11 bl
Option I.I.: U632 - X6 X3 U518 4 yl X10 yl
VSYNC
mA
Option FD: Termination-R #91132 X13 X4
small
CAT5 U565 Temperature

Option I.I.: U632 - X3 X3 CAN 4 Ribbon 4x AWG28 X6, X7, X8, X9 X15 -mAist
Block Diagrams
RJ45 Gen. µP X4
6 Ribbon
Generator wiring diagram

large
Module 2 - U648e - X9b CAT5 Shield 2 X14 -Uist

X2 CAN X4

RJ45 black green
X1

X13 0V
Ribbon
Module 15 - U659 / X3 10 #29169 Tr1 Tr2 X16 0V
U
X5 CAN
X1 X2 X17 0V Shield
in+ 1 U602 +12V
+12V 1 3x AWG20 out+ X14 rd U
+24V Rotation Control 2 control X15 wh
Generator Wiring Diagram
Module 15 - U659 / X11 and Power Supply for 3 out- X16 bk M

in- 2 U U570
Oil Pump Oil pump X3
6 -60kV
X3

34 1G Ohm
Ribbon
X4 X24
X-ray Collimator X1

X6 +24V R1
4 x AWG22 mA IST +/-
X4 U614 PTC
X6 wh X1
small X7 gn X2
2 mA Meter
2 x AWG22 rd, bk X8 +24V U564 X3 X8 rd X3
SERVICE
Filament
+ 3 x AWG18
X9 bl X5
Power Supply X2 3 x AWG18 large X10 bk X6
X11 yl X7
X10
U591
Filament Transformer
Connection Board

Module 5
Generator
Note:
mA ist = mA actual value
kV ist = kV actual value
Module 5:
Generator

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.5 Interface Generator – Mobile Stand
Command Interface
All commands sent through CAN bus
Power Interface
Regulated voltage 40 V to 230 VDC / 20 A see pre-power supply for generator / Module 1
Stabilized voltage 24 VDC / 4 A see FG 9938 / Module 1
Switched voltage 160 V / 55 V anode accelerate / run
Sync Interface
V-sync from the CCD camera (Vision R)

V-sync from image memory (Vision RFD systems with ODDC)
NOTE
In RFD systems the not used CAN connector on the U562 board has to be termi-
nated with the CAN termination resistor (Part No. 91132).
In case of generator replacement use resistor of replaced generator.
7.6 Self Tests
7.6.1 During Bootup
Software Check the Hardware
Hardware flip-flop for external interrupt If not OK: error will be E1008 / E1009
detected
Checksum from machine data If not OK: error will be E1007

detected
Filament If not: error will be E1000 / E1001

(small and/or big focus if present MD) detected
Must be operating.
Check v-sync (present or not) If not: error will be E1002

detected
Must be present.
Temperature 1 min/max If not OK: error will be E1003 / E1004

Oil temperature detected

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Software Check the Hardware (cont.)
Temperature 2 min/max If not OK: error will be E1005 / E1006

Over-temperature switch oil If not OK: error will be E1014

detected
(reset via service)
Hardware signal/XRAY If not OK: error will be E1010

detected and CAN fault
line will be activated
CAN X-ray enable signal If not: error will be E1011

detected
Must be inactive during startup.
Reference voltage D/A converter If not OK: error will be E1012

detected
Actual voltage from kV (D/A converter) If not OK: error will be E1013
detected
Valid data bytes and the version If not OK: error will be E1015
from the MD detected
Humidity sensor active/not active If not OK: error will be E1016

detected
7.6.2 During Runtime
Software Check the Hardware
Check v-sync time If not OK: error will be E1068

detected
Temperature 1 If not OK: error will be E1069

Temperature 2 If not OK: error will be E1070

CAN fault signal If not: error will be E1066

detected
Basic heating from filament If not OK: error will be E1067

detected
Hardware signal /XRAY missing during If not OK: error will be E1060
radiation detected [1]
Over-temperature switch oil If not OK: error will be E1072

detected
CAN X-ray enable signal If not OK: error will be E1056

detected

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Software Check the Hardware (cont.)
Monostable RUN during radiation If not OK: error will be E1058

detected
Monostable CAN_MONITOR during If not OK: error will be E1057

radiation detected
Anode HVC error hardware signal E1051
Cathode HVC error hardware signal E1052
HVC fault hardware signal E1050
Difference value between actual [IST] E1054

and nominal [SOLL] kV value
Humidity sensor active/not active If not OK: error will be E1073

detected [1]
Check positive kV actual value If the positive or negative E1074

and negative kV actual value is greater
than 2 kV (radiation is not
active): error will be
detected [1]
mA peak error hardware signal E1053
If the generator gets the X-ray start CAN message and there is an error:
− X-ray break CAN message is sent to all members
− X-ray sequence is not started
If the generator detects an error during radiation:
− X-ray break CAN message is sent to all members
− radiation is aborted
[1] If this error is detected: The generator sends a CAN message to the pre-power
supply (sets output of power supply to 0 V)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.6.2.1 Location of Oil Over-temperature Switch
oil over-temperature switch
Fig. 7-5 Location of oil over-temperature switch
7.7 General PCBs
PCBs summary
U565 / U662 Generator supervisor (incl. U518)
U564 Filament board & power supply
U561 kV power stage
U563 High voltage controller board
U562 Generator connection & distribution board
U569 High voltage cascade (inside tank)
U570 +kV -kV actual value (inside tank)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
PCBs summary
U591 Connector board for filament transformer
U608 Power stabilization for oil pump & rotation control
U596 Power source filter board
7.8 U565 / U662
7.8.1 General
Processor
Ziehm standard processor (Motorola 68376)
Programmable via CAN bus
Interfaces
Interface to U562 for CAN, wet sensor, V-sync
Two temperature sensor inputs (PT1000)
Controls U577 high voltage winding selector switch
Controls U564 filament inverter
Controls U563 high voltage inverter
Provides power supply for U659 asymmetric collimator
Safety circuitry
Two independent watchdogs
CAN fault line overrides X-ray-ON signal to the generator
CAN X-ray enable line overrides X-ray-ON signal to the generator
Temperature switch manually resettable
7.8.2 U565 / U662 Switches and Jumpers
J9: Standalone mode
open run mode
closed standalone

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
J1–J8: Jumpers for CAN node number (hardwired)
J1 Closed
J2 Closed
J3 Closed
J4 Closed
J5 Open
J6 Closed
J7 Closed
J8 Open
Default node number 9
7.8.3 U565 / U662 LED Indicators
Status LEDs for service requirements
LED 38: RUN (green)
LED 42: CAN monitor (green)
LED 43: fault (red)
LED 44: X-ray ON (yellow)
LED 50: +5 V ok (green)
LED 51: -5 V ok (green)
LED 52: +15 V ok (green)
LED 53: -15 V ok (green)
7.8.4 U565 / U662 Connectors
X1: to U564 filament controller
34 pin flat ribbon cable connector
1 GND
2 /Reset error flip-flop
3 Filament select
4 Tube regulation

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X1: to U564 filament controller (cont.)
5 Actual value 25 mA range
6 Filament ON
7 mA peak error flip-flop
8 Reset PWM IC
9 GND
10 mA actual tube
11 mA actual primary
12 GND
13 mA reference
14 GND for pin 13
15 mA reference
16 n. c.
17 n. c.
18 n. c.
19 n. c.
20 n. c.
21 mA over U564
22 GNDF
23 +5 V
24 -5 V
25 -15 V
26 -15 V
27 GNDF
28 GNDF
29 +15 V
30 +15 V
31 GND 24 V
32 GND 24 V
33 +24 V
34 +24 V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X2: to U563 high voltage controller
1 GND
2 +kV error
3 GND
4 Fault
5 /Reset error flip-flop /RES HV
6 Faster pulse raise time FASTRISE
7 /XRAY
8 kV nominal
9 GND
10 +kV actual +KVIST5
11 kV ground
12 -kV actual -KVIST5
13 kV ground
14 RUN
15 GND kV nominal
16 HV primary current IPP HV5
17 GND
18 REF 10 Volt
19 GND
20 Temperature switch Off TEMP ERR
X3: to U562 CAN distribution board
1 GND
2 Fault out
3 Fault in
4 XRAY enable in
5 CAN Rx
6 CAN Tx
7 XRAY enable out

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X3: to U562 CAN distribution board (cont.)
8 GND
9 V-Sync
10 +5 V
11 Wet sensor
12 GND
13 n. c.
14 n. c.
15 n. c.
16 n. c.
X4: Temperature sensor 1 & 2
1 Sensor 1
2 Sensor 1
3 Sensor 2
4 Sensor 2
X5: power for collimator
2 pin MLSS156-02 connector
1 +24 V
2 Ground
X8: serial interface for debugging
4 pin SL1/25-4G connector
1 TxD TTL
2 RxD TTL
3 Digital ground
4 +5 V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.9 U564 Filament Board
7.9.1 General
Type of inverter
Resonant inverter
Switching frequency 50 kHz
Two push pull power stages (large and small focus)
Supply voltage 24 VDC
Maximum power output 50 W
Separate inputs for positive and negative mA feedback values
Possibility to insert mA meter (for feedback value)
Adjustable offset error of input amplifier
Selectable measurement ranges 10 and 25 mA
PCB independently testable (no processor needed)
Sine waveform
Monitor values to control unit
Primary power current
mA feedback value
Tube current greater 23 mA
Filament select signal
Control unit access
Reset over mA error flip-flops
Reset inverter
General enable signal
Regulation loop select signal
Analog reference value for mA

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.9.2 U564 Potentiometers
P1: mA nominal (factory adjustment, not for service)
Adjustment of mA nominal
P2: mA offset (factory adjustment, not for service)
Adjustment of mA offset
7.9.3 U564 LED Indicators
LED D24 -15 V ok (green)
LED D7 mA peak detection (red)
LED D23 +15 V ok (green)
LED D22 +5 V ok (green)
7.9.4 U564 Connectors
X1: interface to/from U565 / U662
see U565 / U662 X1 (page 7-10)
X2: to filament transformer (oil)
1 large focus left
2 large focus mid
3 large focus right
4 small focus left
5 small focus mid
6 small focus right
X3: mA meter for service
1 meter
2 meter

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X4: mA values from oil insert
1 anode side +
2 anode side -
3 cathode side +
4 cathode side -
X6: power input +24 V from swivel cable
1 +24 V
2 ground
X8: power for oil pump
1 +24 V
2 ground
X10: earth connector to 24 V ground
1 pin FASTON connector
1 earth
7.10 U561 / U624 High Voltage Power Inverter
7.10.1 General
Type of inverter
Pulse width modulation
Switching frequency 22 kHz
Full bridge power stage
Supply voltage for bridge adjustable and current limited.
Separate inputs for positive and negative high voltage feedback values
PCB independently testable (no processor needed)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Monitor values to control unit
Primary power current
Positive kV feedback value
Negative kV feedback value
DC equivalent to PWM signal alternative to REF 10 Volt
Positive kV greater than negative kV software give the limit
Positive kV less than negative kV software give the limit
Fault signal
Control unit access
Reset kV error flip-flops
General enable signal
X-ray on/off
Analog reference value for kV
7.10.2 U561 / U624 Connectors
X1: ground of 250 V power input
Soldered cord
1 ground of 250 V power input
X2: 250 V power input
Soldered cord
1 250 V power input
X3: to high voltage transformers (oil)
M4 pem stud
1 high voltage transformers (oil)
X4: to high voltage transformers (oil)
M4 pem stud
1 high voltage transformers (oil)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X5: interface to/from U563
1 regulated pulses 1 / 4
2 GND
3 regulated pulses 2 / 3
4 GND
5 fixed pulses 1
6 GND
7 fixed pulses 2
8 GND
9 +5 V
10 +5 V
11 current sense H (for save stop, U561 output)
12 current sense L (for save stop, U561 output)
13 GND 24 V
14 GND 24 V
15 +24 V
16 +24 V
17 to X6: 1 current sense 1
18 to X6: 2 current sense 2
19 to X7: 2 +24 V_a
20 n. c.
21 n. c.
22 n. c.
23 n. c.
24 n. c.
25 n. c.
26 n. c.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X6: Current sense
solder cord
1 current sense 1
2 current sense 2
X7: Manual reset temperature switch
1 +24 V
2 +24 V_a
X8: Current sense
solder cord
1 current sense 1
2 current sense 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.11 U563 HV Controller Board
7.11.1 U563 Potentiometers
P2: current limit (factory adjustment, not for service)
I LIM over-current error detection
P3: PVM (factory adjustment, not for service)
P MAX Max. value PVM
P1: kV nominal (factory adjustment, not for service)
kV nominal
7.11.2 U563 LED Indicators
LED 6 fault (red)
LED 7 X-ray ON (yellow)
LED 8 KV ERR
7.11.3 U563 Connector
X1: power interface to/from U564
16 pin flat ribbon connector
1 n. c.
2 n. c.
3 mA over U564
4 GND
5 +5 V
6 -5 V
7 -15 V
8 -15 V
9 GND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X1: power interface to/from U564
10 GND
11 +15 V
12 +15 V
13 GND 24 V
14 GND 24 V
15 +24 V
16 +24 V
X2: to/from U565 / U662 microprocessor
see U565 / U662 X2 (page 7-12)
X4: interface to/from U561
26 pin flat ribbon connector
see U561 X5 (page 7-18)
X8: actual kV measurement (oil)
1 +kV
2 +kV ground
3 -kV ground
4 -kV
5 shield
Pin 5 is monitored. If there is no GND present, X-raying is disabled.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.12 U562 Generator Connection and Distribution Board
7.12.1 U562 Connectors
X1: V-sync from I.I.
1 shield
2 Vsync-
3 Vsync+
X2: CAN Ziehm Standard
RJ-45
X3: CAN Ziehm Standard
RJ-45
X4: CAN Shield
6.3 mm FASTON connector
1 shield
X5: To U517 Vision Track
1 BL +5 V
2 n. c.
3 BL RXD
4 BL TXD
5 n. c.
6 BL GND
7 n. c.
8 n. c.
9 n. c.
10 n. c.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X6 to U518 via U565 / U662
1 GND DIG
2 STOER OUT1
3 STOER IN
4 STR IN
5 GE RXD
6 GE TXD
7 STR OUT1
8 GND DIG
9 VSYNC
10 +5 V
11 n. c.
12 n. c.
13 n. c.
14 n. c.
15 n. c.
16 n. c.
X7: Wet sensor
3 pin MLAS100-3 connector
1 Wet sensor
2 n. c.
3 GND wet sensor
X8: Supply from mobile stand
3 pin MLAS100-3 connector
1 +24V FST
2 GND 24V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
X9: to U564
solder connection
1 +U High
7.13 U565 / U662 and U518 Features
7.13.1 U565 / U662
V-SYNC control and 1ms timer

Parameter: kV value and mA value
Pulse control parameters
Filament control
Generator and image system control
X-ray tube / radiation
Heat unit calculator
Rad exposure
Pre-power supply control
Coolant pump control
7.13.2 U518 Moni
32-bit microprocessor (MC68376)

PLD (ispLSI 1048E)
Voltage control chip (MAX791)
1 MBit / 512k x 16 Bit flash memory EPROM
2 x 32k x 8 bit EEPROMs
2 x 128k x 8 Bit RAMs
3 x 16 Bit bus driver
8 green LEDs ; 1 red "RESET" LED
4.1943 MHz Quarz

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Fig. 7-6 U518 board (Moni)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.13.3 U518: Block Diagram
Address/Data/Control BUS
32K x 8 EEPROM
Boot Program
8 x LED Quarz
32K x 8 EEPROM
ispLSI1048E MC68376
Progam
Machine Data
PLD CPU Connector
PLD BDM
Progam 512K x 16 FLASH
Connector MAX791
EPROM
User Program
1 x LED
128K x 8 SRAM
128K x 8 SRAM
Bus Driver
4 x 34pin I/O Connector

I/O Port’s SPI PWM/Timer Analog RS232 CAN IRQ Input Address/Data/Control
Input
Fig. 7-7 U518 block diagram
7.13.4 U 518: Bootup
Start
Verify Checksum not OK Program new Calculates Checksum Boot program and
Boot program Boot Program compares with Checksum-Value (Code).
Test Version not OK LED 4 ON

Constancy
Verify Checksum Calculates Checksum of application program

not OK LED 5 ON
Application Program and compares with Checksum-Value (Code).
Verify HW-Revision # Reads Hardware-Revisionl number of circuit board

not OK LED 6 ON
and compares with Software-Revision number of
With SW-Revision #
application program.
Check HW-Revision # Hardware-Revision number = 0xFF->Emergency Exit

OK LED 7 ON
equals 0xFF (Software development / application program).
1 2
Exit Boot program

Ready to program Flash Aftersuccessful programming CPU goes to auto start
(Boot EEPROM)
EPROM via CAN-BUS with (program start - boot program) and validates all self- tests
to Application program new application program. again.
(Flash EPROM)
LED 2 and 3 blink alternating
Fig. 7-8 U518 bootup sequence

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.14 Pulse Technology
7.14.1 Parameters for Pulse Control
− Fixed values:
− Preheat time: 200 ms
− FD: 16 ms delay after V-SYNC, until radiation pulse starts
− 0 ms delay after V-SYNC for continued radiation
− Changeable values:
− Pulse Width FD: 10 ms – 23 ms
Pulse width defined in APR, not changing during use of this APR
− Pulse sequence: 0 – 24
Amount of V-SYNCs with no radiation pulse, influenced by:
User Selection
Automatic Dose Reduction
Anode Temperature
Generator Oil Temperature
7.14.2 Example of Pulsed Radiation
− Time span V-SYNC: 40 ms
− Pulse width: ____ 10 ms, .......... 23 ms
− Pulse sequence: 1
Fig. 7-9 Example of pulsed radiation

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.15 X-Ray Tube Filament Control (Filament Wire)
7.15.1 Filament States
• Standby heat;
(MD value)
• Pre-heat;
depending on kV value and mA value
• In between pulse heating;

depending on kV value, mA value and pulse sequence value
7.15.2 Example of Filament Control
Fig. 7-10 Example of filament control

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.16 Heat Unit Calculator
7.16.1 Fluoroscopy
Surveillance of anode capacity "Heat Unit Calculator"

Tube specifications of tube VARIAN RAD-15:
− max. anode capacity: 260,000 J

− max. heat dissipation into oil: 1000 Watt
Calculation of the active anode capacity:

Cooling = HU * 1000 Watt / 260,000 J
HU = actual HU + (power_in - Cooling)
"power_in" = average power per second
− actual kV value
− actual mA value
− V-SYNC time (33 ms or 40 ms)
− pulse width
− pulse sequence
Example:
kV value: 100 kV
mA value: 15 mA
pulse width: 20 ms
pulse sequence: 1
V-SYNC: 40 ms
Fig. 7-11 Calculation of average anode power

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Fig. 7-12 Pulse radiation by Heat Unit Calculator
7.16.2 Power Management During DSA
When the system switches from regulation startup phase to DSA mode, it calculates the average
actual power (kV, mA, pulse width, frame rate and V-Sync).
Afterwards it simulates the heating power for the tube (estimating X-ray time for DSA) and adds
the actual anode heat capacity to that result.
If the result is greater than the max. anode heat capacity, it reduces the frame rate for the DSA.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.16.3 Exposure
Why pause time calculation until radiation start release:

If the anode capacity is exceeded during exposure, the generator will set the maximum power out-
put to the limit (600 W). The generator will automatically establish a pulse sequence value to limit
the maximum power demand:
→ film will be underexposed.
Example:
− actual anode capacity, e.g. 28,000 J
− exposure 80 kV, 20 mA and 5 seconds
→ anode capacity: 28,000 kJ + 8,000 Ws = 36,000 J
Pause time calculation:
Parameter:
− actual anode capacity, e.g. 28,000 J
− exposure 80 kV, 20 mA and 5 seconds → 8,000 Ws
Fig. 7-13 Delay by Heat Unit Calculator

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.17 Coolant Pump Control
NOTE
In systems equipped with 20/25 kW Generator, the pump is always running after
the system has started up.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.18 Measuring kV and mA
7.18.1 Service Position
In order to measure kV, put the generator electronics into a service position.
• Remove Screw as indicated.
Fig. 7-14 Remove screw for service position
• Loosen indicated screws and pivot the generator electronics.
Fig. 7-15 Loosen screws and pivot to service position

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.18.2 mA Test Points
In order to measure mA, the connector X3 on the U564 board is used.

Before the mA meter is connected, the jumper has to be removed.
Fig. 7-16 U564 X3 without jumper
CAUTION
After measuring the jumper has to be set again!
For a correct readout the generator has to screen continuously (→ Ch. 7.18.4, p. 7-36).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.18.3 kV Test Points
In order to measure kV the test points MP27 “f” and MP128 “GND” on the U563 board are used.
Fig. 7-17 kV measuring points MP27 „f“ and MP28 GND
The reading of the voltmeter are the actual kV divided by 10000.

For example 67 kV are measured as 6.7 V.
For a correct readout the generator has to screen continuously (→ Ch. 7.18.4, p. 7-36).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.18.4 Setting to Continuous Mode
In order to get a correct readout, measurements should be done in a mode with 100% pulse
width.
In this mode the generator will screen continuously.
Alternatively, if no such mode is available, the "Pulse Length" value may be set to "0" tem-
porarily (→ Fig. 7-18, p. 7-36).
CAUTION
After measuring, the "Pulse Length" value must be reset to the original value.
Fig. 7-18 Adjustment dialog Dose 2 with "Pulse Length" value

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.19 Adjustment of Center Beam
After the generator has been mounted to the system and is placed into operation, the center beam
needs to be adjusted, before the collimator is installed.
7.19.1 Required Tools for Center Beam Adjustment
In order to do this, a center beam adjustment tool is required (91116).

Additionally a pre-collimator should be used for radiation protection during adjustment (65699).
Fig. 7-19 Center beam test device and pre-collimator

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.19.2 Setup for Center Beam Adjustment
In order to do the center beam adjustment, the center beam test device has to be put on the gen-
erators output window. Insert the pre-collimator first, in order to provide radiation protection (beam
will be limited).
Fig. 7-20 Setup for center beam adjustment
NOTE
Image rotation and mirroring must be inactive in order to provide a correct readout
of the image on the screen.
7.19.3 Procedure of Center Beam Adjustment
NOTE
To get a sharper image and lower radiation, set to manual mode after the first
image and reduce tube voltage 2 or 3 kV (Image should just appear).
Center beam adjustment is done in two steps:
• First: find the correct position of the center beam test device
• Second: adjust the generator position to get the center beam test device into the center of the
screen

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.19.3.1 Correct Position of the Center Beam Test Device
By shifting the position of the center beam test device, a concentric shape of the center beam test
device has to appear on the screen. This concentric shape may appear uncentered to the screen.
WARNING
Center beam adjustment is done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.
Fig. 7-21 Shifting the center beam test device
wrong correct
Fig. 7-22 Wrong and correct position of tool

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.19.3.2 Adjusting the Generator Position
The generator position can be adjusted in two directions:

− by the adjustment screws in order to shift the image of the center beam test device left and
right
(generator angle adjustment)
− by the generator attachment in order to shift the image of the center beam test device up
and down.
7.19.3.2.1 Adjusting Generator Angle
Fig. 7-23 Elements for adjusting the generator angle
In order to adjust the generator angle, the fixation screws have to be loose.
By turning the adjustment screws, the concentric shape has to be centered to the image.
Only a left to right centering is possible by this adjustment.
Fix the fixation screws tightly after the adjustment is done (46 Nm).
WARNING

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
Fig. 7-24 Adjusting generator angle
Fig. 7-25 Effect of generator angle adjustment

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
7 Generator
7.19.3.2.2 Adjusting Generator Attachment
If there is a top down deviation, this is adjusted by turning the generator attachment.
In order to do this, the fixation bolts have to be loosened (8 mm allen key required).
Then the attachment can be adjusted in a small range.
Fix the bolts tightly when the correct position is found (46 Nm).
WARNING
Fig. 7-26 Adjusting generator attachment
For adjustment, the generator has to be removed from the attachment temporally in order to
access the fixation bolts.
Fig. 7-27 Effect of generator attachment adjustment
Center beam adjustment is finished if the concentric shape appears centered to the screen.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8
Asymmetric Collimator
Module 15

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8 Asymmetric Collimator
8.1 View of Asymmetric Collimator
Fig. 8-1 Asymmetric Collimator
NOTE
Mechanically different types of asymmetric collimators and pre-collimators are
used for RFD 2020 and RFD 3030.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8-2
8.2
Fig. 8-2
+12V_SER +5V
Power Supply
+UB, GNDUB
U565 X5 X11
+5V
U562 X5 X3
U611
rotation U608
Block Diagram
M1
CAN
X15
Error
M2 iris
+5V
Error
Asymmetric collimator block diagram

Error X12 4
M5 corner HC08 DAP
X16
U610
Error
slot 1
+12V_SER
M3 X9 2
Error Laser
U610 X14
M4 slot 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+12V_SER
S1 S2
OFF OFF
DIP-Switches
Drawn: Haab / Sörgel 20. Jan. 2009 Drawing No.: Unit:

Release: ZIEHM VisionRFD
Block Diagram Haab 20. Jan. 2009 File Name : VisionRFD_U608_blk_c.cdr
Module 15 Asymetric Collimator
Generator Asymetric Collimator Control Changed: Page : 1 of 1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.3 U659
8.3.1 U659b: Location of Connectors, Switches and LED Indicators
Fig. 8-3 U659b connectors, switches and LED indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.3.2 U659: Switch
DIP Switch 2
Switch 1 Standalone mode for production requirements

on = standalone active
Switch 2 RS232 debug interface on/off (only for R&D requirements)
Switch 3 reserved
Switch 4 reserved
Switch 5 reserved
Switch 6 reserved
Switch 7 reserved
Switch 8 on = VacuDAP-C
off = VacuDAP-2002, Calculated DAP/Kerma
Switches 1 to 7 have to be turned off. There is no setup to the i.i. size required.
Switch has to be set like indicated.
DIP switch factory setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VacuDAP-2002
S2 or no dose meter
equipped or
OFF dose calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S2 VacuDAP-C
equipped
OFF
Fig. 8-4 U659 S2 factory settings
NOTE
On the U659 there is no DIP switch for CAN Module number setting.
The module number is hardwired to 18.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.3.3 U659: LED Indicators
Status LEDs for Service Requirements
LED 1 red flashing: shows startup phase 1
LED 5 red flashing: shows startup phase 2
LED 1 & 5 red both flashing: waiting for system to start
LED 6 green flashing: system is running
8.3.4 U659: Connectors
X1: Programming Interface Connector
10-pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 PTC0
Pin 2 PTC1
Pin 3 PTC3
Pin 4 IRQ
Pin 5 RST
Pin 6 WDO
Pin 7 PTA0
Pin 8 OSC
Pin 9 +5 V output
Pin 10 ground
X2: RS232 Debug Connector
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 TxD
Pin 3 RxD

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X3: CAN Bus Connector J12
6-pin flat ribbon cable connector
Pin 1 CAN +5 V
Pin 2 n. c.
Pin 3 CAN_RxD
Pin 4 CAN_TxD
Pin 5 n. c.
Pin 6 ground
X9 and X14 : Laser Diode 1 and 2 Connector
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 n. c.
X10: DAP Connector
8-pin Molex cable connector
Pin 1 count input
Pin 2 reset output
Pin 3 calibrate output +
Pin 4 calibrate output –
Pin 5 ground
Pin 6 n. c.
Pin 7 n. c.
Pin 8 +UB 18 V
X11: Power Input
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 +14 V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X12 : VacuDAP-C connector
4 pin Molex cable connector
Pin 1 +24V
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 RS485 A
Pin 4 RS485 B
X13 : Wellhöfer DAP-C connector
RJ-45 connector
Pin 1 RS485 A
Pin 2 unused
Pin 3 +24V
Pin 4 GND
Pin 5 RS485 B
Pin 6 RS485 Z
Pin 7 unused
Pin 8 RS485 Y
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND
X15 : IRIS / CORNER / ROTATION
Picoflex 10 connector
Pin 1 +12V
Pin 2 +12V
Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 GND
Pin 5 Servo control 2 (iris)
Pin 6 Feedback servo error 2 (iris)
Pin 7 Servo control 5 (corner)
Pin 8 Feedback servo error 5 (corner)
Pin 9 Servo control 1 (rotation)
Pin 10 Feedback servo error 1 (rotation)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X16 : Slot 1 and Slot 2
EHF-LC-10 connector
Pin 1 +12V
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 Servo control 3 (slot 1)
Pin 4 Feedback servo error 3 (slot 1)
Pin 5 +12V
Pin 6 GND
Pin 7 Servo control 4 (slot 2)
Pin 8 Feedback servo error 4 (slot 2)
Pin 9 unused
Pin 10 unused
X12 : VacuDAP-C connector
4 pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 +24V
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 RS485 A
Pin 4 RS485 B

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4 Changing the Collimator
8.4.1 Part Replacement
• Remove connectors X3, X11, X9, X14
• Remove the 4 mounting screws.
• If necessary, change the dose meter to the new collimator.
• Mount the new collimator with the 4 screws. Take care about the pre-collimator. Do not tighten
the screws, because centering is necessary.
• Connect X3, X11, X9, X14. Power up the unit.
8.4.2 Mechanical Centering
• Briefly press reset button of each function of the collimator (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting
position.
• Close the iris collimator to a diameter of 10 cm or less.
• Screen in order to get an image of the collimator.
• Briefly press one of the collimator buttons to display the preview.
• Adjust the center and angle of the collimator to fit the preview.
• Repeat the two steps mentioned above until collimator is centered to preview.
• If the image of the collimator is in the center and square, the adjustment was successful.
• If the collimator does not appear square, check the center beam adjustment of the generator.
• Tighten the collimator mounting screws.
• Press the middle button of the collimator control (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting position.
• Check centering once more.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.3 Collimator and Preview Size Adjustment
In NGP systems as from SW 6.04 collimator adjustment is done by defining reference positions.
The final positions for the collimators are calculated from these reference positions. This only
needs to be done in full field.
Only the field size needs to be adjusted by the field technician for all three formats.
8.4.4 Collimator Adjustment Tab
Fig. 8-5 Collimator settings

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Min. Collimator Inner reference position in inc (increments aka. steps)
Max. Collimator Outer reference position in inc (increments aka. steps),

corresponds to field size without magnification
Min. virt. Collimator Inner reference position in mm.
Max. virt. Collimator Outer reference position in mm,

corresponds to field size without magnification
Pre Mag Outer reference position in mm,

corresponds to field size with magnifications Mag1 and Mag2
Factory defined
Grid Factor Limits the sensitive area within the preview in order to avoid inter-
ference of the collimator with the regulation.
Factory defined
User Defines the "Reset" position of the collimator.

Factory defined
Servo
inc Displays the current position of the corresponding collimator in

increments. Required in order to determine the reference posi-
tions.
control buttons and slider Moves the corresponding collimator manually between the limit
values (independent from any adjustment).
Required in order to determine the reference positions
Rotation
inc Position of the rotation in increments corresponding to the angle in

degrees
deg Position of the rotation in degrees corresponding to the increment

values

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5 Adjustment Procedure
Fig. 8-6 Diameter values
8.4.5.1 Iris Collimator Calibration
• Set "Min. virt. Collimator" to 30%

• Set "Max. virt. Collimator" to 90%
• Release radiation and close the collimator to the diameter corresponding to
"Min virt. Collimator" (30%)
• Transfer the value shown in the "Inc." text box to the "Min. Collimator" text box
Fig. 8-7 Iris collimator calibration (30%)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Release radiation and open the collimator to the diameter corresponding to

"Max virt. Collimator" (90%)
• Transfer the value shown in the "Inc." text box to the "Max. Collimator" text box.
Fig. 8-8 Iris collimator calibration (90%)
Fig. 8-9 View of collimator for "Min. Collimator" (30%) and "Max. Collimator" (90%)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5.2 Slot Collimator Calibration
• Select "Slot L" tab

• Set the value for "Min. virt. Collimator" to 30%
• Set the value for "Max. virt. Collimator" to 90%
• Release radiation and close the left slot collimator to 30%
• Transfer the value shown in the "L" text box to the "Min. Collimator" text box
• Open the collimator
Fig. 8-10 Slot collimator calibration 30%
• Release radiation and open the left slot collimator to 90%.

• Transfer the value shown in the "L" text box to the "Max. Collimator" text box.
Fig. 8-11 Min. (left side) and max. (right side) left slot collimator view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Select the "Slot R" tab and repeat the steps above for the right slot.
Attention: For the right slot you must transfer the value shown in text box "R"!
Fig. 8-13 Min. (left side) and max. (right side) right slot collimator view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5.3 Corner Collimator Calibration
• Select "Corners" tab

• Set the value for "Min. virt. Collimator" to 50%
• Set the value for "Max. virt. Collimator" to 100%
• Release radiation and close corners to to 50%
• Transfer the value shown in the "Corners" text box to the "Min. Collimator" text box
• Open corner collimator
Fig. 8-14 Corner collimator calibration 50%
• Release radiation and close the corners to 100%

• Transfer the value shown in the "Corners" text box to the "Max. Collimator" text box.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 8-15 Corner collimator calibration 100%
Fig. 8-16 Min. (left side) and max. (right side) corner collimator view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5.4 Slot Collimator Rotation Calibration
• Select "Rot." tab

• Set the value for left "deg" textbox to 0°
• Set the value for right "deg" textbox to 180°
• Release radiation and close the slot collimator to about 30% diameter position, then turn the
collimator to the max. right position
• Transfer the value shown in "Rotation" to the right "Inc" text box
Fig. 8-17 Slot collimator rotation calibration max. right position
• Release radiation and turn the collimator to the max. left position
• Transfer the value shown in "Rotation" to the left "Inc" text box

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 8-18 Slot collimator rotation calibration max. left position
Fig. 8-19 0° (left side) and 180° (right side) slot collimator rotation view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
• Select the "Slot R" tab and repeat the steps above for the right slot.
Attention: For the right slot you must transfer the value shown in text box "R"!
Fig. 8-21 Min. (left side) and max. (right side) right slot collimator view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5.5 Adjusting Iris to Field Size
• On every format, open collimators fully and expose.
• If the collimator is not visible, or inside the image too far, the size may be adjusted by changing
the "User" value in the corresponding format.
• To apply the setting, in user mode press the "Iris Open" button until the iris stops, or reset iris.
Fig. 8-22 Setting "User"
Suitable default values as a starting point are:
FD 2020 FD 3030
No Mag 100% 100%
Mag1 75% 67%
Mag2 50% 50%

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.5.6 Adjusting "Scaling Virt. Collimator" and "Grid fact" Values
NOTE
The "Scaling Virt. Collimator" and "Grid fact" values usually remain at 1.00.
In some cases it may get necessary to adjust these values.
8.4.5.6.1 "Scaling Virt. Collimator"
This value allows to change the size of the virtual collimator for every field size.
See examples below:
Fig. 8-23 Scaling Virt. Collimator 0.90, 1.00, 1.10
NOTE
In adjustment mode the scaling only gets visible if the "Scaled" button is pressed.
8.4.5.6.2 "Grid fact."
This value allows to change the size of the AOI (measurement area) relative to the opening of the
virtual collimator.
This may avoid loss of contrast, if the physical collimator gets into the area of the virtual collimator.
NOTE
By pressing the "Grid" button, the active area will be shown by the preview mask.
8.4.5.7 "Keep Collimation across Mag."
If checked, the collimator position remains when the image format (Magnifier) is changed. The col-
limator will not open on image format change.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.6 Automatic Cropping
NOTE
Automatic cropping only works in combination with ZAIP2 Filters.
By choosing an automatic crop level, the area behind the non scaled virtual collimator will be dark-
ened.
By choosing the "Auto Crop" button, the cropped area will be shown by the virtual collimator. Cur-
rently the cropped area always corresponds to the unscaled virtual collimator.
Fig. 8-24 Automatic cropping
Automatic cropping level
4 94%
3 87%
2 (Default) 75%
1 50%
0 0%
8.4.7 Button 1.00
The "1.00" button shows the virtual collimator in its original position without "Scaling virt. Collima-
tor", "Grid fact." and "Auto Crop".

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
8.4.8 "DAP Calculated" Option
CAUTION
If the "DAP calculated" option is installed, the DAP calculation needs to be cali-
brated after the collimator has been changed (→ Ch. 18.4.4, p. 18-27).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9
TFT Vision Center
Module 6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.1 View of Vision Center
Radiation indication lamp
Radiation control button
Emergency Stop button
Fig. 9-1 TFT Vision Center view
9.2 General
The Vision Center is a passive VGA TFT touchscreen. It receives a serial video and audio data
stream via GigaLink interface. It transmits the touch data via serial interface to the CPU.
It is used twice in the Vision unit: once on the mobile stand and once in the monitor cart.
Optionally a Remote Vision Center is available.
Radiation indication lamp and radiation control button are integrated in the Vision Center on the
mobile stand and in the Remote Vision Center.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.3 Vision Center Main Parts
Main Part Function

TFT LCD 10.4" Color TFT panel with backlight function
640 x 460 pixels
CCFL converter Backlight-driving DC/AC converter
Touchscreen 10.4" Analog resistive touchscreen
Vision Center board GigaLink interface

Touch controller
Power sequencing
Audio amplifier
DC power supply
Metal housing EMC shielding
Integrated speaker
Interface Video and sound data via serial GigaLink

Touch data via RS232
Power (10 VDC … 30 VDC)
Radiation button and radiation indication lamp are controlled
via high frequency modulation on power supply line

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Image Memory
V1.00
V1.01
Initial Version
New Frame, New page „Function Blocks“

14.11.2011
20.06.2012
J.Matschnigg
J.Matschnigg
9.4
Fig. 9-2
U 687 (U621 successor)
A CPU GigaStar Driver for passive TFTs
IB930
2x
VGA SMB
VGA INOVA GigaLink
SND Vision Center

Sound INDT166BG
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
#1 MC
2x
B SMB
RS232 INOVA GigaLink
1 Vision Center
INDT166BG

COM 2 #2 MS
µC
3 MC9S08DZ60
control
INOVA GigaLink
interface INDT166BG
detection #3
+12V see p.2 DSUB 9
Block Diagram w. U687
C Power +12V
Supply
Vision Center block diagram w. U687

+5V Em.
Stop
+5V CAN / RS232 DSUB 9
U578
Interface CAN control
Remote
8
+12 Vision Center
see p.2 +30
see p.2 see p.2 /
see p.2
RJ45
em.off chain
CAN termination
Remote

D
Joystick Center
Em.
P0 Connector Stop U539
MC
Power Supply

9-3
9 TFT Vision Center
9 TFT Vision Center
9.5 Connectors
9 Pin D-Sub male
pin 1 +Vcc (+10 VDC … +30 VDC)
pin 2 GND (0 V)
pin 3 + Sound (line in)
pin 4 GND Sound
pin 5 RS 232 Touch TxD
pin 6 RS 232 Touch RxD
pin 7 RS 232 Touch GND
pin 8 n. c.
pin 9 n. c.
SMB male
Serial video data in (GigaLink)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.5.1 U592 Interconnection Board for Passive Vision Center
9.5.1.1 U592: Location of Connectors
X3 not used
X1 to module 2
and onward to
Image Memory
X2 to Vision Center
D1 +25 V
supply voltage
Fig. 9-3 U592b location of connectors
NOTE
The 220 µF capacitor must not be installed when using X-ray lamp and button on
the Vision Center.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9-6
9.5.1.2
Fig. 9-4
1 2 3 4 5
A
9 TFT Vision Center
U592b schematic diagram

B
U592b Schematic Diagram

N/A
D Filename Part No/Drawing No
U592b-b-a.scm 592b-48692b-a
Ziehm Module
018
U592b Scale Size Page
N/A A4 1 of 1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
9.5.2
TFT Arm Cable Ground Stud @ Carriage
Fig. 9-5
PE AWG14
Module 6
Vision Center
Ground Stud @ TFT-arm
A gn/yl
SMB X-Ray Indicator
Holding plate G2+
page 1 G2- TFT Touch-Screen
X3
X TFT
2 AWG22 +Ub 1 X1 X2 1 +Ub 1
2 unused 2 TFT Touch
4 TxD Passive TFT 4 RxD 4
Module 2 U648/X18 4 Display Panel
3 RxD 2 x 0.14mm2 Interconnect Speaker
8 5 GND 5
Board 6 +Ub 6
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 AWG22 9
GND 7 unused 7
U592 TxD
8 8
9 GND 9
!
9 Pin 9 Pin X-Ray Button Emergency Stop Button
Emergency a D-Sub D-Sub Emergency a
Module 2 U648/X29
B Emergency b AWG22 Emergency b
Molex (MicroFit)

2 x AWG20 2 x AWG20
4 x 2 x AWG26 4 x 2 x AWG26

CAN-D +30V Ena OK Fast 14 CAN-D +30V Ena OK Fast 14

X4 X4
Vision Center wiring mobile stand

CAN-D Termination
U686 as U686 as
Module 20

A-Axis Y-Axis
Vision Center Wiring Mobile Stand

X203 X12 X10 X13 X202 X203 X12 X10 X13 X202 X9
2 6 12 2 2 2 6 12 2 2 4
Adapter
Adapter
D
Motor Motor
Tacho
Tacho
Pos. Pos.
Encoder Encoder

A-Clutch
Y-Clutch
Schleppkette
Drag Chain
A-Brake- Y-Brake-
Switch Switch
WigWag-
E Horizontal Carriage Switch Print Date: 25.01.2012
Ziehm Module
Module 6: Vision Center 000
Size Page
Module 20: A-Axis & Y-Axis Scale
N/A A2 9 of 9

9-7
9 TFT Vision Center
1 2 3 4 5 6
9-8
9.5.3
Fig. 9-6
Module 18
A
User Interface
SMB X TFT Vision Center

GL1+
9 TFT Vision Center
GL1-

page 2/3 +12V 1
Sound+ 2 TFT Touch
TxD 4 Display Panel
GND 5
Speaker
Touch1
TFT1 +12V 6
B
SoundGND 7
RxD 8
GND 9

9 Pin TFT Touch screen
D-Sub
to the Central Ground
gn/yl
Vision Center wiring monitor cart

C
Touch3 Remote Vision Center connected to U621
TFT3
page 2/3 1
8 2
8
7 3
XP6
WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.XX.cdr 6 4
5
Vision Center Wiring Monitor Cart
U539 / X23
page 1 2
MC Frame Remote Vision Center

or
Position Control Center
Interface

D Touch3 Remote Vision Center connected to U687 / U718
TFT3 U695
page 2/3 8 X1
1
8 2
U539 / X25 X4 7 3 X2
2 XP6
6 4
5
2
X3

21
Drawn 04.02.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of Remote- and Vision Center
E
22 Filename Part No/Drawing No
Released 06.02.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.01 n.a.
Emergency Button Ziehm Module
in the MC6 000
WIR-MC6 Scale Size Page
N/A A3 6 of 13

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.6 Remote Vision Center

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9-10
9.6.1
Fig. 9-7
# 290164
vi
1
L = 58 cm 2
sw
9 TFT Vision Center
3
#24224 Litze UL1061AWG22 schwarz
#24427 Litze UL1061AWG22 violett
Litzen miteinander verdrillt
U539 / X23
#21365 Federleiste CE100F22-03
#21366 Schutzkappe EC100F-03
ws/or
ws/or
1 or 1
or 2
8 2 bl
ws/gn 3
bl gn 4
7 3 5
ws/bl 6
vi ws/br
6 4 ws/gn br 7
5 8
sw gn
ws/bl
ws/br
br L = 1,40 m
sw shield
U621 / X19
(Ansicht Lötkontakte)
Remote Vision Center internal wiring

Kabel: RJ45 Steckverb.
LEONI 02YSC11Y 4x2x0.5/1.0-100 LI PIMF GE (CAT7) Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift anbringen
Rundbuchse 8pol. oder Beschriften mit „U621 / X19"
Klapp-Ferrit nahe am Steckverbinder anbringen
LEMO ECG.2B.308.CLL + GCA.2S.255.LT LEONI MegaLine F6-90 S/F flex DVI und beidseitig mit Kabelbindern sichern
LEMO RJ 45
Remote Vision Center Internal Wiring
Kabelschirm über Litze an Lötfahne (GCA.2S.255.LT) Kabel mit Art.Nr. #290164 beschriften 1 ws/or 1
Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Schrumpfschlauch über alles 2 or 2
Befestigung mittels Klebesockel und Kabelbinder im MW
3 bl 3
n.c. ws/gn 4
n.c. gn 5
6 ws/bl 6
LEMO U539/X23
7 ws/br 7
4 vi 1
8 br 8
- n.c. 2
earthing Shield 9/10
5 sw 3 washer
Drawn: J. Matschnigg 27.10.2010 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: J. Matschnigg 27.10.2010 File Name : WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.04.cdr
Kabel Remote TFT intern # 290164
Changed: J. Matschnigg 18.01.2011 Page : 1 of 1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
9.6.2
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 9-8
V1.02 form and connector changed 12.04.2012 J. Matschnigg
# 290173
A
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
ws/or ws/or
or or
1 br br 1
2 8 bl 2 8
bl
ws/br ws/br
3 7 3 7
ws/gn ws/gn
ws/bl ws/bl
4 6 4 6
5 gn 5
gn

shield shield
B
(Ansicht Lötkontakte) L = 7,50 m (Ansicht Lötkontakte)
Rundsteckverb. 8pol., abgew. Kabel: Rundsteckverb. 8pol.

LEMO FHG.2B.308.CLAD82Z LEONI 02YSC11Y 4x2x0.5/1.0-100 LI PIMF GE (CAT7) LEMO FGG.2B.308.CLAD82
(mit Knickschutztülle GMA.2B.070.DG) (ohne Knickschutztülle)
Remote Vision Center connection cable

Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Schirmgeflecht laut Herstellervorschrift auflegen Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift montieren Schirmgeflecht laut Herstellervorschrift auflegen
Knickschutztülle anbringen Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift montieren
Wichtig: Leiter or und ws/or bestmöglich paarweise Wichtig: Leiter or und ws/or bestmöglich paarweise
bis zu den Lötanschlüssen miteinander verdrillen ! bis zu den Lötanschlüssen miteinander verdrillen !
C
Remote Vision Center Connection Cable
LEMO LEMO
1 ws/or 1
2 or 2
3 bl 3
4 ws/gn 4
5 gn 5
Drawn 12.04.2012 J. Matschnigg Verbindungskabel Remote Vision Center 7,5m
6 ws/bl 6 Filename Part No/Drawing No
D 7 ws/br 7 Released 12.04.2012 R. Frank WIR_VerbKab_RVC_7.5m_V1.02.cdr 290173
8 br 8 Ziehm Module
chassis Shield chassis 018
Scale Size Page
N/A A4 1 of 1
9-11
9 TFT Vision Center
9 TFT Vision Center

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
10
Monitor Cart

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
10 Monitor Cart
10.1 Monitor Cart 6
Fig. 10-1 System overview of MC6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
10 Monitor Cart
10.2 Monitor Cart 6 Detail View
Fig. 10-2 Monitor cart 6 detail view

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
10.3
Fig. 10-3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Overview of Monitor Cart 6 Option Endo
Monitor Cart 6 Option Endo
Drawn: Sörgel 26. June. 2007 Drawing No.: Unit:

Release: File Name : MC6_Endo_View_1a.cdr Ziehm Vision
MC6 ViewOption Endo
Changed: Page : 1 of 1 MC6
10-3
10 Monitor Cart
10 Monitor Cart

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11
Connections
Monitor Cart

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11 Connections Monitor Cart
11.1 Wiring Diagrams MC6

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11-2
11.1.1
Fig. 11-1
XP0 XP0 XP0 XP0 Central Ground
TR1 TR1
a a a a Safety earth
or
AWG14 105-120V 100V
gn/yl or or
210-240V 200V
ON/OFF Buttons
13 X2
~115V
~115V
~115V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
14 ON
X1
Vision R / CXP
Vision / CXP
Vision FD
Vision RFD
X1 PE X32 LM X33 RM
X15, X16, X17 X34 Printer
X35 Imag. Sys. 13 X2

X38 U605 (CP) OFF
14
X40-X49 X9 X1
3A 3A 3A 3A Power OFF wh bk
X5 Thermo-Sw. GND 1
8A 8A 8A 8A LED 2 wh
ON/OFF GND bk bl
U539 Stand-by LED 3
9A 9A 9A 9A X10 ON 4 gn
Power ON bl wh 1 rd
bl Power-Supply OFF 5
2 ON/OFF
bk 3
5A 5A 5A 5A yl 3 x AWG22 Monitor-Cart X23
Emergency Stop
U695 / X4 The U727 is only needed for using U539h. OFF/AUS 1 Remote Vision Control
10A 10A 10A 10A bl Emergency Stop or GND 3 page 5
page 5 X4
all not motorized machines U727 If the U539j is used, the U727 is fully
Wiring XP0 and power supply

integrated. The Emergency Stop cable

Shut-Down (NGIS)
will be connected to X56 (U539j). X6

page 3
1D 1D bl AWG14 N X30/2 (X30) 21 Option: only
3D 3D 230V~ after isolation transformer 1 or
br AWG14 L Key switch
X30/1 (X31) X4 bl 22
2
1D 1D bl AWG14 N
100V~...240V~ true mains! X51
3D 3D br AWG14 L 1 or
Wiring XP0 and Power Supply
X25 bl
N L 2

21 Emergency Button
X3 X2
bl br 22
F1B bl

12pin 12pin 25pin 25pin EMI Filter
br or
Load
Module Module Module Module
Line
C C C C F1A
1C 1C 1C 1C CAN H or
U695
2C 2C 18C 18C CAN Fault bl/wh
3C 3C 9C 9C CAN Sense gn see page 5
4C 4C 11C 11C CAN Shielding bk
CAT5 CAN Bus Imaging System
page 2+3
7C 7C 2C 2C CAN L or/wh
8C 8C 19C 19C CAN Radiation bl
9C 9C 10C 10C CAN GND gn/wh
Mains Voltage F1A F1B

210V - 240V~ 15A 15A
Safety earth
Mains 110V - 120V~ 20A 20A
AWG14
gn/yl
Plug 200V~
d d d d
F1A and F1B can be Slow-blow Fuses or Circuit Breaker
Central Ground
Module 10
Power Supply MC

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
TFT 1/2 VSYN CP
0
I I X2B X3B
I I
II
II I Giga
4 2
11.1.2
HexCode switch
Link
VSYN
Fig. 11-2
X2A X3A Fiber
CP P0 3 1
Printer Multi I/O

U578 DVD
RJ45
pin Nr. color CAT5
CANGND 1 gn/wh
Printer Monitors U633/X4 Frame Grabber
DVD TFT1 TFT2 page 10 CAN Sense 2 gn SLOT 2 RJ45
page 10 pages 6 - 9 3
CAN LO or/wh
CAN Fault 4 bl/wh
CAN Radiation 5 bl
CAN HI 6 or
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
to XP0-Connector CAN Shielding 7 bk
page 1
CAN Bus
XP0 Option: 13
X-ray enable br DTR 4 Remote Vision Control
3K3
Key switch 14 page 5
yl DSR 6 Touch1 TFT1
1A wh TxD 4

2A br GND 5
Left Monitor
7A gn RxD 8 Video Out Non-interlaced
U406 50/60Hz
rd 2 pages 6, 7, 9
No analog sound! wh 9
Sound Right Monitor
Video Out Non-interlaced
PWR1 PWR2 50/60Hz
Wiring image memory V2 1k

to U633 X10 & + + + +

various devices

L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3 optional: Split Monitor
page 10, TFT 1

COM4
optional to U605 Touch1 Video Out Non-interlaced
page 4 50/60Hz
+5V / +12V +5V / +12V
S1 S2 S3 DS3
OPTION VIDEO-CONFERENCING External connection

VIDEO-ENCODER DC IN
Touch3 Video Out 50Hz CCIR/60Hz EIA
Wiring Image Memory V2 1k
page 10
#290492
Keyboard
Mouse
to Printer Video-Input
USB2
+
TFT 3
IN
Stick
USB1
Options
DS2 DS1

Parallel
Transmitter #1
+ OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
USB3
+ Transmitter #1 & #2
CAN
page 8
DVI-R
VGA

Transmitter #2
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
USB4
Not installed in #290407!

No analog sound anymore!
+
eSATA
+
DVI-HDMI-Adapter
#29330 OPTION VIDEO-CONFERENCING
DVI-L
Ethernet
LAN
Camera Link
USB5
Ethernet CP
+ page 10
U539 X35
Touch2 TFT 2
page 1
I
O
~230V
CPU U621 Graphics Grabber NIC
U687
Ethernet Switch external USB Ethernet

Option I.I. page 4 page 10 page 10 DVD-
1B coax 75Ω Video CCD Camera Drive
page 10
2B coax 75Ω

3B coax 75Ω DVI DVI
RM LM BNC BNC
4B coax 75Ω page 6,7 DVI DVI High Res High Res
RM LM RM LM
MC Frame
Shut down
OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO to U539 / X6 VIDEO OUT connectors located on the rear of the MC
Transmitter #1 & #2 not available
Table of colors page 8 OPTION External monitors
bl = blue = blau
not for CXP br = brown = braun
gn = green = gruen
gr = gray = grau
or = orange = orange
pk = pink = rosa
rd = red = rot Module 11
wh = white = weiss
yl = yellow = gelb Imaging System V2-1K

11-3
11-4
0
+ I I
+ + +
11.1.3
I I
II
I I I
Multi I/O VSYN CP
Fig. 11-3
male female Fiber
Giga Gen- Sel. former
CP CAN1 CAN2 CAN-P0 Vsyn Parallel-Port
XP0 Link
optional: ONLY for HiPe

Coax
optional: DVI-OUT L2 DVI-OUT R2 DVI-IN2 DVI-IN1 Camera-Link Press OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
3D DVI-OUT Transmitter #1 & #2
3D graphics page 7
board
RJ45
pin Nr. color CAT5
CANGND 1 gn/wh
CAN Sense 2 gn
CAN LO 3 or/wh
CAN Fault 4 bl/wh
CAN Radiation 5 bl
CAN HI 6 or
Vision / Vision R / CXP

to XP0-Connector CAN Shielding 7 bk
page 1 CAN Bus
Option CXP
1B coax CoaxPress
75Ω Option FD with CXP
Option: 13
3K3 br DTR 4
X-ray enable
14 Left Monitor
Key switch yl DSR 6
50/60Hz
1A wh TxD 4 pages 6, 7, 9
Right Monitor
2A br GND 5
7A gn RxD 8 50/60Hz
rd 2
wh 9

Remote Vision Control Passive TFT

page 5 page 5

3B coax 75Ω optional: Split Monitor
4B 50/60Hz
coax 75Ω
Wiring image memory NGIS MiRa

+ + + +
U718 1 1 Power External connection
+ - female + - female Video Out 50Hz CCIR/60Hz EIA
pot. Touch 1 Touch 2
Supply
to Printer Video-Input
free Touch 3
contact OUT
page 6-9

TFT 1/2 Printer to Monitors / TFT
L R Split DS + + + + to Printer Control page 10
1 1
Wiring Image Memory NGIS MiRa
female male
1

Config IN DVI-L1 DVI-R1 Transmitter #2
50 II
60 FD ... 2
Option I.I.
1B OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
coax Video 3
75Ω CCD Camera Transmitter #1 & #2
page 7
Transmitter #1
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0 1
female female
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0 DVI-HDMI-Adapter
LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR
+5V / +12V
I
O
LAN1 CAN U539 X35
page 1
~230V

external Ethernet
Ethernet Switch USB
USB page 10 Shut down / various devices
page 4 SATA
page 10 Power On/Off page 10,
Control U539 X6 optional to U605
page 1 page 4
#29330
DVD- DVI DVI
Drive BNC BNC LM RM
DVI DVI
OPTION page 10 High Res High Res page 6, 7, 9
LM RM
RM
Connector
page 10
VIDEO-CONFERENCING LM
LAN
page 10
MC Frame
VIDEO OUT connectors located on the rear of the MC

OPTION External monitors Module 11
Imaging System NGIS

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Module 11 11.1.4
Fig. 11-4
PWR1 PWR2
+ + + +
L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3
COM4 TFT 1
V2-1K +5V / +12V +5V / +12V

S1 S2 S3 DS3
Imaging System
(front side)
Keyboard
Mouse
+
USB2
TFT 3
IN
USB1
DS2 DS1
Parallel
+
USB3
+
CAN
DVI-R
VGA
Camera Link Cable
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
USB4
+
eSATA
+
Ethernet X-over Cable
TFT 2
DVI-L
Ethernet
Camera Link
USB5
Ethernet CP
+
I
O
U687
POWER SUPPLY 300W
MTRJ-MTRJ
MTRJ-LC
TFT 1/2 VSYN CP

(long side) Giga
Link 4 2
VSYN Fiber
CP P0 3 1
Printer Multi I/O
U578 DVD optional
User Sync Fiber Link Fiber 16 Bit Digital Video Camera Link
Analog Video
+ + always ON
Wiring Option FD + CP2LC

GND pin 1 bk
I
O
optional
Vsyn pin 7 br 15p D-Sub Serial 2 ABS Varian
+5V pin 8 wh Ethernet
+ + + +

PaxScan

External Sync Command Processor

Serial 1 CP2(LC(vB))
0
I
50p D-Sub
+ + + + I pin 50 bk
I I
II
I I I
Multi I/O
male
VSYN CP
female Fiber
+ + pin 49 br 50p D-Sub
Giga Gen- Sel. 230V~
CP CAN1 CAN2 CAN-P0 pin 48 wh
Link Vsyn
Wiring Option FD + CP2LC
optional: ONLY for HiPe

Coax
optional: 3D DVI-OUT DVI-OUT L2 DVI-OUT R2 DVI-IN2 DVI-IN1 Camera-Link Press
NGIS 3D graphics
board
Imaging System MTRJ-LC
(long side) LC-LC

Camera Link Cable 90°
+ + + +

1 1 Power
+ - female + - female
Supply
free Touch 3
(front side) contact OUT
PWR 1
TFT 1/2 Printer page 2 4
L R Split DS + + + +
+5V
1 1
or X1
female male page 3 U605 X2
Config IN DVI-R1
RS232/PWR X3
50 II
DVI-L1
60 FD ...
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0 1

U539 X38
female female
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0
LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR
page 1
+5V / +12V ~230V
I
O
LAN1 CAN 5 4 3 2 1 Switch
DC
Input
(miniUSB)
#29311 #29035

XP0
USB
1B page 2/3
coax 75Ω Vsync
7C wh/br wh/or Gl1+
8C br or Gl1-
25pin
Module 24C wh/bl bl Gl2+
C
25C bl wh/bl Gl2-
16C bk bk Module 4.2
17C bk bk
Flat Panel Detector
CAT6 CAT7
(Command Processor)
FD Type 1

11-5
11-6
11.1.5
Fig. 11-5
SMB X TFT Vision Center
GL1+
GL1-
page 2/3 +12V 1

Sound+ 2 TFT Touch
TxD 4 Display Panel
GND 5
Touch1 Speaker
TFT1 +12V 6
SoundGND 7
RxD 8
GND 9
9 Pin TFT Touch screen

D-Sub
Wiring user interface

to the Central Ground
gn/yl
Wiring User Interface
Touch3 U621 / X19

8

TFT3 1
page 2/3 8 2

7 3
Remote Vision Center connected to U621 WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.XX.cdr
XP6
6 4
5
U539 / X23
page 1 2
MC Frame Remote Vision Center

or
Position Control Center
Emergency stop = Power off Interface

Touch3 U687 / X19 8 U695
TFT3 X1
page 2/3 1
Remote Vision Center connected to U687 / U718 8 2

standard
X4 7 3 X2
U539 / X25 2 XP6
6 4
page 1 5
2
X3
or
Emergency stop = Drives and Generator off
Touch3 U687 / X19

TFT3 page 2/3
21
XP0: 22
motorized
Pin 5A/10A
page 1 Emergency Button
in the MC6

Module 18
User Interface

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11.1.6
Fig. 11-6
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Two separate 18.1'‘ TFT‘s Two 19'‘ panels as DUO TFT
(rear view)
Radiation lamp Radiation lamp

Brightness sensor
12V= 12V=
rear view rear view

2
Flatscreen Flatscreen
Right Left
Right Left
Wiring flatscreen monitors

+12VDC +12VDC DVI BNC +12VDC RS232 +12VDC DVI BNC
DVI DVI one DSUB9:
BNC BNC RS232 (2,3,5,7,8)

brightness sensor (6,9)

radiation lamp (1,4)

RS232 RS232
Brightness sensor
Wiring Flatscreen Monitors
XN1 XN2 XN3 XN4

75Ω coax 75Ω coax
75Ω coax Right Video Out
Left Video Out Left Video Out
Right Video Out +12VDC +12VDC DVI Non Interlaced
Non Interlaced Non Interlaced page 2/3
page 2/3 page 2/3
page 2/3 12Vdc 12Vdc
Power Supply Power Supply

Right Video Out 230V Left Video Out 230V 75Ω coax Left Video Out
DVI DVI DVI
Right Video Out +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC
page 2/3 page 2/3 page 2/3
Non Interlaced

U539 X33 U539 X32 page 2/3 Dual-Power-Supply Power Supply Power Supply
page 1 page 1 RPS-160-12 KA1200F02 KA1200F02
br(14) + wh(1)
TFT1/2 230V 230V 230V
page 2/3 gn(12)
OR
yl(13)
U539 X33 U539 X33 U539 X32

page 1 page 1 page 1
Brightness sensor pin 6,9 -> br(14) + wh(1)

TFT1/2
Radiation lamp (1,4) -> gn(12)
page 2/3
Rs232 (2,3,5,7,8) -> (8,7,11,9,10)

Module 9.2
Flatscreens

11-7
11-8
11.1.7
Fig. 11-7
Two 19'‘ panels as DUO TFT
(rear view)
Radiation lamp
12V=
WIRELESS VIDEO WIRELESS VIDEO

Transmitter * Transmitter *
Option Wireless Video

#1 #2
Switching
Right Left Switching
Pairing mini mini Pairing
Power HDMI HDMI Power
+12VDC +12VDC
DVI BNC AUX DC Input RS232 AUX DC Input DVI BNC
one DSUB9:
RS232 (2,3,5,7,8)

brightness sensor (6,9)

radiation lamp (1,4)

Pairing Pairing
Button Button
Brightness sensor V2-1K Parallel Port

XN3 XN4 SLOT 6
page 2
75Ω coax
75Ω coax
Right Video Out Left Video Out NGIS Multi I/O Port
Non Interlaced Non Interlaced page 3
page 2/3 page 2/3

Left Video Out
DVI
+12VDC +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC
page 2/3

Dual-Power-Supply Power Supply Power Supply (via HDMI-DVI-Adapter)
V2-1K Parallel Port RPS-160-12 KA1200F02 KA1200F02
SLOT 6 or
page 2 HDMIOut
230V 230V 230V Video Encoder
NGIS Multi I/O Port
OR page 10
page 3 (in combination with
OPTION VIDEO CONFERENCING)
U539 X33 U539 X33 U539 X32
page 1 page 1 page 1
Brightness sensor pin 6,9 -> br(14) + wh(1)

Right Video Out
DVI TFT1/2
Radiation lamp (1,4) -> gn(12)
page 2/3 X2B
page 5 Rs232 (2,3,5,7,8) -> (8,7,11,9,10)
(via HDMI-DVI-Adapter)

Module 9.2
Flatscreens

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11.1.8
Fig. 11-8
Two 19'‘ panels as DUO TFT
(rear view)
Blind cover instead

of radiation lamp
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Status LED Status LED
+Pairing Button Signal strength +Pairing Button Signal strength
WIRELESS VIDEO WIRELESS VIDEO

Receiver * Receiver *
#1 Right #2
Left
* Receivers (µC-Board + Wireless Receiver Module)

HDMI +12VDC +12VDC HDMI are mounted with a dedicated Ziehm assembly kit
+12VDC +12VDC
DVI BNC AUX DC Input RS232 AUX DC Input DVI BNC
HDMI-DVI- HDMI-DVI-
Adapter Adapter
#290518 or #290517 #217403 #217403 #290517 or #290518

#290516 #290516
#290391
#290391
Brightness sensor
Wireless external flatscreen Monitors

XN3 XN4

+12VDC External +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC
External
Power Supply
Wireless External Flatscreen Monitors
Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply

HPU15 ** KA1200F02 KA1200F02 HPU15 **
100V #290518 #14375 #14375 100V #290518
bis ** in case of customer owned bis ** in case of customer owned
240V 3rd party monitors 230V 230V 240V 3rd party monitors
customer customer customer customer

mains mains mains mains

Module 9.2
Flatscreens

External Ziehm Monitor
11-9
11-10
11.1.9
Fig. 11-9
Two separate 18.1'‘ TFT‘s Radiation lamp
12V= Radiation lamp
Brightness sensor The 26'‘ TFT Endo 12V=
Brightness sensor
rear view rear view rear view

Flatscreen NDS 18.1” Flatscreen NDS 18.1” Right Left

color mono 2
2
Right Left
ON ON
OFF OFF
DVI RGB SVHS BNC COM DVI BNC COM
+12VDC +12VDC SOG2 Serial SOG1
+24VDC

75Ωcoax
75Ω coax
75Ωcoax
75Ω coax
XN1 XN2
Wiring flatscreen monitors option Endo

+12VDC +12VDC

+24VDC
12Vdc 12Vdc
Power Supply Power Supply
Left 24Vdc
Video Out Power Supply Left
230V Non Interlaced 230V

Video Out
page 2/3 230V Non Interlaced
page 2/3
U539 X33 U539 X33
page 1 page 1 U539 X33
page 1
br (14) + wh (1)
TFT1/2 Right TFT1/2 br (14) + wh (1)
gn (12) Video Out
V2-1K yl (13) Non Interlaced V2-1K gn (12)
Right page 2 page 2/3 page 2
Wiring Flatscreen Monitors Option Endo
Video Out --------- --------- yl (13)

Non Interlaced NGIS NGIS
page 2/3 page 3 page 3
4 3
S-VHS 2 1
ENDO INPUT

#290516
HDMI
connectors located on the rear of the MC
4 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE
Pin Name Impedance Description

1 GND - Ground (Y) Module 9.2
2 GND - Ground (C)
Flatscreens
3 Y 75 O Intensity (Luminance)
4 C 75 O Color (Chrominance)
OPTION Endo

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
11.1.10
Fig. 11-10
Option: DS1
Potential Free Contact Down-Scale Output BNC
MC Video Out
or Injector-Control page 2/3
Video 50/60Hz
Option: Potential Free Contact

ONLY with V2-1K Pot.Free.Contact
page 3
MC Frame
to miniHDMI @Wireless Video Transmitter #2 (page 7) OPTION #290473
PWR2 +5V / +12V Only at NGIS or to DVI-L @ MC Frame #290319 + #290494
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
or DVI-L
page 2/3 OPTION
page 2 HDMIIN HDMIOUT
X10 connector located on
the rear of the MC Video LINEIN LINEOUT Acoustical
LAN only for Varian CP2 MIC
MULTI-I/O X4 LAN Echo
page 4 Encoder
3 2 LINEIN OUT
U633 I.I. and FD CMOS OPTION Cancellation LS
4 1 MC Frame DCIN #145649 +12VDC
X5 1 bl PWR 2 XN5
2 vi
or
3 gr
RS232/PWR
4 wh
MICROPHONE

Adapter
Wiring media options

Option Video Conferencing Audio Splitting
LOUDSPEAKER
to Passive TFT
TFT1 Touch1 page 5
Wiring Media Options

PWR 1 +12V
or Fan
RS232/PWR
MC Frame
DICOM
OPTION

page 2, 3
Ethernet / LAN RJ45

Option Video Printer
e.g. Sony Printer
RJ45
page 2/3 WLAN
DS2
+5V
OPTION Down-Scale Output
Ub
page 2/3 IN OUT Remote
PWR 1 Printer
or stereo-mini jack page 2/3
VIDEO
RS232/PWR BNC ~ AC IN
+5V / +12V 4 DVD R/W Drive

+5V / +12V
SATA Potential balance
V2-1K page 2 U539 X34
DVD-Drive OPTION
NGIS page 3 page 1
~230V
Rearside view of the Printer

V2-1K page 2
USB USB OPTION
NGIS page 3
MC Frame
Module 7 Video Docu

Module 16 WLAN
Module 17 Export/Import
Module 18 Video Conferencing

11-11
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-12
11.2
Monitor Cart motorized: On / Off / Emergency-Off
Fig. 11-11
A Lemo
Patch-cable RJ45
X2 ( gn ) NGIS
X1 TFT3
RJ45
RJ45
(l = 200cm)
P0-Einsatz 2 X4
U695
Emerg. Off X3 Power/RS232
1 1 2 8 15 7 14
Cable description 3 9
see page 6 !
2
GND
GND
+12V
On/Off

#24408 Litze AWG22 bl (l = 25cm)
10A 1 2 4 3
#24410 Litze AWG22 ge (l = 25cm) X6
5A X10 X19 MLSS100
#24408 Litze AWG22 bl (l = 65cm) ON
9A 2
#24224 Litze AWG22 sw (l = 65cm) GND
8A 3
#24223 Litze AWG22 ws (l = 65cm) OFF
3A 1
B 3
MLSS100
J1 Workstation

Deckplatte J2 NGIS
Wiring Emergency Off

#24426 Litze AWG22 or (l = 195cm)
X25 J3
1 J4
N.C. J5 Shut down
#24408 Litze AWG22 bl (l = 195cm)
2
2
MLSS100
NOTAUS
ON #24411 Litze AWG22 gn (l = 260cm)
4
N.O.
ON LED-ON #24223 Litze AWG22 ws (l = 260cm)
Wiring Emergency Off
2
C *1
GND #24224 Litze AWG22 sw (l = 260cm) U539
1
Deckplatte 5
X9
new SW 11.0
*1
OFF #24409 Litze AWG22 rt (l = 260cm)

5
N.O.
OFF LED-OFF #24408 Litze AWG22 bl (l = 260cm)
3
*1
X18
MLSS100
Deckplatte

D *1 #24224 Litze AWG22 sw
3 Stück (l = 10cm)
3D Workstation
9-DSUB 9-DSUB
3K3 DTR
N.O. (l = 105cm) female male
Key- DSR
2
Switch
Deckplatte Date Name Signature Description

Drawn 03.12.2015 W. Hecht Monitor Cart MC6motorized
E
N.O. = normally open [Schliesser] Released 04.12.2015 R. Frank WIR_Shut-Down_Image-System_V1.02 N.A.

N.C. = normally closed [Öffner] Ziehm Module
000
NGIS N/A A3 6 of 8

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
11.3
NGIS Beschriftung:
RS232 & POWER
Fig. 11-12
+5V WLAN
A *1 +12V
4
Beschriftung: (l = 15cm) 1
NGIS GND WLAN
2 HDD Connector
RS232 & POWER GND
3
z. B. +5V +5V
*1 +12V
4 Matrox Video
(l = 15cm) 1

GND Video Encoder
2 HDD Connector
4 x Kabel-Paralellverbinder GND
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
für 7 Kabel AWG18 3
( z. B. Fa. Cembre )
Kabelverbinder mit
+5V
Schrumpfschlauch, *1 4 U605 / X1 & Lüfter
Länge ca. 30mm, (l = 20cm) +12V
B 1
isolieren GND Fan & U605
2 HDD Connector
GND
3

+5V
5 +5V
+12V *1 4 DVD-Drive mit Sata-Adapter
6
*1 (l = 40cm) (l = 20cm) +12V
1
GND GND DVD
2 HDD Connector
12 GND
GND 3
13
+5V
*1 +12V
4 U633
(l = 60cm) 1
GND U633/X10
Coupling for Key-Switch 2 HDD Connector
C D-SUB GND
male 3
#24429 Litze AWG22 br
*2
DTR (l = 20cm)*
3 4 Beschriftung:
Wiring NGIS RS232 / power connector

Key-Switch
DSR #24426 Litze AWG22 or (l = 20cm)*
9 6 2 3
* 2 Litzen verdrillen Service
1 4 Flanschdose Serie 680 Service
9-DSUB
+12V
*1 (l = 20cm) GND Lötkontakte mit
GND Schrumpfschlauch
+5V abdecken (ca. 10mm)
U539/X6
+12V #24410 Litze AWG22 ge (l = 200cm)

*3

D 7 Beschriftung:
4
U539/X6
ON/OFF #24411 Litze AWG22 gn (l = 200cm)
8 1 *1
GND #24224 Litze AWG22 sw (l = 200cm) +5V #24422 Litze AWG18 rt
Wiring NGIS RS232 / Power Connector
14 2
+12V #24421 Litze AWG18 ge
GND #24224 Litze AWG22 sw (l = 200cm)
15 3 GND #24175 Litze AWG18 sw
GND #24175 Litze AWG18 sw

Schrumpflschlauch 50cm
MLSS100
1 * 3 wahlweise Litzen verdrillen
2 oder Flach-/Rundleitung 4xAWG22
4 nc
Drawn 03.12.2015 W. Hecht MC6 NGIS RS232 & POWER CABLE #290561
E 10 Filename Part No/Drawing No
11
Released 04.12.2015 R. Frank WIR_Shut-Down_Image-System_V1.02 N.A.
Ziehm Module
000
*Längenangaben inklusive Steckverbinder NGIS N/A A3 7 of 8

11-13
11.4 Yellow RJ-45 network cables
In Monitor Carts shipped from october 2008 all network connections are made with yellow RJ-45
cables. This is done in order to distinguish the network cables from the CAN bus cables.
Fig. 11-13 Yellow network cable at monitor cart interface
Fig. 11-14 Yellow network cable at image memory (symbolic view)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
12
Video
Documentation
Module 7

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
12 Video Documentation
12.1 UP 991 and UP 971 Configuration
Refer to GTI 10/034 "Printer Settings for Sony Printers"
Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
12 Video Documentation
2 Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13
Monitors
Module 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.1 19" dual monitor
13.1.1 Description
The 19" dual monitor integrates two 19" monitors and a control circuit for the radiation indication
lamp in one housing. The radiation indication lamp is equipped with LED. The radiation indication
lamp control circuit emulates an incandescent lamp. The U578 interface of the Image Memory is
configured just as for the 18.1" screens with incandescent lamp.
Fig. 13-1 19" dual monitor

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.1.2 Connectors
The connectors are located underneath a cover plate. By removing two screws, this plate can be
removed.
Fig. 13-2 Cover plate to be removed
Right Video in RS232 interface Left Video in

(remote control)
and radiation
Right DVI in indication lamp Left DVI in
+12V in Right Mon. +12V in Left Mon.
Fig. 13-3 Monitor connectors

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.1.3 On-screen Display
13.1.3.1 Accessing the On-screen Display
The monitors are set up and adjusted via an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by
an integrated touch keypad.
Fig. 13-4 Monitor touch keypad
The touch keys are shown permanently.
13.1.3.2 Keypad Lock
Input key and L/R key – when pressed simultaneously – set or reset the key lock status.
An OSD message will be displayed when the keypad is locked and any key is pressed.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.2 26" Flatscreen Monitor Radiance G2 HB
With ENDO option the 26’’ Radiance G2 HB is used. This monitor provides an LED backlight, high
brightness, and extended input signal interfaces.
13.2.1 Description
The 26" flatscreen monitor is a color high-resolution LC display. It works as a separate module
and is not integrated in the CAN bus. All settings and adjustments are made via an integrated
setup menu.
Both left and right screens are shown on one 26" monitor.
Fig. 13-5 26" flatscreen monitor

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.2.2 Technical Data
Visible diagonal (inches) 26
Brightness (cd/m², typical) 800
Native resolution 1920 x 1080
Dot pitch (mm) 0.300
Vertical viewing angle 178°
Horizontal viewing angle 178°
Contrast ratio (typical) 1000:1
BNC input signal level 0.7 Vp-p
Power (nominal) 104 W
Monitor weight 8.2 kg
Operating temperature 0° C to 40° C
Storage temperature -20° C to 50° C
Relative humidity 20% to 85%

(non-condensing operation)
Relative humidity 10% to 90%

(non-condensing storage)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.2.3 Connectors
Right Video in
Endo in Endo DVI in RS232 interface +24V in

(remote control)
Left Video in USB interface

(BIOS update)
Fig. 13-6 Monitor connectors

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
13.2.4 On-screen Display
13.2.4.1 Locking and Unlocking the On-screen Display
The monitors are set up and adjusted via an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by
an integrated keypad.
Fig. 13-7 Monitor keypad
The on-screen display is activated by pressing the "Menu" key. In the "Setup" section, you can
lock the menu.
Fig. 13-8 "Setup" menu
If this function is activated, the menu will disappear. Instead of the menu you will get a message
"MENU LOCKED" for a short time. Now the access to the on-screen display is denied. You will
get this message every time you press a key on the keypad.
Fig. 13-9 Message MENU LOCKED

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
13 Monitors
In order to unlock the menu, you must press the "MENU" and "SCROLL" keys simultaneously
until you get a message "MENU UNLOCKED".
Fig. 13-10 MENU UNLOCKED message
13.2.4.2 Restoring the Factory Settings
In the "Defaults" section of the on-screen display, you can restore the factory settings.
Fig. 13-11 "Defaults" menu

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14
Power Supply
Monitor Cart
Module 10

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.1 View of Power Supply
Fig. 14-1 Monitor cart power supply
14.2 General Description
The monitor cart module 10 power supply is the main power module for the Ziehm Vision C-arm
and provides the following:
− power isolation from mains input
− internal power distribution of 230 VAC to the monitor cart and for the mobile stand via the XP0
cable
− additional 115 VAC insulated mains distribution
− inrush current limiter
− on/off circuitry
− emergency stop and key switch lock for power

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.3 Main Components of the Power Module 10
The TR1 isolation transformer provides:

− isolation from the mains line power supply
− input voltage taps for matching the input voltage to maintain 230 VAC output
− the main supply voltage for the complete C-arm
The U539 power distribution board provides:

− power on/off control
− distribution of power
− U539 allows easy method for matching the input line voltage to the facility power
− matching TR1 input to mains line voltage
− the ability to set the correct voltage is accomplished by following the power selection table in
the diagram below
− X40 to X49 terminals for matching input line to TR1
− output 230 VAC for system
− output variable mains for Vision R mobile stand
Matching the line input to TR1:

Matching the line input to facility is accomplished by performing a simple measurement of the wall
outlet connector with a digital volt meter. Monitor the voltage for a period of time long enough to
detect any unusual dips in the mains line (10 to 20 minutes).
NOTE
Those facilities demonstrating large fluctuations in the mains line voltage may
require a more detailed measurement test. Attach a voltage monitoring device to
the mains line and monitor the line voltage for 12 to 24 hours. This is an important
issue and should not be overlooked.
Once the line voltage is determined to be stable and within the range of the selection table the
service technician must follow the tap setting and jumper placement as required in the Voltage
Selection table for the U539 board.
230 VAC power distribution U539:

− the output of the TR1 transformer (X15 and X17) supplies 230 VAC to the U539 board
− distributes 230 VAC to auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connectors X32 to X38
− supplies power to devices such as video monitors, printers, image system, etc.
− distributes 230 VAC power to the mobile stand by means of the power connector terminals X30
and X31 (Not for Vision R mobile stand)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
115 VAC power distribution:

− U539 board receives 115 VAC at connectors X15 and X16 from TR1
− distributes 115 VAC to the auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connector X20 to X22
Switched Mains Output
− distributes incomming mains voltage to the Vision RFD mobile stand by means of the terminal
connectors X51 1 and 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4 Module 10 with HC08 Controller on U539
14.4.1 Module 10 Power Distribution Diagram
14.4.1.1 With U539h/j
Fig. 14-2 Module 10 with U539h/j Wiring
Select Voltage
Transformer RTO 2500-000585
105 VAC 110 VAC 115 VAC 120 VAC 210 VAC 220 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A–H A–F A–D A–B A–H A–F A–D A–B

H–I F–G D–E B–C K–I K–G K–E K–C
K–L K–L K–L K–L
F1A = F1B = 20 A slow F1A = F1B = 15 A slow
Table of Colors:
bk = black = schwarz gr = grey = grau vi = violet = violett
bl = blue = blau or = orange = orange wh = white = weiß
br = brown = braun pi = pink = rosa yl = yellow = gelb
gn = green = grün rd = red = rot

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.1.2 With U539h/j, Option100/200V
Fig. 14-3 Module 10 with U539h/j, option 100/200V wiring
Select Voltage
TransformatorRTO2500-001195 (11126)
100 VAC 200 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A–H A–H
H–I K–I
K–L
F1A = F1B = 20 A slow F1A = F1B = 20 A slow
Table of Colors:
bk = black = schwarz gr = grey = grau vi = violet = violett
bl = blue = blau or = orange = orange wh = white = weiß
br = brown = braun pi = pink = rosa yl = yellow = gelb
gn = green = grün rd = red = rot

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.2 Connectors for Mains Voltages
List of all connectors dealing with high voltages
RM6006, KDS10/SO, MSTB2.5/3, ICV2.5/3-G-5.08, SMKDS5/2-6.35
X1 protective earth
X2 power in
X3 power in
X50 voltage selector source (A)
X40 voltage selector (L)
X41 voltage selector (K)
X42 voltage selector (I)
X43 voltage selector (H)
X44 voltage selector (G)
X45 voltage selector (F)
X46 voltage selector (E)
X47 voltage selector (D)
X48 voltage selector (C)
X49 voltage selector (B)
X53 voltage selector (M)
X54 voltage selector (N)
X51.1 mains via K3 to XP0
X51.2 mains via K3 to XP0
X15.1 secondary tap of transformer 0 VAC
X30.1 secondary 230 VAC to XP0
X30.2 secondary 0 VAC to XP0
X20 secondary 115 VAC

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
List of all connectors dealing with high voltages
X52 Bridge for 115 V inrush resistor
X55 Bridge for 115 V inrush resistor

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.3 Connectors
X4: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > key switch
2-pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector
Pin 1: Key switch
Pin 2: Key switch
Main power off
Used for key-switch.

A bridge has to be set if this option is not used.
X5: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > thermo switch
Pin 1: Thermo switch
Pin 2: Thermo switch
Main power off

Used for the temperature switch inside the transformer.
X25: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > emergency switch
Pin 1: Emergency switch
Pin 2: Emergency switch
Main power off

Used for the Emergency Stop option.
A bridge has to be set if this option is not used.
X24: Test pins
4-pin connector male, 2.54 spacing
Pin 1: relay K1 (low if activated) /MAINS_1_ONPin 2
Pin 2: relay K1 (low if activated) /MAINS_2_ONPin 2
Pin 3: relay K1 (low if activated) /INRUSH
Pin 4: GND
Voltage swing is about 25 V for pins 1, 2, 3.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X19: Programming connector for 68HC08
X26: Serial I/O
Pin 1: TXD
Pin 2: RXD
Pin 3: GND
Pin 4: +5 V
The signals have TTL level
X9: Keyboard On/Off of European Monitor Cart
Pin 1: Ground
Pin 2: LED output
Pin 3: Stand-by LED
Pin 4: /ON local
Pin 5: /OFF local
X8: Keyboard On/Off of US Monitor Cart
10-pin connector male, flat ribbon
Pin 1, 2: Ground
Pin 3, 4: LED output
Pin 5, 6: Stand-by LED
Pin 7, 8: /ON local
Pin 9, 10 /OFF local

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X10: XP0 On/Off (switches on the C-arm stand)
Pin1: /OFF remote
Pin 2: /ON remote
Pin 3: Ground
Remote control of On/Off buttons for U539, bidirectional signals.

If U539 is mounted in the monitor cart, the XP0 must be con-
nected to this connector.
X23: XP0 On/Off connector on the Mobile Stand
Pin1: /OFF local
Pin 2: /ON local
Pin 3: Ground
Remote control of On/Off buttons for U539, bidirectional signals.

If U539 is mounted in the Mobile Stand, the XP0 must be con-
nected to this connector.
X56: XP0 to XP0 connector in the monitor cart

(X4 U727 if U539h equipped)
2-pin connector male MOLEX
Pin1: /emergencý stop
Pin 2: GND
Option shut-down requires a dedicated wire for the emergency

button coming from the mobile stand.
This connector is present on U539j and higher.
Emergency button pressed means low. A normally open switch
is used.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
X18: To workstation No. 1 / VARIO
6-pin connector male, PANDUIT
Pin1: n. o. (normally open)
Pin 2: c (common)
Pin 3: GND of 12 V
Pin4: +12 V
Pin 5: + voltage of P2 present (+24V_FST)
Pin 6: – voltage of P2 present (GND 24V)
Pin1 and 2 must be wired to the slot CPU in the workstation.

It is the on/off “pulsed” contact.
Pins 3 to 6 go to X7 on U471.
X6: To workstation No. 2 / NGIS Imaging System
6-pin connector male, PANDUIT
Pin1: n. o. (normally open)
Pin 2: c (common)
Pin 3: GND of 12 V
Pin4: +12 V
Pin 5: + voltage of P2 present (+24V_FST)
Pin 6: – voltage of P2 present (GND 24V)
Pin1 and 2 must be wired to the slot CPU in the workstation.

It is the on/off “pulsed” contact.
Pins 3 to 4 detect the workstation's supply voltage..

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.4 LED Indicators
All LEDs on U539g
LED D11 (gn) mains 1 relay K1 On
LED D8 (gn) inrush relay K2 On
LED D9 (gn) mains 2 relay K3 On
LED D5 (gn) +25 V auxiliary voltage
LED D33 (gn) +5 V to processor and logic
LED D17 (yl) on HC08, PTE4
LED D45 (gn) on HC08, PTF0 monitoring status
LED D18 (rd) Reset to HC08
LED D36 (yl) WS No.1 12 V present
LED D37 (yl) WS No.1 P2 cable present
LED D39 (yl) WS No.1 On/Off pulse

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.5 Jumpers
14.4.5.1 U539h/j
Jumpers for options
open closed
J1 Workstation No. 2 not installed WS No.1 is switched on and shut down.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.6 Fuses
Fuse F1 A / external at boards U539g and above
210-220-230-240 VAC system

Mains fuse: 15 A slow (Part No.: 17020)
105-110-115-120 VAC system

Fuse F1 B / external at boards U539g and above
210-220-230-240 VAC system

105-110-115-120 VAC system

Fuse F2
240 VAC system

Supply voltage: 100 mA slow (Part No.: 17056)
Not installed for 230 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
Not installed if universal power supply is installed
Fuse F3
210-220-230 VAC system

Not installed for 240 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
Fuse F4
105-110-115-120 VAC system

Not installed for 240 VAC; 230 VAC

Fuse F5
Supply voltage: 315 mA fast (Part No.: 17055)
Installed for all mains input voltages


280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fuse F6
secondary 115 V tap of TR1: 3.15 A slow
14.4.7 Mains Input Voltage Selection
Wiring
Selectable input voltages: 105 VAC; 110 VAC; 115 VAC; 120 VAC;
210 VAC; 220 VAC; 230 VAC; 240 VAC
Hardwired combinations
105 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X43 / H
X43 / H connected with X42 / I
X41 / K connected with X40 / L
Wire type: AWM Style 1015
Mains Fuse F1: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)
Mains Fuse F2: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)
110 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X45 / F
X45 / F connected with X44 / G
Mains fuse F1: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
115 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X47 / D
X47 / D connected with X46 / E
120 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X49 / B
X49 / B connected with X48 / C
210 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X43 / H
X41 / K connected with X42 / I

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
220 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X45 / F
X41 / K connected with X44 / G
230 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X47 / D
X41 / K connected with X46 / E
240 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X49 / B
X41 / K connected with X48 / C

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.8 U539h Schematics
Please turn over page to continue

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 14-4
14.4.8.1

C11
1
T12 R51 R50 C29 C27 C28 C36 R101 GND +5V T8 K1 K3
1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
MP3
T7
R106
1 MP2 X24
K6
33
D33
A1 A2 A1 A2
+
1 K 1
R30
R64 R63
K
R27 K R40 D14 R93
49
D59
1
X6
K
D10
WS2 R107 R108 D7
1
D50
L2
J5 J4 J3 J2 J1
1 C4 K
R92 R55 R54 R53 R52

T13 K R66 R65 K K
+
C12
U539h Layout
K
C22
C16 C14
K
C21
R102
R2 D11
R69
X7
K7
WS3
K R94
D44
D61 R110
R23
D9
C20
K
IC1
D56
D43
R105 K
K
K
R111R112
17
U539h: Layout
1
B T4 1
X19
Q1 C13
K
R103
IC6 IC3 IC8
R29 R28 R80 R79 R78 R77 R76

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45 D17
R104 C3 L1
R38 R41 Reset
K5
K
D39 R56
D57
1
X26 C2 D13
K
K
WS1R57 R58 MP1 R11 D5 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24
R26 D18 R42 K
X18
IC5 D3 D32
K
C17
K +24V*

D36
K
R49 D37 C18
D27
K
+24Vdc X50 C1
K
R39 X2
R67
R48
K
X5 X4 X25
IC4
D28
MP5
1
T10 R74 R75 R10 D12
R25 R17 K X3 1

R8
R15 1 1 1
C6
R16
1
R43 R91 R22
A L X51
X9
T11 R83 R84 L3
R24 C5
T1
R61 R62
R85 R86 T6
1
L4
BG1
D6
K N 2
R1
1
R72 MP8 MP4
X10
~
R73 K2 R47 R46 R45 R44
XP0MC
+ C9
L6 MP7 D40 R14 R13 22 21
R59 R60
X23
K T5
10
R82
+
X8 XP0MS K
C8 IC2
R81
R95
L5 R12 R9 T9 R96
R70 R71
MP6 D31
~ 14 11 T3
1 1
C
R20
R18
R97
R100
R98
A2 A1
X35
X39
D51
-
T2
1
R7 R5 R4 R3
R19
X33
1 3 K
K
R68 D8
D4 BR1b
X20
R87
X1 PE
1 X55
1
B C D E F G H I K L N M
X32
X36
R88
F6
1
U539h
X34
R89
3
2
1
X37
D
2
1
1
X15
R90
X30

X38
[X17] [X16] [X15] X49 X48 X47 X46 X45 X44 X43 X42 X41 X40 X54 X53
BR1a
[X31] [X30]
X52
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.pcb 539h-48727a-a
Ziehm Module
010
U539h Scale Size Page
N/A A3 N/A

14-19
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-B
PE X1 1 PE 14 11 F6561-24DC
RM6006 K1-C RV_1 RV_2 X49
14-20
RY20 200 K2-C B
22 21 F6561-24DC
L KDS10/SO
X2 1 L 23 24 1 X50 A
RM6006 X48
Fig. 14-5
RM6006
14.4.8.2
R87 R88 R89 R90 1 X52 BR1a C
F1A F1B RM6006
A 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
210-240V~ 15A 15A C1 X47
R44 R45 R46 R47 1 X55 BR1b D
F
110-120V~ 20A 20A 680n/250Vac RM6006
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
200V~
X46
1 14 13 R3 R4 R5 R7
X3 N E
N RM6006 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
K1-B K3-C
RY20 200 RY20 200 X45
F
23 24
KDS10/SO
X51

1 X44 TR1
13 14 2 G
pri
MKDSP10 KDS10/SO
K3-B
RY20 200 from Mains X43
to XP0 H
+24Vdc +24Vdc +24Vdc
KDS10/SO
B X42
I
A1 A1 A1
U539h contactors
KDS10/SO
D11 K1-A K2-A D9 K3-A
D8 D4
GN GN D10 X41
D7 GN
LL4007 K
gn
gn
gn
LL4007 LL4007
KDS10/SO
RY20 200 F6561-24DC
U539h: Contactors
R2 A2 R68 A2 R69 A2 RY20 200 X40

8K25 8K25 8K25 L
KDS10/SO

X53
+5V
M
R64 R71 R66 KDS10/SO
PTA4 T7 PTA5 T9 PTA6 T8
BC337-25 BC337-25 BC337-25 X54
4K75 4K75 4K75 R93 D50 N
R63 R70 R65 47K5 BAT46
KDS10/SO
3K3 3K3 3K3
PTH0
C GND GND GND GND GND GND R94 D44

12K1 ZMY5.6
GND GND TEST

X24
TR2 1
F2 X25
100mAT 5 3 Not AUS 2
240V 2 3
F3 6 1
Emergency STOP 4
100mAT
230V 24V~ MLSS100-02
F4 SL1/25-4G
100mAT 7 100mA
110V X4 GND
0V 8 2 1 F5 2 Schlüsselschalter
11087 1 2
315mAF 1
Key Switch
MLSS100-02
BG1 ~
GL1
OFM-0105/M X5
4 3 Thermoschalter
- + 2 IC1 MP3
1
Temperature Switch R78B_5V-1.0A +5V
D 2 9 ~ MLSS100-02 L1 L2
~ - B80C1000G +24Vdc 1 3
IN OUT
2

100V- 8 FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
24V= NC
240V R40
+24Vdc 2 24R
1 6 C22 D43
+
MP1 C20 C21 C4

~ + 100n 100n 10n
D14
X7R
X7R
X7R
C2 220μ/50V +24Vdc BZX84C2V7

+
C3 MP2 1N5339B
470μ/35V
100n GND D33
D13 D5 GND GN
R11
X7R +5V
gn
gn GN
825R BZX84C18
+24V* GND GND
GND
F2 F3 F4
ACHTUNG:
240V~ Es darf nur F2, F3 oder F4 gesteckt sein. Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
E X GND
230V~ Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
X NOTICE:
110V~ Only one fuse is allowed.
X Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 01_Contactors
N/A A3 1 of 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 14-6
14.4.8.3
X15 R19
X30
TR1 3 S20K320 1 to XP0 after the
sec. 2 PE 2 Insulation Transformer
R18
1
MKDSP10 0VS20K320 MKDSP10
R20

S20K320
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
0V
X32
B PE 1
2
3
MSTB2.5/3
F6
3.15AT D23
R6

X33 RV_1 RV1a
1
2 22R LL4007
3
MSTB2.5/3
R95 R96 R97 R98

200K 200K 200K 200K
X34
1 +5V
2
U539h secondary distribution

3
MSTB2.5/3
R101
T2 2K21
X20 X35 BUXD87T4
1 1
2 2 PTB7
C 3
115V 3 IC2
230V 1 4
MSTB2.5/3
U539h: Secondary Distribution
ICV2.5/3-G-5.08 C9
47n
X7R
X36 2 3
1 R99
PE 2 8K25 HCPL-817-W6CE
3 D24
LL4148
MSTB2.5/3 C7
+
100n
C8
T3 GND
X7R
X37 47μ/25V BC847B
1 D51
2 BZX84C12 D52
3 LL4148
MSTB2.5/3
X38 D53 R100

1 LL4148 68R1
2
3 RV_2
D MSTB2.5/3

X39
1
2 Double Insulation 8mm
3
MSTB2.5/3

Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 02_Secondary_Distribution
N/A A3 2 of 5

14-21
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
14-22
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
Fig. 14-7
14.4.8.4
R37
A
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
X19 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 +5V
9 +5V
10
1 X26

SL1-10G +5V Reset 2
R39 R41 D18 3
C24 100n 10K 10K QTLP630C-2 4
X7R
GND
red
C34 SL1/25-4G
100n
R38 IC3 R26
X7R
10K 2 3 1K IC8 GND
VCC GND 26 13
IC4-B PTA0
/Reset 27 PTA0 PTE0/TxD 14 +5V
B 4 7 D27 5 6 PTA1
PFI 28 PTA1 PTE1/RxD 15
PTA2
BAT46 74HC126 29 PTA2 PTE2/TACH0 16
4 PTA3
PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 5 PTA4 30 17 R30 1K82 D17 YL
6 8 31 PTA4 18
D28 C18 PTA5 yl
WDI PTA5 PTE5/MISO
PTA6 32 19 R76 1K82 D45 QTLP630C-4
BAT46 100n 33 PTA6 PTE6/MOSI 20 gn
MAX705ESA PTA7
PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
D32 R77 1K82 D46 QTLP630C-4
34 4 gn
U539h microprocessor
PTB0
35 PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2 5
PTB1 PTF1/TACH3 R78 1K82 D47 QTLP630C-4
BAT46 36 PTB1/ATD1 6 gn
C17 GND PTB2
37 PTB2/ATD2 PTF2/TACH4 7
100n PTB3 PTF3/TACH5 R79 1K82 D48 QTLP630C-4

38 PTB3/ATD3 8 gn
PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
X7R
39 11 R80 1K82 D49 QTLP630C-4
PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1 gn
U539h: Microprocessor
40 12
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
GND GND PTB7 R28 1K82 D15 QTLP630C-4
PTB7/ATD7 gn
60 23 R29 1K82 D16 QTLP630C-4
PTC0 PTG0/KBD0 gn
61 24
+5V PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
62 25
63 PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
1 PTC3 48
PTC4 PTH0
64 PTC4 PTH0/KBD3 49
C PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
PTC5
R52 R53 R54 R55 R92
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 42
43 PTD0/ATD8 22
46 PTD1/ATD9 VDD
+5V
47 PTD2/ATD10
C45 C26
J1 50 PTD3/ATD11 21
SL1-2G 100n 10n
51 PTD4/ATD12/TBCLK VSS
J2 PTD5/ATD13
X7R
X7R
SL1-2G 52
53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
J3 PTD7 44
SL1-2G
VDDAREF
J4 2
SL1-2G C46 C23
45 100n 1n R27
J5 3 AVSS/VREFL
SL1-2G 475R
X7R
X7R
9 54
CANRx VREFH 55
GND
10 VDDA
C11
CANTx
C19 C14
+
59 56 100n 1n 47μ/25V
OSC1 VSSA
X7R
X7R
58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
MC68HC908AZ60A

+5V
C12
C16
C0G 22n
R22 22p
X7R
10K R23 Q1
10M 16MHz
IC4-A
3 2 C13 GND
74HC126 1 C0G
22p
IC4-C GND
8 9
+5V
74HC126 10 IC4-E
14 7
VCC GND
IC4-D
11 12 74HC126
E C25 C15 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
74HC126 13 100n 1n Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6
R42 R43 R91
Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler N/A
X7R
X7R
10K 10K 10K
GND GND GND GND 03_μP
25.03.2014 010
N/A A3 3 of 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24Vdc
Fig. 14-8
14.4.8.5
R74 R83
3K3 3K3
A D3
R75
T10 T11
BC857B BC857B
10K
LL4148
R84
10K
X10 R15 R72
1K 1K
XP0MC
1 R86
T1 PTC5
2 BC847B
3 10K
R16 R73
1K 1K R85

MLSS100-03
3K3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
GND
L3
L4
GND GND
+5V
+5V +5V
B R1
3K3 R12
3K3
D19
BLM21BD221
BLM21BD221
U539h P0 interface
D6 Keyboard X9 BAT46

BAT46 1 MP6 D31
GND
ON LED 2 BAT46
Stand-by LED 3 L5
U539h: P0 Interface
MP4 +5V 4 R9
ON/EIN PTB2
OFF/AUS 5
BLM21BD221 221R
Remote ON MLSS100-05

R24 R81 C30 D20 C27
22K1 D29 Local ON 2K21 100n 10n
X7R
BAT46
X7R
BAT46
R60 R17
PTA2 T5 PTB0
BC337-25 GND GND GND GND
10K 221R
R59 C5 D30 C36
3K3 47n 10n
BAT46
X7R
X7R
C
GND GND GND GND GND
+5V
XP0MS
R8 X23 1 +5V +5V
MP8
3K3 OFF/AUS 2
ON/EIN 3
MLSS100-03 R14
D12 3K3 GND
BAT46 D25
MP5 +5V
BAT46
X8 1 D40
Remote OFF 2 BAT46
R25 3 L6
4 R13
22K1 D21 PTB3
D 5
6 BLM21BD221 221R
R62 R10 BAT46
PTA3 T6 PTB1 7 R82 C31 D26 C29

BC337-25 8 2K21 100n 10n
10K 221R
X7R
9 MP7 BAT46
X7R
R61 C6 D22 C28 10

3K3 47n 10n Local OFF
281271-1
BAT46 GND GND GND GND GND
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
E M[13-15] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Mark. Point 1.5mm
M[1-12] Filename Part No/Drawing No
MTH4.3mm NDK SC10mm Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 04_P0_Interface
N/A A3 4 of 5

14-23
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
14-24
K5-B K5-C
+5V
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
R57
Fig. 14-9
14.4.8.6
3K3 2 9
R50
A R58
PTA1 T4 2K21
BC857B D36 IC5-A
10K R48 1 8
YL yl
1K5
D34 C33 2 7
1 K5-A LL4148 10n
R56 D38 ILD207T
TQ2-5V
X7R
1K2 LL4148 + GND
WS1 X18 1
D39
10 2
YL

3
yl
4 +5V
5
6
MLSS100-06 R51
GND 2K21
D37 IC5-B
R67 R49 3 6
B YL yl
1K5 1K5
D35 C35 4 5
LL4148 10n
ILD207T
+5V
X7R
GND
Workstation 1 potential
R107
3K3

K6-B K6-C
R108 +5V
PTC4 T12 TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
BC857B 4 3 7 8
U539h workstation interface

10K
2 9
R104
2K21
1 K6-A D56 IC6-A
X6 1 R102 1 8
R106 D58
TQ2-5V 2
1K2 LL4148 + YL yl
3 1K5
U539h: Workstation Interface
C 4 D54 C37 2 7
WS2
D59 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
10 ILD207T
YL
X7R
GND
yl
GND
+5V
K7-B K7-C
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
+5V
R111
3K3 2 9
D R112
PTA7 T13 R105
BC857B 2K21

10K
D57 IC6-B
X7 1 R103 3 6
2 YL yl
3 1K5
1 K7-A 4 D55 C38 4 5
R110 D60 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
TQ2-5V
1K2 LL4148 + ILD207T
X7R
GND
WS3
D61
YL 10
yl
GND

25.03.2014 010 05_Workstation_Interface
N/A A3 5 of 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.9 U539h Schematics
Please turn over page to continue

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-26
14.4.9.1
Fig. 14-10
A

C11
1
T12 R51 R50 C29 C27 C28 C36 R101 GND +5V K1 K3
1
T8 T7
MP3
R106
1 MP2 X24
K6
33
D33
A1 A2 A1 A2
+
1 K 1 R21 D1
R30
R64 R63
K
K R93
D59
R27 R40 D14
49
1
X6
K
K
D10
WS2 R107 R108
1
D50
L2
U539j Layout
D7
J5 J4 J3 J2 J1
1 C4 K
R92 R55 R54 R53 R52

T13 K R66 R65 K K
+
C12
K
C22
C16 C14
K
C21
R102
R2 D11
R69
X7
K7
WS3
K R94
D44
D61 R110
R23
D9
C20
K
U539j: Layout
IC1
D56
D43
K
R105
K
K
R111R112
17
K
1
B T4 1
X19
Q1 C13
R103
IC6 IC3 IC8
R29 R28 R80 R79 R78 R77 R76

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45 D17
R104 C3
R11L1
R38 R41 Reset
K5
K
D39 R56
D57
1 X26
C10
C2
K
K
MP1 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24
K
WS1R57 R58 R26 D18
X18
IC5 D3 D32
K
C17 D62 D63
K X56
D36
D5
K
R49 K K D13
D37 K C18 C1
R39 +24Vdc X50 X2
K
R67
R48
K 1
IC4 R113 R114 X5 X4 X25
D28 D27
MP5
1
T10 R74 R75 R10 D12
R25 R17 K X3 1

R8
R15 R115 C47 1 1 1
C6
R16 T6
1
A L X51
X9
T11 R83 R84 L3
R24 C5
T1 R85 R86
R61 R62
1
L4
BG1
D6
K N 2
R1
1
R72 MP8 MP4
X10
~
R73 K2 R47 R46 R45 R44
XP0MC
+ C9
L6 MP7 D40 R14 R13 22 21
X23
K
10
T5
R82
T9 +
X8 XP0MS K
C8 IC2
R81
R95
R96
R70 R71 R59 R60

L5 D31 R12 R9
MP6
~ 14 11 T3
1 1
C
R20
R18
R97
R100
R98
A2 A1
X35
X39
D51
-
T2
1
R7 R5 R4 R3
R19 F1
X33
1 3 K
K
R68 D8
D4
BR1b
X20
R87
X1 PE
1 X55
1
B C D E F G H I K L N M
X32
X36
U539j
R88
F6
1
X34
R89
3
2
1
X37
D
2
1
N L
1
X15
R90
X30
F1B F1A

X38
[X17] [X16] [X15] X49 X48 X47 X46 X45 X44 X43 X42 X41 X40 X54 X53
BR1a
[X31] [X30]
X52
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 26.08.2015 Hecht Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.pcb 539j-48844a-a
Ziehm Module
010
U539j Scale Size Page
N/A A3 N/A

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-B
PE X1 1 PE 14 11 F6561-24DC
RM6006 K1-C RV_1 RV_2 X49
RY20 200 K2-C B
L 22 21 F6561-24DC
1 23 24 1 X50 KDS10/SO
X2 L A
RM6006 RM6006 X48
14.4.9.2
R87 R88 R89 R90 1 X52 BR1a C
F1
Fig. 14-11
A 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W RM6006 KDS10/SO
L A
C1 X47
R44 R45 R46 R47 1 X55 BR1b D
F
N B
680n/250Vac RM6006
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
2xFuse R3 R4 R5 R7
X46
X3 1 N 14 13 E
N RM6006 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
K1-B K3-C
RY20 200 RY20 200 X45
F
23 24
F1A F1B KDS10/SO
X51

1 X44 TR1
210-240V~ 15A 15A 13 14 2 G
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
pri
110-120V~ 20A MKDSP10 KDS10/SO
20A K3-B
200V~ RY20 200 from Mains X43
to XP0 H
KDS10/SO
B X42
I
U539j contactors
+24Vdc +24Vdc +24Vdc
KDS10/SO
X41
K

A1 A1 A1
U539j: Contactors
KDS10/SO
D11 K1-A K2-A D9 K3-A
D8 D4
gn gn D10 X40
D7 gn
LL4007 L
gn
gn
gn
LL4007 LL4007
KDS10/SO
RY20 200 F6561-24DC

R2 A2 R68 A2 R69 A2 RY20 200 X53
8K25 8K25 8K25 M
KDS10/SO
X54
+5V
N
R64 R71 R66 KDS10/SO
PTA4 T7 PTA5 T9 PTA6 T8
BC817-40 BC817-40 BC817-40
4K75 4K75 4K75 R93 D50
C R63 R70 R65 47K5 BAT46
3K3 3K3 3K3 8mm
PTH0
GND GND GND GND GND GND R94 D44 TEST

12K1 ZMY5.6 X24
1
2
GND GND 3
X25 4
Not AUS SL1/25-4G

2
1 Emergency STOP GND
MLSS100-02
X4 D1
2 Schlüsselschalter
BG1
MP2 1 Key Switch LL4148
OFM-0105/M
GND MLSS100-02
IC1 MP3
R78B_5V-1.0A +5V
X5
D 2 9 L1 L2
- 2 Thermoschalter 1 3
~ 1 Temperature Switch +24Vdc IN OUT

100V- 8 MLSS100-02 FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
24V= NC
240V R40
2 24R
1 6 C22 D43
R21
+
+24Vdc C20 C21 C4

~ + MP1 100n 2K 100n 10n
D14
X7R
X7R
X7R
C2 220μ/50V +24Vdc BZX84C2V7

+
C3 1N5339B
470μ/35V
C10 220μ/50V 100n D33
+ GND gn
X7R
+5V
gn
R11 D13 D5
GND
gn gn GND
1K5 BZX84C18
+24Vdc
E GND Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Drawn 26.08.2015 Hecht Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.scm 539j-48844a-a
26.08.2015 010 01_Contactors
N/A A3 1 of 5

14-27
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-28
14.4.9.3
Fig. 14-12
A
X15 R19
X30
TR1 3 S20K320 1 to XP0 after the
sec. 2 PE 2
R18 Insulation Transformer
1
MKDSP10 S20K320 MKDSP10
R20

S20K320
0V
X32
B PE 1
2
3
MSTB2.5/3
F6
3.15AT D23
R6
X33 RV_1 RV1a
1
2 22R LL4007
3
MSTB2.5/3
R95 R96 R97 R98

200K 200K 200K 200K
X34
1 +5V
U539j secondary distribution

2
3
MSTB2.5/3
R101
T2 2K21
X20 X35 BUXD87T4
1 1
2 2 PTB7
C 3
115V 3 IC2
U539j: Secondary Distribution
230V 1 4
MSTB2.5/3
ICV2.5/3-G-5.08 C9
47n
X7R
X36 2 3
1 R99
PE 2 8K25 HCPL-817-W6CE
3 D24
LL4148
MSTB2.5/3 C7
+
100n
C8
T3 GND
X7R
X37 47μ/25V BC847B
1 D51
2 BZX84C12 D52
3 LL4148
MSTB2.5/3
X38 D53 R100

1 LL4148 68R1
2
3 RV_2
D MSTB2.5/3

X39
1
2 Double Insulation 8mm
3
MSTB2.5/3

26.08.2015 010 02_Secondary_Distribution
N/A A3 2 of 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
14.4.9.4
Fig. 14-13
R37
A
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
X19 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 +5V
9 +5V
10
1 X26

SL1-10G +5V Reset 2
R39 R41 D18 3
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
C24 100n 10K 10K rd 4
X7R
GND
red
C34 SL1/25-4G
100n
R38 IC3 R26
X7R
10K 2 3 1K IC8 GND
VCC GND
IC4-B PTA0 26 13
D27 PTA0 PTE0/TxD +5V
4 7 2 4 PTA1 27 14
B PFI
PTA2 28 PTA1 PTE1/RxD
15
BAT46 PTA2 PTE2/TACH0
1 PTA3 29 16
PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 5 PTA4 30 17 R30 1K82 D17 yl
74AHCT1G126GV PTA4
6 8 D28 PTA5 31 18 yl
WDI PTA5 PTE5/MISO
C18 PTA6 32 19 R76 1K82 D45 gn
BAT46 PTA6 PTE6/MOSI

MAX705ESA 100n PTA7 33 20
PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
R77 1K82 D46 gn
U539j microprocessor
D32
PTB0 34 4 gn
PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2
PTB1 35 5 R78 1K82 D47 gn
BAT46 PTB1/ATD1 PTF1/TACH3 gn
GND PTB2 36 6
C17 PTB2/ATD2 PTF2/TACH4
PTB3 37 7 R79 1K82 D48 gn
PTF3/TACH5

100n 38 PTB3/ATD3 8 gn
PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
X7R
U539j: Microprocessor
39 11 R80 1K82 D49 gn

PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1 gn
40 12
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
GND GND PTB7 R28 1K82 D15 gn
PTB7/ATD7 gn
60 23 R29 1K82 D16 gn
+5V PTC0 PTG0/KBD0 gn
61 24
PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
62 25
PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
63
1 PTC3 48
PTC4 PTH0
PTC4 PTH0/KBD3
PTC5 64 49
C PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
R52 R53 R54 R55 R92
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 42
43 PTD0/ATD8 22
PTD1/ATD9 VDD
+5V
46
47 PTD2/ATD10
C45 C26
J1 50 PTD3/ATD11 21
SL1-2G 100n 10n
51 PTD4/ATD12/TBCLK VSS
J2 PTD5/ATD13
X7R
X7R
SL1-2G 52
53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
J3 PTD7 44
SL1-2G
VDDAREF
J4 2
SL1-2G C46 C23
45 100n 1n R27
J5 3 AVSS/VREFL
SL1-2G 475R
X7R
X7R
9 54
CANRx VREFH 55
GND
10 VDDA
R113 C11
CANTx
100R C19 C14
+
59 56 100n 1n 47μ/25V
OSC1 VSSA
X7R
X7R
58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
+5V +5V
MC68HC908AZ60A

C12
C16
C0G 22n
D62
R115 22p
BAT46
X7R
5K1 R23 Q1
10M 16MHz
X56 1 R114
to XP0 2 C13 GND

220R
MX 70543-2VP C0G
D63 C47
22p
BAT46 220n
GND
X7R
+5V
GND GND GND IC4-A
5 3
VCC GND
74AHCT1G126GV
E C25 C15 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
100n 1n Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6
Drawn 26.08.2015 Hecht N/A
X7R
X7R
GND 03_μP
26.08.2015 010
N/A A3 3 of 5

14-29
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24Vdc
14-30
14.4.9.5
R74 R83
Fig. 14-14
3K3 3K3
A D3
R75
T10 T11
BC857B BC857B
10K
LL4148
R84
10K
X10 R15 R72
1K 1K
XP0MC
1 R86
T1 PTC5
2 BC847B
3 10K
R16 R73
1K 1K R85

MLSS100-03
3K3
GND
L3
L4
GND GND
+5V
+5V +5V
B R1
3K3 R12
3K3
U539j P0 interface
D19
BLM21BD221
BLM21BD221
D6 Keyboard X9 BAT46
BAT46 1 MP6 D31
GND
ON LED 2 BAT46
U539j: P0 Interface
Stand-by LED 3 L5
MP4 +5V 4 R9
ON/EIN PTB2
OFF/AUS 5
BLM21BD221 221R
Remote ON MLSS100-05

R24 R81 C30 D20 C27
22K1 D29 Local ON 2K21 100n 10n
X7R
BAT46
X7R
BAT46
R60 R17
PTA2 T5 PTB0
BC817-40 GND GND GND GND
10K 221R
R59 C5 D30 C36
3K3 47n 10n
BAT46
X7R
X7R
C
GND GND GND GND GND
+5V
XP0MS
R8 X23 1 +5V +5V
MP8
3K3 OFF/AUS 2
ON/EIN 3
MLSS100-03 R14
D12 3K3 GND
BAT46 D25
MP5 +5V
BAT46
X8 1 D40
Remote OFF 2 BAT46
R25 3 L6
4 R13
22K1 D21 PTB3
D 5
6 BLM21BD221 221R
R62 R10 BAT46
PTA3 T6 PTB1 7 R82 C31 D26 C29

BC817-40 8 2K21 100n 10n
10K 221R
X7R
9 MP7 BAT46
X7R
R61 C6 D22 C28 10

3K3 47n 10n
281271-1
Local OFF
BAT46 GND GND GND GND GND
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
E M[13-15] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Mark. Point 1.5mm
M[1-12] Filename Part No/Drawing No
MTH4.3mm NDK SC10mm Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.scm 539j-48844a-a
26.08.2015 010 04_P0_Interface
N/A A3 4 of 5

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
K5-B K5-C
+5V
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
R57
14.4.9.6
3K3 2 9
Fig. 14-15
R50
A R58
PTA1 T4 2K21
BC857B D36 IC5-A
10K R48 1 8
yl yl
1K5
D34 C33 2 7
1 K5-A LL4148 10n
R56 D38 ILD207T
TQ2-5V
X7R
1K2 LL4148 + GND
WS1 X18 1
D39
yl 10 2

3
yl
4 +5V
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
5
6
MLSS100-06 R51
GND 2K21
D37 IC5-B
R67 R49 3 6
B yl yl
1K5 1K5
D35 C35 4 5
LL4148 10n
ILD207T
+5V
X7R
GND

R107
3K3

K6-B K6-C
R108 +5V
PTC4 T12 TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
U539j workstation interface

BC857B 4 3 7 8
10K
2 9
R104
2K21
1 K6-A D56 IC6-A
X6 1 R102 1 8
R106 D58
TQ2-5V 2
U539j: Workstation Interface
1K2 LL4148 + yl yl
3 1K5
C 4 D54 C37 2 7
WS2
D59 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
yl 10 ILD207T
X7R
GND
yl
GND
+5V
K7-B K7-C
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
+5V
R111
3K3 2 9
D R112
PTA7 T13 R105
BC857B 2K21

10K
D57 IC6-B
X7 1 R103 3 6
2 yl yl
3 1K5
1 K7-A 4 D55 C38 4 5
R110 D60 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
TQ2-5V
1K2 LL4148 + ILD207T
X7R
GND
WS3
D61
yl 10
yl
GND

26.08.2015 010 05_Workstation_Interface
N/A A3 5 of 5

14-31
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-32
14.4.9.7
Fig. 14-16
A
Monitor Cart VISION-R Mobile Stand
Mains Input Mains Input
100Vac - 120Vac 100Vac - 120Vac
200Vac - 240Vac Mains 2 200Vac - 240Vac

Mains 1 Mains 1
Inrush Inrush
Current U539 Current U579
Limiter Limiter
B N.C. N.O.
Emer- Emer-
Mains Voltage Selection Mains Voltage Selection
gency gency
P0 Cable

OFF OFF
Monitor Cart Mobile Stand
AC-Mains Electronics AC-Mains Electronics
AC/DC AC/DC
Converter Converter
C NGIS:
PC
On / Shut-down
U539 U579
Key
Switch
U539-U579 power switching block diagram

Reset
+ +
uP uP
U539-U579 Power Switching Block Diagram
Off Off

D remote remote
On On
local local
On Off On Off

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank General Overview Mains in VISION-R machines
E
Ziehm Module
000
VISION-R based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 8 of 9

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.10 U539h with HC08 Software Flowcharts
14.4.10.1 Switching On 1
start
initialisation from
remote buttons ON/OFF and
local buttons ON/OFF
button<remote ON> or <local ON>

pushed and
<remote OFF> or <local OFF>
not pushed
yes
switch on inrush relais

load 5s to variable <system on>
load waiting time (50ms) after switch inrush relais 1100ms
on the inrush relais
no
waiting time =0? 50ms
yes
mains contactor 1
switch mains 1 contactor ON
Vision-R and remote

present ?
yes
mains contactor 2
switch mains 2 contactor ON
switch remote button ON

and load waiting time (500 ms) remote ON button
(700 ms with SW≥10.0) 500ms
700ms with SW≥v10r0
Fig. 14-17 Switching on 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.10.2 Switching On 2
no
waiting time =0?
yes
set signal<remote button ON> to low
jumperJ1,J2 and J3 open any of

(no WS present) jumpers J1,J2,J3 workstation 1 present -> jumper J1 closed
workstation 2 present -> jumper J2 closed
closed workstation 3 present -> jumper J3 closed
(any WS present)
yes
WS 1 “ON-button”
switch corresponding workstation

on and WS 2 “ON-button”
load timeout (10seconds)
WS 3 “ON-button”
corresponding signal/WS_1+12V=LOW;(workstation 1 is ON)

signal/WS_2+12V=LOW;(workstation 2 is ON)
workstation ON or timeout
signal/WS_3+12V=LOW;(workstation 3 is ON)
occurs?
WS1 “ON-button”
release corresponding port
(workstation “ON-button”) WS2 “ON-button”
WS3 “ON-button”
Fig. 14-18 Switching on 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.10.3 Switching Off 1
initialisation from
remote button OFF and
local button OFF
no button<remote OFF> pushed

or button <local OFF> pushed
system
no switched on for
longer than
5 seconds
no
any workstation ON ?
remote
button OFF pushed
(emergency OFF)
WS 1 “OFF-Button”
no 250 ms
switch corresp. workstation OFF WS 2 “OFF-Button”

load timeout (30 seconds)
for workstation shutting down
250 ms
all WS OFF all workstations

OFF 250 ms
or timeout?
timeout occurs and any WS 1 “OFF-Button”

workstation is not OFF
3000 ms
switch corresp. workstation for 3
seconds OFF
3000 ms
load timeout (30 seconds)
for workstation shutting down WS 3 “OFF-Button”
3000 ms
3 4
Fig. 14-19 Switching off 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.10.4 Switching Off 2
3 4
all workstations
no
OFF
or timeout?
timeout occurs or
all workstation are OFF
switch mains 1 contactor OFF mains contactor 1
Is inrush relais still

no
on?
(1100ms not elapsed)
switch inrush relais OFF inrush relais
switch mains 2 contactor OFF mains contactor 2
load blocking time (5 seconds)

(6 seconds with SW≥v10r0)
no
blocking time done?
yes
end(back to start)
Fig. 14-20 Switching off 2

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.11 U539 with HC08 Status Monitoring
The operating status of the U539 is monitored by 7 LEDs located close to the HC08 controller.
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED Current State

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45
all LEDs flashing see fault condition
initialization from remote and local

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON/OFF buttons
waiting for button ON (remote or

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
local) should be pushed
switch ON inrush relay; load waiting

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF time (50 ms) (HIGH pulse port
PTA5)
waiting 50 ms after inrush relay is

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
switched ON
switch mains 1 contactor ON;

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
(set PTA4 to HIGH)
switch mains 2 contactor ON;

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
(set PTA6 to HIGH)
switch remote button ON and load

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON waiting time 500 ms
(set PTA2 to HIGH)
waiting 500 ms and set PTA2 to

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
LOW
if workstation present then switch

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF workstation ON (set PTA1 to LOW);
load timeout 10 seconds
waiting until workstation switch ON

OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF with timeout 10 seconds
set PTA1 to HIGH
initialization from remote and local

OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON
OFF buttons
waiting for button OFF (remote or

OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
local) should be pushed
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF check if workstation power ON
switch workstation OFF

OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
(LOW pulse port PTA1; 250 ms)
waiting LOW pulse PTA1;

OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF set PTA1 back to HIGH
and load timeout 30 seconds

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED Current State

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45
waiting for workstation switch OFF

OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF (PC should be shutting down) with
timeout 30 seconds
workstation does not shut down;

OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON switch OFF workstation again
(LOW pulse port PTA1; 3 seconds)
waiting for workstation switch OFF

OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON (PC should be shutting down)
with timeout 2 seconds
switch mains 1 contactor OFF

OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
(set PTA4 to LOW)
switch mains 2 contactor OFF

OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
(set PTA6 to LOW)
off-periods for 5 seconds;

OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF during that phase system cannot
switch ON
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF system ready to switch ON again
14.4.12 Identification Ziehm Vision RFD and Remote Present
• System is in "OFF" state:

System is a Ziehm Vision RFD:
Both OFF buttons (remote and local) have got the analog voltage between 1.1 V and 1.7 V
(valid range), the mains 2 contactor has to be switched ON.
• System is in "OFF" state:
If the system is a Ziehm Vista, Ziehm Vision or remote is not present.
Both OFF buttons (remote and local) have got the analog voltage higher than 4.5 V; the
mains 2 contactor should not be switched ON.
• System is in "OFF" state: If one of the OFF buttons has got the analog voltage less than
1.0 V, the identification could not be evaluated (pushed state from an OFF button).
14.4.13 Switch OFF the Mains 2 Contactor Immediately

(XP0 Cable Disconnected)
• System is in "ON" state and mains 2 contactor is switched ON. If both remote buttons (ON
and OFF) have got the analog voltage higher than 4.5 V, the mains contactor should be
switched OFF immediately (XP0 cable disconnected).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.14 Different Fault Conditions
• If the system is in "OFF" state (not in the blocking state) and one OFF button (remote or
local) is pressed, the standby LED is flashing.
• If the PCB is powered up and the analog voltage from port PTB0 (remote button ON) is less
than 1.0 V (short circuit or pressed), the standby LED and all LEDs from port PTF (LED
D45, LED D46, LED D47, LED D48, LED D49, LED D15, LED D16 are flashing.
• If the CPU did not switch ON the "mains 2 contactor" and the input signal from PTH0 is LOW
 fault condition, the standby LED is flashing (could be short circuit from transistor T8 on
PCB U539).
• Inrush relay is switched ON (port PTA5 set to HIGH).
After 1100 ms plus 50 ms waiting time, the analog input voltage from analog input port
PTB7 is checked (proportional to voltage drop on inrush resistors). If the analog input volt-
age is less than 3.0 V, the software must switch OFF the system (main 1 contactor and main
2 contactor) immediately.
14.4.15 Standby LED (ON Button)
• The standby LED should be switched ON directly after the CPU is running.
• If the system is in "OFF" state (not in the blocking state) and one OFF button (remote or
local) is pressed, the standby LED must be flashing.
• If the PCB is powered up and the analog voltage from port PTB0 (remote button ON) is less
than 1.0 (short circuit or pressed), the standby LED is flashing.
 fault condition
• CPU did not switch ON the "mains 2 contactor" and the input signal from PTH0 is LOW 
fault condition.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
14.4.16 Block Diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O Ports
remote MAINS 2
PTA6 contactor
PTA2
ON PTB0 PTH0
MAINS 1
PTA3 PTA4
contactor
OFF PTB1
PTA5 INRUSH
local contactor
ON PTB2
PTA1 Workstation 1
PTD0
/WS_1 +12V power supply
OFF
PTB3 HC08 workstation 1
PTC4
CPU /WS_2 +12V
Workstation 2
power supply
PTE2
workstation 2
PTA7 Workstation 3
Jumper J1 PTD4
WS 1 present /WS_3 +12V
PTE3 power supply
Jumper J2 workstation 3
PTD5
WS 2 present
Jumper J3 PTD6
WS 3 present Stand by
PTC5 LED
Jumper J4 PTD7
Jumper J5 PTD3 check

PTB7 INRUSH
contactor
Fig. 14-21 Block diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O ports

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15
Image Memory
System
Module 11

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15 Image Memory System
15.1 NGIS MiRa
15.1.1 Features
Mains 100 – 240 VAC
Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz
Rating 300 W
CPU COM Express Module6
Harddisk 8 GB Partition for system, Ziehm file system for images
Number of Images 500 / 5,000 / 10,000 / 30,000 / 55,000 / 65,000/100,000
Patient Folder System Mosaic system with 16 small images and search function
Video Input Camera Link, Digital Video
Scan Rate 36 MHz
Pixels 1024 × 1024 × 10 Bit
Digital Image Processing 16Bit
Filtering Stack Filter: 1....16

Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time Edge Filter: 0....4
ZAIP Filter (Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing)
Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto MSA, Auto RSA Phase 1;

with Pixel Shift and Landmarking
Post Processing Rotation, Zoom, Image reversal, Windowing, Measurement,

Inversion, Text Overlay, Smart Annotation
Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 / 25 frames per second

Length: 100, 200, 300, 400 images or not limited
Monitor BNC-SOG, 1024 x 1024 50 Hz (USA 60 Hz) progressive

DVI, SXGA 1280 x 1024 60 Hz progressive
VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR / 60Hz EIA
Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Vision Center Interface,

(VGA + keyboard for service), eSATA (IB930)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
DVD drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images or Multimedia format
USB front side port for backup, TIF images or DICOM images; for Service Key
DICOM RJ-45 or LWL

Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage
commitment / Media Storage
Paper Printer UP960, UP980, UP970/971, UP990/991
Injector Pump via potential free contact
NOTE
The availability of features depends on the installed options.
15.1.2 Overview
Fig. 15-1 Module 11 overview (symbolic view)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 15-2
15.1.2.1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Front View

Module 11 front view
TFT3
GL1+ GL1- TFT1 GL2+ GL2- TFT2
--- Video Outputs ---
MiRa/HiPe - View B 1
PFS 2 TFT 1/2 Printer
C
3
50 I.I.
60 FD IN L R Split DS DVI-L DVI-R
USB1 3 5
2 4 6
LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR+5V / +12V
TFT 1/2 female
LAN1 CAN 1 0

D
Printer male
Usage of USB ports: Power

- DVD drive
- option stick
- external USB port Supply
- service keyboard
- ...

PFS...Potential Free Contact MiRa/HiPe - View B incl. Labelling
Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle
E
Released 09.04.2015 F. Sachse BLK_Next-Generation-Imaging-System_V1.07 n.a.
Ziehm Module
Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
MId RAnge Scale Size Page
HIgh PErfomance N/A A3 5 of 6

15-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
15-4
Fig. 15-3
A 15.1.2.2
0
I I
I I
II
MiRa/HiPe - View A I I I
Multi-I/O VSYN Fiber Giga CAN1 CAN2 CAN P0 VSYN Select

CP CP Link Gen

Side View
3D DVI-OUT DVI-L2 DVI-R2 DVI-IN2 DVI-IN1 Camera Link CoaxPress

B
OPTIONAL HiPe only
Module 11 side view

C
MiRa/HiPe - View C
NGIS Platform MiRa

BIOS: XXX

D
Part-No.: 145679 BARCODE
Serial-No.: 1234567890 BARCODE
Date of Manufacturing: dd.mm.yyyy
Quality-Check:Signature
Manufactured by: Ziehm Imaging GmbH
Donaustr. 31, D-90451 Nuremberg, Germany
OPTIONAL for HiPe

NGIS Platform HiPe
BIOS: XXX Date Name Signature Description
Part-No.: 145680 BARCODE Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle MiRa/HiPe - View A+C incl. Labelling
E
Serial-No.: 1234567890 Filename Part No/Drawing No
BARCODE
Date of Manufacturing: dd.mm.yyyy
Ziehm Module
Quality-Check:Signature Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
Manufactured by: Ziehm Imaging GmbH MId RAnge Scale Size Page
Donaustr. 31, D-90451 Nuremberg, Germany

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 15-4
15.1.2.3
Lower Level Upper Level(s)

A
Lüfter
Fan 11 Lüfter
Fan 22 Fan1
Lüfter 1 Lüfter
Fan 22
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Inside View
optional:
SATA 3D graphics
B
Harddisk board inside!

(above harddisk)

3,5"
Module 11 inside view

Ziehm Hardware 2
PCIe x16 (straddle mount)
View A
View C
Baseboard Ziehm Hardware 1

C
Pinout:
LOPE: N/A;
COM
Express
Module ATX ATX
(Type 6,10)
Power Power
Supply Supply
MIRA/HIPE: 2 levels; refer to View A

1U 1U

D
2.0 2.0 3.0 4kV
USB1 USB3 USB5 LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR Video IN Video OUT: L,R,S,DS Multi I/O 1 Multi I/O 2
USB2 USB4 USB6 DVI-L DVI-R
LAN1 CAN

Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle Overview Architecture
E View B Filename Part No/Drawing No
Ziehm Module
Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
MId RAnge Scale Size Page

15-5
15.1.3 Configuring U713
This board is capable of doing both 50 Hz and 60 Hz, for image intensifiers and flat-panel detec-
tors.
Furthermore for flat-panel systems, the digital video input can be selected between Camera Link
and CoaxPress and different FD Systems.
This U713 board needs to be configured for the system where the image memory is used in.
Configuration is done via DIP switches.
SW1 50/60 Hz Set to '0' means 50 Hz

switch
Set to '1' means 60 Hz
SW2 / SW4 SW2 SW4
0 0 Image Intensifier
1 0 FD aSi
(Camera Link & Coax Press,
autodetect)
1 1 FD CMOS (Coax Press)
0 1 Not used
SW3 Not used SW3
View on U713 50 I.I. N/A CXP Switch

0 0 0 0
| | | |
1 1 1 1
60 FD N/A
Table 15-1 Configuring U713
1234
+
1 1 Power
+ - female + - female
Supply
free
contact
Touch 3
OUT
TFT 1/2 Printer
50 II
L R Split DS
+
+
+
+
1 1
female male
1
Config IN 2 DVI-L1 DVI-R1

50 II
60 FD ...
3
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0 1

female
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0
VGA
female
RS232 & PWR

+5V / +12V
60 FD
O
I
Fig. 15-5 Configuring U713
NOTE
50/60 Hz Switching takes effect on image intensifier and FD CMOS only.
FD aSi is always 50 Hz.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
The coding switch on the U174 is used in order to set up the radiation indication lamp type and
the flatscreen type.
Code Table
Position Radiation indication lamp type Flatscreen type
0 bulb 18.1" flatscreen / 19" DUO flatscreen

1 bulb 20.8" flatscreen
2 LED 18.1" flatscreen
3 LED 20.8" flatscreen
4 bulb 24" flatscreen

5 LED 24" flatscreen
6 not yet defined not yet defined
8
.
. not yet defined not yet defined
.
F
Table 15-2 Configuring 714
0
I I
+
I I
+
+
+
II
I I I
Multi I/O VSYN CP

male female Fiber
Gen- Sel.
CP Giga CAN 1,2 CAN-P0
Vsyn
Link
Coax
DVI-IN1 Camera-Link Press
NOTE
The 19" DUO monitor is equipped with a LED radiation indication lamp.
Anyhow, the configuration is set to position 0.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2 V2 1K
15.2.1 Features
Mains 100 – 240 VAC
Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz
Rating 300 W
CPU B 930
Harddisk 8 GB Partition for system, Ziehm file system for images
Number of Images 500 / 5,000 / 10,000 / 30,000 / 55,000 / 65,000 / 100,000
Patient Folder System Mosaic system with 16 small images and search function
Video Input Camera Link, Digital Video
Scan Rate 37 MHz
Pixels 1024 × 1024 × 10 Bit
Digital Image Processing 16 Bit
Filtering Stack Filter: 1....16

Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time Edge Filter: 0....4
ZAIP Filter (Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing)
Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto MSA, Auto RSA Phase 1;

with Pixel Shift and Landmarking
Post Processing Rotation, Zoom, Image reversal, Windowing, Measurement,

Inversion, Text Overlay
Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 / 25 frames per second

Length: 100, 200, 300, 400 images or not limited
Monitor BNC-SOG, 1024 x 1024 50 Hz (USA 60 Hz) progressive

DVI, SXGA 1280 x 1024 60 Hz progressive
VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR / 60Hz EIA
Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Vision Center Interface,

(VGA + keyboard for service), eSATA (IB930)
DVD-RW drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images or Multimedia format
USB drive for backup, TIF images or DICOM images; for Service Key

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
DICOM RJ-45 or LWL

Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage
commitment / Media Storage
Paper Printer UP960, UP980, UP970/UP971, UP990/UP991
Injector Pump via potential free contact
NOTE
The availability of features depends on the installed options.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15-10
15.2.2
to Commandprocessor U544-aux/X3 U544-main/X3
Fig. 15-7
15.2.2.1
Fiber Control
IC25 X3-B X12 X5 X10
intern intern
DIP Code- X13
F2
X9
Switch CAN +3.3V +5V
Fiber- from
P0 Sync
+3.3V intern +5.0V Power-Supply
Copper Image
Conditioning F3 +12V
Converter +12V System
CAN
V-Sync +5V +12V
X4-B
X-Ray Enable
P0 GigaLink
Jumper
DC/DC
with or without X6-A..D
Block Diagram
BDM counterpart
U578 Interface
CAN-Address
RS232 CAN 1st
U544
U 578 block diagram

Interface 1
Controller similar to SPI CAN+5V
SPI MC9S08DZ60 CAN 2nd

Micro- U544
CAN 2
controller CAN
RS232 Optos Bus 4x Connector
Interface Driver
Controller PCA82C250 CAN
3
SPI CAN
4
possibly DC separated CAN-island

connect to
+5V Mobile Stand
+12V only!
RS232 CAN X4-A
F1 Lamp Printer I/O Multipurpose
Interface Termination CAN
Driver Driver Inputs / Outputs Logic
Controller P0
CA3140 Relay
8 8
X2-B X2-A X3-A
e.g.
X-Ray relay
Door contact
Left Right Key switch
Injection pump
Flat- Flat- X-ray Sensor Printer 1 DVD
An additional board is necessary
screen screen Lamp Recorder to provide for electrical safety.
Drawn: R. Frank 21. April 2008 Drawing No.: . Unit:

V2 1K
Release: J. Matschnigg 14. Oct. 2008 File Name : BSB_U578_b.cdr
Module 11 Block Diagram U578 Imaging System
Changed: M. Ernemann 14. Oct. 2008 Page : . of .
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 15-8
15.2.2.2
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 1

U578 Schematics 1


ELWMS Interface Vision CPU
15-11
15-12
Fig. 15-9
15.2.2.3
U578 schematics 2
U578 Schematics 2


ELWMS Interface Vision Serial I/O for Flatscreens
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2.2.4
Fig. 15-10
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 3

U578 Schematics 3

ELWMS Interface Vision DVD & Printer Control
15-13
15-14
15.2.2.5
Fig. 15-11
U578 schematics 4
U578 Schematics 4
CAN Distribution

ELWMS Interface Vision CAN I/O 1
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2.2.6
Fig. 15-12
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 5

U578 Schematics 5


ELWMS Interface Vision CAN I/O 2
15-15
15-16
15.2.2.7
Fig. 15-13
U578 schematics 6
U578 Schematics 6

ELWMS Interface Vision Termination Logic
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2.2.8
Fig. 15-14
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 7

U578 Schematics 7


ELWMS Interface Vision Lamp + Sensor
15-17
15-18
15.2.2.9
Fig. 15-15
U578 schematics 8
U578 Schematics 8


ELWMS Interface Vision Fiber-c opper_GigaLink
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 15-16
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics 9

15.2.2.10 U578 Schematics 9

ELWMS Interface Vision Varian Interface
15-19
15-20
Fig. 15-17
U578 schematics 10
15.2.2.11 U578 Schematics 10

ELWMS Interface Vision External I/O´s
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 15-18
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U578 schematics11

15.2.2.12 U578 Schematics 11


ELWMS Interface Vision External I/O´s / COM3
15-21
15-22
Fig. 15-19
U578 schematics 12
15.2.2.13 U578 Schematics 12

ELWMS Interface Vision Power
Changed: M. Braun of 12 Date: 25. Nov. 2009 Page 12
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2.3 With U674 Framegrabber
The following pages show the image memory system with the U674 framegrabber
For more information see also (→ Ch. 15.2.4, p. 15-27).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15-24
15.2.3.1
Fig. 15-20
PWR1 PWR2
+ + + +
L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3
Front View
COM4 TFT 1
+5V / +12V +5V / +12V

S1 S2 S3 DS3
Module 11 front view

Keyboard
Mouse
+
USB2
TFT 3
IN
USB1
DS2 DS1
Parallel
+
USB3
+
CAN
DVI-R
VGA
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
USB4
+
eSATA
+
TFT 2
DVI-L
Ethernet
Camera Link
USB5
Ethernet CP
I
O
POWER SUPPLY 300W
V2 1k Imaging System with CPU IB930 (Ziehm Module 11) Drawn: F. Sachse 17. Jun. 2011 Drawing No.: N/A Unit:
Release: C.Hurle 17. Jun. 2011 File Name : BLK_V2_1K_ImgSys_IB930_V1.04
Front View with Frame Grabber and Graphics Board Module 11
Changed: F. Sachse 17. Jun. 2011 Page : 2 of 5
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.2.3.2
Fig. 15-21
0
I I
I I
II
I I I Giga
Link 4 2
TFT 1/2 VSYN CP VSYN Fiber
Printer / DVD Multi I/O CP
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
P0 3 1
Side View
U578
Module 11 side view

Front
Release: C.Hurle 17. Jun. 2011 File Name : BLK_V2_1K_ImgSys_IB930_V1.04
Side View Module 11
15-25
15-26
15.2.3.3
Fig. 15-22
Network Interface Card (NIC)
1
PCI
SLOT 9
2
X3 X4 X1 Frame Grabber Board
PCI
80
16 2
3
PCI
Inside View
Split Left Right DownScale

Analog OUT
4
X1 Graphics Board X18 X17 X21 X22 X23 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12
ISA
VGA-DVI
Module 11 inside view

5
U621 GigaStar Driver X16 X18 X9 X10 X15 X13

PCI
10
TFT 1
Front
3 eSATA Parallel
ISA
20 14 10 10 10
FAN
7
CPU IB930 SATA VGA-DVI Sound COM1 COM2 COM3 SATA LPT USB5 USB4 USB3 USB2 COM 4
PISA
FAN
10
3
COM 4
USB5 USB4 USB3 USB2

SLOT 8
external Sync
w/wo MW
Power ATX
+5V/+12V +5V/+12V
X12 X5 SLOT 10 U578 ELWMS Interface X13
PWR 1 PWR 2
4 20 4 4
ATX
Power Supply
4
Release: C.Hurle 17. Jun. 2011 File Name :BLK_V2_1K_ImgSys_IB930_V1.04
Inside View with Frame Grabber and Graphics Board Module 11
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
In image memory Systems shipped as from October 2011 a new framegrabber board is used.
This board is capable of doing 50Hz and 60Hz, image intensifiers and flat panels.
Using this board, no auxiliary frame grabber for FD systems is required anymore.
This U674 board needs to be configured for the system the image memory is used in.
Configuration is done via DIP switches
SW1 50/60Hz Switch Set to ‘0’, means 50 Hz

Set to ‘1’ means 60Hz
SW2 FD Switch Set to ‘0’, means I.I.

Set to ‘1’ means FD
(and always 50Hz)
SW3 Not used
SW4 Not used
View on 60Hz [1---0] 50Hz

U674
FD [1---0] I.I.
N/A [1---0] N/A
N/A [1---0] N/A
PWR1 PWR2
+ + +
+
L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3
COM4 TFT 1
+5V / +12V +5V / +12V

S1 S2 S3 DS3
60Hz 50Hz
Keyboard
Mouse
USB2
TFT 3
DS2 DS1
+
FD I.I.
USB1
Parallel
IN
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
USB3
DVI-R
CAN
VGA
USB4
eSATA
+
Ethernet CP
Camera Link
Ethernet
TFT 2
DVI-L
USB5
+
O
I
POWER SUPPLY 300W

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
The coding switch on the U578 is used in order to set up the X-ray lamp type and the flat screen
type.
Code Table
Position X-ray lamp Type Flat screen type
0 Bulb 18.1" flat screen / 19" DUO flat screen

1 Bulb 20.8" flat screen
2 LED 18.1" flat screen
3 LED 20.8" flat screen
4 Bulb 26.0" flat screen ENDO

5 LED 26.0" flat screen ENDO
8
.
. not yet defined not yet defined
.
F
0
I I
Giga
I I
I I
I I I
Link 4 2
TFT 1/2 VSYN CP VSYN Fiber
Printer / DVD Multi I/O CP P0 3 1
U578
NOTE
The 19" DUO monitor is equipped with an LED radiation lamp.
Anyhow, the configuration is set to position 0.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
15.3
U674
Digital GAIN
Fig. 15-25
Command Format
camera link
Processor Binning Converter GAMMA
digital
video LUT
for dose regulation
signal
data bus:
gigalink
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Flat Detector
machine data format machine data 0 - 4095 machine data

Binning setting Digital Gain FD 12 BIT level

X-Ray beam gamma
for video regulation

machine data
Dose Gain
dose machine data OFFSET
machine data
CCD / FD Fill regulation black level
video
PPC kV/mA
regulation
curve
Regulation block diagram (aSi Panel)

machine data
white level GAIN
image
CAN processing
kV, mA, pulse width

Regulation Block Diagram (aSi Panel)
image
X-Ray generator processing
image
display
Drawn: M. Ernemann 16.Mar.2004 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: P. Berauer 16.Mar.2004 File Name : DoseandVideoReg_FD_c_s.cdr
Ziehm
Module 11 Dose and Video Regulation FD Vision FD
Changed: R. Sörgel 16.July 2013 Page : of
15-29
15-30
U713
15.4
Digital GAIN
Fig. 15-26
CoaxPress Format
CCU Binning Converter GAMMA
digital
video LUT
for dose regulation
signal
CMOS
Flat Detector
machine data format machine data 0 - 4095 machine data

Binning setting Digital Gain FD 12 BIT level
X-Ray beam gamma
for video regulation

machine data
Dose Gain
dose machine data OFFSET
machine data
CCD / FD Fill regulation black level
video
PPC kV/mA
regulation
curve machine data
white level GAIN
Regulation block diagram (CMOS panel)

image
CAN processing
kV, mA, pulse width
image
X-Ray generator processing
Regulation Block Diagram (CMOS Panel)
image
display
14.12.15
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16
DICOM
Configuration Manual

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.1 Overview
DICOM means Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine. This worldwide standard was
developed by ACR and NEMA for the exchange of information between digital imaging computer
systems in medical environments.
The Ziehm C-arm can be supplied with 5 DICOM options:
1 With the DICOM Storage option you can send X-ray documentation to a DICOM computer
network. With DICOM Storage Commitment you can get a confirmation from the archive
that an image is saved.
2 With the DICOM Media Storage option you can save X-ray documentation to a USB mem-
ory stick or DVD/CD.
3 The DICOM Query/Retrieve option is used to query patient, study, series and image data
from a computer network.
4 The DICOM Worklist option is used to query a worklist job for today from a computer net-
work. MPPS can be used to send worklist jobs into the status "in progress" and finally "com-
pleted".
5 The DICOM Basic Grayscale Print option is used to print X-ray images to a computer net-
work.
The basic document of the DICOM application is the "Conformance Statement", which is obliga-
tion for every "DICOM participant". With this document you can decide whether the communica-
tion between Ziehm C-arm (SCU = Service Class User) and server (SCP = Service Class
Provider) will be successful.
The DICOM transmission needs the network parameters described in the following section:

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.2 Description of the Network Parameters
• IP address
(IP = Internet Protocol)
Every participant in the network gets an IP-address,
a 32-bit number, dotted decimal notation:
i.e. 192.168.127.80,
with 192.168.127 group address and 80 single participant
• IP subnet mask
255.255.255.0 (subnet mask "AND" IP address = group address)
• Hostname (for servers not applicable from software 5.20)
Name of the participant in the network, i.e. sun-server with definite assignment to IP
address.
• AE Title
(Application Entity)
Name of the DICOM application on the server, i.e. INOARCHIVE for DICOM Storage.
Must be 1 to 16 characters long, otherwise you will get an error message.
• Port address Ziehm Net Port (Client)
Only important for Image Retrieve / Storage Commitment.
At this listen port the Ziehm NetPort is waiting for instructions from server.
Port address configurable, 1025 and above
• Port address DICOM Server
At this listen port the server is waiting for instructions from Ziehm NetPort.
• IP Address Gateway
If the group of server and Ziehm NetPort is not the same, you have to define a gateway.
i.e. 192.168.127.250.
NOTE
Avoid leading zeros in IP addresses. For example:
Wrong 192.168.127.080
Correct 192.168.127.80

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.3 Client Configuration
It is possible to retrieve IP and DNS addresses automatically. The addresses will be retrieved
when pressing the "Apply" button if the corresponding option is enabled. The retrieved address is
stored in the "dicomConfig.ini" fiile.
The address now is used as a static address.
The address can be displayed in the service mode "System Settings" selection
"Network_ifconfig".
Fig. 16-1 Client configuration form with DHCP (example parameters)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.4 DICOM Media Configuration
In the tree view, press "Dicom_media" to display the Media class configuration form.
Fig. 16-2 Media class configuration form (example parameters)
See → Ch. 16.5.1.5, p. 16-8 for details on DICOM media parameters.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5 DICOM Server Configuration
16.5.1 DICOM Storage Configuration
In the tree view, press "Servers" and then "Storage" to display the storage server configuration
form.
Fig. 16-3 Storage server configuration form (example parameters)
NOTE
For each server, "Port", "IP address" and "AE-Title" parameters must be config-
ured according to the conditions of the hospital network.
The basic functions are as follows:

• Press "Clone" to clone a server from an existing one (→ Ch. 16.5.6, p. 16-13).
• Press "Test" to test the server configuration (→ Ch. 16.5.11, p. 16-20).
• Press "Apply" to store the settings in the "dicomConfig.ini" file.
• Press "Discard" to restore the old settings.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.1.1 Storage Server Name Activation
In order to activate storage server names, proceed as follows:

• To activate a PACS server, press the server name in the tree view, then press the "Server
Active" checkbox. The active PACS server names will appear in the "Storage server" drop-
down list in the "Storage media" section on the "Configuration" tab (→ Ch. 16.5.1.3,
p. 16-6).
• To activate a 2D navigation server, press the server name in the tree view, then press the
"Server Active" checkbox (→ Ch. 16.5.7, p. 16-14). The active 2D navigation server names
will appear in the "Navigation" dropdown list in the "Operation settings" section on the "Con-
figuration" tab.
• To activate a 3D navigation server, press the server name in the tree view, then press the
"Server Active" checkbox (→ Ch. 16.5.8, p. 16-16). The active 3D navigation server names
will appear in the "Navigation server" dropdown list in the 3D workflow form.
16.5.1.2 Storage Server Configuration
For server types PACS, 2D and 3D navigation, additional parameters must be configured.
See → Ch. 16.5.1.5, p. 16-8 for details.
16.5.1.3 Storage Server Selection
In the user configuration "Storage Media" the different storage servers can be activated by using
the dropdown menu.
Storage server
selection
Fig. 16-4 Configuration tab with storage server selection

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.1.4 Storage Commitment Server Configuration
Fig. 16-5 Storage commitment server configuration form (example parameters)
In order to configure automatic storage commitment, proceed as follows:

• Press "AutoCommit" to activate automatic Storage Commitment. In this case, after suc-
cessful DICOM Store, the system automatically sends a Commitment Request to the com-
mitment server and waits asynchronously for response even after the system is switched
off.
Otherwise, the "DICOM Storage Commitment" button in the user dialog must be
pressed manually to send a Commitment Request.
• Press "Apply" to store the settings.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.1.5 DICOM Storage Parameters
For configuration of DICOM Media and DICOM Storage Servers, these parameters apply:
− Class modality identifies the SOP (= Service Object Pair) Class
− Image attributes are used to apply the filter algorithms of the image memory to the DICOM
images which will be transmitted to the network
Name Description
Class modality
XA X-ray Angiography
CR Computed Radiography
SC Secondary Capture
RF Radio Fluoroscopy
RG Radiographic Imaging
RT Radiotherapy
Image attributes
off Attributes are deactivated and raw image data will be transmitted
on + Annot These attributes will be applied to the transmitted image:

Rotation, Horizontal mirror, Vertical mirror, Windowing, Edge enhancement,
Invert, Zoom.
Additionally, annotations written to the image by post processing, such as
signs for left/right, arrows and text notes as well as measurements, will be
transmitted.
off + Overlay Same as setting "on + Annot". Additionally, the text overlay will be applied
to the transmitted image.
Bits allocated / Image size
DICOM Storage Server Configuration only:

In order to reduce the file size of the transmitted images, parameters "Image
size" and "bits allocated" can be selected. "1024 × 1024" and "16 Bit" is the
original resolution of the image memory system.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.2 DICOM Query / Retrieve Configuration
In the tree view, press "Query" to display the query server configuration form. Then select the
server item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-6 Query server configuration form (example parameters)
Regularly queries are performed on patient level. If you want queries to be made on study level,
press "Query Root = Study" checkbox.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.3 DICOM Worklist Configuration
In the tree view, press "Worklist" to display the worklist server configuration form. Then select the
server item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-7 Worklist server configuration form (example parameters)
The matching keys will filter information of the transmitted worklist.

− Class Modality: select type of images contained in worklist items to appear
− Station AE Title: only worklist items for the AE Title configured in the text box will appear in
the worklist. If left empty, then worklist items for any AE Title will appear in the worklist
− Location: description of location Ziehm NetPort, i.e. OP1, ...
Additionally:
− Operator: mandatory tag operator’s name required for MPPS

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.4 DICOM MPPS Configuration
In the tree view, press "MPPS" to display the MPPS configuration form. Then select the server
item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-8 MPPS server configuration form (example parameters)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.5 DICOM Basic Grayscale Print Configuration
In the tree view, press "Print" to display the print server configuration form. Then select the server
item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-9 Print server configuration form (example parameters)
Additional parameters for print configuration:
Name Description Default value (Range)

Label Film session label <empty string> (free text)
Copies Number of copies 1 (1...10)
No / page Number per page 1 (1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24 "Multiform")
Density min/max Print density <empty string> (0...65535)
Priority Print priority <empty string> (HIGH, MED, LOW)
Media Medium type <empty string> (PAPER, CLEAR FILM, BLUE FILM)
Film Orientat. Film orientation <empty string> (LANDSCAPE, PORTRAIT)
Magn. Type Magnification type <empty string> (NONE, REPLICATE, CUBIC, BILIN-
EAR)
Destination Film destination <empty string> (MAGAZINE, PROCESSOR, BIN_1,
BIN_2, ... BIN_9)
Size ID film size <empty string> (8INX10IN, 8_5INX11IN, 10INX12IN,
10INX14IN, 11INX14IN, 11INX17IN, 14INX14IN,
14INX17IN, 24CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM, A4, A3)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.6 Server Cloning and Activating
You can add up to 5 server configurations to every server class by using the "Clone" function.
• Press an existing server name to select the server.
• Press "Clone".
• The tree of servers will collapse.
• Expand the corresponding server tree.
• Now the new configuration including the new server will be loaded.
The server will be named like the existing server suffixed with "-clone".
Additional server settings are necessary for:
− Separate servers for Query and Retrieve
− Separate servers for Storage and Storage Commitment
− Separate servers for Worklist and MPPS
− Navigation systems. For navigation systems, the additional server stores images automat-
ically.
Fig. 16-10 Example for cloned servers
You may activate or deactivate a storage server by checking or unchecking the Server Active
check box.
The active storage server can as well be selected by the user (→ Ch. 16.5.1.3, p. 16-6).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.7 2D Navigation Server Configuration
In the tree view, press "2DNavigation" to display the 2D navigation server configuration form. Then
select the server item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-11 2D navigation server configuration form (example parameters)
In the user configuration "Operation Settings" the navigation option can be activated:
Navigation
enable
2D Navigation
server selection
Fig. 16-12 Configuration tab with "Navigation" enable and server selection

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
In order to configure a 2D navigation server, proceed as follows:

• In the tree view, press "2DNavigation" to display the 2D navigation server configuration
form.
• Enter the server parameters according to the conditions of the hospital network.
• Change to "Config", "Operation Settings".
• Select a navigation server from the drop-down menu.
• Mark "Navigation" and press "Apply".
After saving an X-ray image it will be stored to the navigation server automatically.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.8 3D Navigation Server Configuration
NOTE
3D navigation server configuration applies only for devices that offer 3D capabili-
ties.
In the tree view, press "3DNavigation" to display the 3D navigation server configuration form. Then
select the server item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-13 3D navigation server configuration form (example parameters)
Additional parameters for 3D navigation server configuration:
Name Description Possible Values

Image Type Type of DICOM image
NaviType Navigation system type none
(vendor name) Brainlab
Stryker
Zimmer
Medtronic
SpineMask Selectable only valid for Stryker systems If checked, "SpineMask" option
button will be displayed on 3D
workflow form

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
The configured server(s) will appear in the drop-down menu within the 3D workflow form:
3D Navigation
server selection
Fig. 16-14 Navigation selection in 3D workflow
In order to configure a 3D navigation server, proceed as follows:

• In the tree view, press "3DNavigation" to display the 3D navigation server configuration
form.
• Enter the server parameters according to the conditions of the hospital network.
• Change to "3D" operating mode.
• Select a navigation server from the drop-down menu.
See the Operating Instructions Ziehm NaviPort 3D for details on the navigated 3D scan.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.9 Dose Structured Report Server Configuration
In the tree view, press "DoseSR" to display the dose structured report server configuration form.
Then select the server item that you want to configure.
Fig. 16-15 Dose structured report server configuration form (example parameters)
If dose structured report server is activated then DICOM Structured Report will be sent to the con-
figured server, else it will be sent to the active storage server.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.10 DICOM Time Server Configuration
In the tree view, press "TimeServer" to display the time server configuration form. Then select
"SNTP" and the "time_server" item for configuration.
Fig. 16-16 Time server configuration form (example parameters)
If time server is activated then the device time will be synchronized with the the configured time
server during startup.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
16.5.11 Test of the Configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)
After configuration of each server you can directly perform a test using the "Test" button.
By pressing "Test", a "ping" call is sent out. Then the association negotiation between SCU and
SCP is tested. An ECHO request is sent to SCP and waited for ECHO response.
In case of success a message box will be displayed:
Verification successful
Otherwise, the following error messages may occur:
Error message Cause(s)
Verification failed Server hardware is switched off

OM[6]: Association request failed IP address of DICOM server is not correctly entered
Gateway is not set
Subnet mask is not correctly entered
Network is interrupted
Server is not switched on
Port address DICOM server is not correctly entered
Port address DICOM server does not exist
Application on server doesn't run
Verification failed OM[5] AE title DICOM server is not correctly entered

Association rejected: Wrong server AE title ZIEHM NETPORT is not correctly entered
(client) aetitle (when registered on server)
System is not registered on server (if server
requires registration)
Setting the network configuration Client configuration is not valid, e. g. gateway does
failed not match
16.6 DICOM Conformance Statement
For more information on DICOM, please refer to our DICOM Conformance Statement.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17
Software Tools

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.1 Vision Studio
NOTE
Vision Studio is not intended for use with systems running NGP software (SW ver-
sion as from 6.xx)
Software update on CAN Modules is performed by using the service key as part of
the Image Memory update procedure.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2 Service Toolbar
In order to download and upload machine data, program single module and convert generator
from S to R type and vice versa, a Service Toolbar is available.
If a Service Key with a valid "ServiceKeyN.dat" file is connected, a button "Toolbar" is shown in
the upper right corner of the touchscreen.
Toolbar button
Fig. 17-1 "Toolbar" button
When the "Toolbar" button is pressed, the Service Toolbar appears.
Service toolbar
Fig. 17-2 Service Toolbar

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
In order to use the functions, the MainUnit Software needs to be stopped.
• Select "MainUnit" and then press the "Yes" button.
Fig. 17-3 Shutdown MainUnit

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1 CAN Updater
• Select "CAN Updater".

Several sub-tabs are offered. Initially the "Info" sub-tab is shown.
NOTE
Prerequisite for using the CAN Updater is to have a file "description.json" located
in the "NGPFiles" folder on the Service Key. This file is related to the latest software
and is backward compatible to all previous versions. The current version is avail-
able via Ziehm Member Service.
17.2.1.1 Info
Fig. 17-4 Service toolbar "Info" sub-tab
The "Info" sub-tab states the version of the CAN Updater. Furthermore, basic information about
the available functions is provided.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1.2 Generator Controller Reprogram
Changing the generator type by using "Generator Controller Reprogram" requires special permis-
sion on the Service Key.
If a generator controller board needs to be replaced, the correct machine data must be written to
the new controller board. This is performed by using the "Generator Controller Reprogram" sub-
tab.
A file in the format "mdxx_hhhh.gen.json" is supplied with the generator, where
− xx is the version of the machine data,
− hhhh is the housing number of the generator.
• Copy this file to the Service Key.
• Select the "Generator Controller Reprogram" sub-tab.
Fig. 17-5 "Generator Controller Reprogram" sub-tab

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Press "select file" and select the previously copied file.
Fig. 17-6 Select generator file
• Press "Open" and "Start programming".
• Wait until this message is displayed:

"Programming GeneratorController machine data to … successful. done.".

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1.3 CAN module SW (as from SW 7.03)
This sub-tab provides the functionality to program the CAN modules in the system with a certain
CAN module software version. It can be used to archive or restore a certain MMD version.
In automatic mode, when a Global Ziehm SW version is selected, the CAN modules that have to
be programmed to achieve the selected Global Version will be set up and selected automatically.
Once started, the MMD versions will also be converted to match the new CAN module SW ver-
sion.
17.2.1.3.1 Automatic Mode
Fig. 17-7 CAN module SW Update start page

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Press "Read CAN module SW versions".
Fig. 17-8 CAN module SW Update after reading versions
• Open "Global Ziehm SW version" dropdown list.
• Select target SW.
Fig. 17-9 CAN module SW Update dropdown list

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
Fig. 17-10 CAN module SW Update target SW selected
If the current version differs from the target version the check box of the corresponding module
will be activated automatically.
If a module has lost its software, it will be shown in the list anyhow as long as the bootloader
responds. In this case, the current version will be indicated as "?".
• Press the "Start programming CAN module SW" button to start the automatic programming
procedure.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1.3.2 Expert Mode
Fig. 17-11 CAN module SW Update start page
• Press "Read CAN module SW versions".
Fig. 17-12 CAN module SW Update after reading versions
• Open "Global Ziehm SW version" dropdown list.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Select "Expert Mode".
Fig. 17-13 CAN module SW Update dropdown list
Fig. 17-14 CAN module SW Update Expert Mode start page warning

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Read the warning carefully. Then press "OK".
Fig. 17-15 CAN module SW Update Expert Mode selected
If a module has lost its software, it will be shown in the list anyhow as long as the bootloader
responds. In this case, the current version will be indicated as "?".
Fig. 17-16 CAN module SW Update Expert Mode module and SW selection

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Select module(s) and target version for programming
NOTE
Module Machine Data will not be converted during this procedure.
The original Module Machine Data will remain on the module.
• Press the "Start programming CAN module SW" button to start the manual programming pro-
cedure.
Fig. 17-17 CAN module SW Update Expert Mode programming procedure

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1.4 Module Machine Data (MMD) (as from SW 7.03)
This sub-tab provides the functionality to read Module Machine Data (MMD) from CAN modules,
write MMD to CAN modules, convert MMD to a specific version, read MMD from the service key
and write MMD to the service key. It can be used to archive or restore MMD.
Fig. 17-18 MMD sub-tab start page
17.2.1.4.1 Saving MMD to files
• Press "Read MMD from CAN modules".
Fig. 17-19 MMD sub-tab after reading MMD from CAN modules

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
All detected modules will be shown. Some modules may be grayed out because there are no
MMD available.
• Mark the checkboxes of the modules to save the MMD from.
• Press "Save MMD to files". If the file already exists, a dialog is shown.
Fig. 17-20 MMD Save File dialog
If a corresponding file already exists (from an earlier saving) choose "Save with new suffix" in
order to keep the existing file. The suffix will be generated automatically from the current date and
time. You may change this suffix manually if required.
The files will be saved to the Service Key. In the "NGPFiles" folder, a subfolder named after the
serial number of the system will be created in order to save the files. If the folder already exists,
the files will be added there.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
Fig. 17-21 Example of MMD on the Service Key, with and without suffix
The MMD is saved in "json" format.

In order to view or edit the files it is recommended to use a json editor, for example JSONedit.
Fig. 17-22 Example of MMD opened in JSONedit

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.1.4.2 Restore MMD from files
• Press "Load MMD from files".
Fig. 17-23 MMD sub-tab start page
A browser window opens, showing the MMD files located in the corresponding folder on the Ser-
vice Key (→ Fig. 17-21, p. 17-16).
Fig. 17-24 MMD browser window

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Select the MMD files to restore.
Fig. 17-25 MMD browser window with selected files
• Press "Open"
Fig. 17-26 Load MMD from files

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Activate the checkboxes and select a target version.
Fig. 17-27 Collimator selected for programming
• Press "Write MMD to CAN modules".
Fig. 17-28 MMD browser window with selected files
• Press "Yes" to acknowledge the warning. Writing MMD starts.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
Fig. 17-29 MMD writing procedure finished

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.2 Additional Functions as from SW 7.02
As from SW 7.02 a new "Tools" button has been added to the service toolbar. This provides func-
tions for accessing the console of the system temporarily.
Fig. 17-30 Service toolbar with "Tools" button
As from SW 7.02 a keyboard connected to the system must be activated to work properly.
NOTICE
Be careful when using the terminal console! Wrong commands may damage the
system. Follow the instructions given by Ziehm Imaging Member Service.
To activate the keyboard and access the console, do the following:
• Download the OTPW package from the Ziehm Imaging Member Service.
• Copy this package into the "SW-Update" folder on the service key in the same way as a soft-
ware update.
• Connect the service key to the USB port.
Fig. 17-31 Service toolbar with "Open System" menu item
• Press "Open System" in the "Tools  Security" menu.
Fig. 17-32 Service toolbar with "Load Package" menu item
• Press "Load Package" from the "Tools  System" menu.

The package is installed on the system. Additionally, an encrypted password list is created in
the root directory of the service key.
The name format of the password list is as follows:
<serial number>_<date>_<time>_keylist
Example: 52064_2016-09-20_17.10.03_keylist

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
• Connect the keyboard to the USB port. Use a USB hub to accommodate connecting service
key and keyboard in parallel. Alternatively, you may use a free USB port at the image memory.
The keyboard is activated. SSH (Secure Shell) access is enabled.
Fig. 17-33 Service toolbar with "Terminal" menu item
• Press "Terminal" in the "Tools  System" menu.

A terminal window is displayed.
Enter password here, e. g.:

2marij
Entered text will not be visible!
Fig. 17-34 Terminal window containing password number (example)
• On the keyboard type login name "root" and hit the Enter key.
Now the system asks for a password number. Note down that number.
• In order to get the password, send the encrypted password list to Ziehm Imaging service
department via e-mail, stating the requested number.
• Receive the password from Ziehm Imaging service department. This password has to be
entered within 10 hours, starting from the time of login. The system must be up and running
during this period.
After the password has been entered, access is granted until the terminal window is closed or
the system is switched off.
• Sometimes the system asks for 3 password numbers. Note down these numbers.
• Obtain the passwords from Ziehm Imaging service department as described above. Enter the
passphrase as one string concatenated from the 3 passwords.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
Enter passphrase here, e. g.:

2marijxgeiavcde3r8
Entered text will not be visible!
Fig. 17-35 Terminal window containing 3 password numbers (example)
• To log in again, a new password must be requested.
NOTICE
Closing the terminal window leaves the SSH access still enabled.
After completing your work successfully, secure the system by selecting "Secure
System" from the "Tools  Security" menu.
The encrypted password list sent to service department is valid for 5 days. After this period, or if
"Secure System" is selected in the "Tools  Security" menu, a new package has to be down-
loaded from the Ziehm Imaging Member Service and loaded into the system in order to grant
access again.
Fig. 17-36 Service toolbar with "Secure System" menu item
The "Switch to production encryption key" menu item is only relevant for production purposes.
Selecting this function during field service will have no effect.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3 Vision Center Service Settings
The service settings are used to do adjustments and set-up of the system.
NOTE
Following screenshots refer to Software 6.06 and 7.00 (NGP).
Other software versions may show different content.
NOTE
All values, texts and settings shown in the screenshots are examples and do not
refer to a certain system setting.
17.3.1 Access to the Service Settings
There are two ways to access the service settings:

1 Password
The password will give you limited access to the service settings.
If you are an authorized person, you can obtain the password from your local Ziehm dealer.
After pressing the button "Service Settings" a password window will open.
Type in the password and press the button "Continue".
2 Service Key (USB Pen Drive)
The Service Key will give you full access to the service settings.
You will obtain a Service Key during technical training on Vision Based systems.
The Service Key is valid for 2 years after issue.
After pressing the "Service Settings" button the service settings will open immediately, if a
valid service key is connected to the USB port.
Button for entering

service settings
Fig. 17-37 Configuration page with "Service settings" button

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.2 Allow Remote Service
Allows access for remote service.

Button caption is grey if "Remote Service" option not available.
In order to use remote service:
− The function has to be enabled in the Option Key (Factory default).
− The network has to be set up (client configuration in DICOM Settings) → Ch. 16.3, p. 16-3
− The network has to provide access to the Internet.
− A network cable has to be connected.
− The button has to be pressed and must light up yellow.
During remote session:
− A splash screen will be shown during the remote session.
End of remote session:
− Shut off the system when remote session is finished in order to terminate the connection.
Fig. 17-38 Remote Service activated
Fig. 17-39 Splash screen during remote session

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.3 Service Settings Start Screen
After entering the service settings the following screen will be displayed:
Anatomic Mode Active Mode Displays

selection indication
Title Bar
Input box
Check box
Buttons
Text box
Sub-Tabs for Service

mode selection
Tabs for Service

mode selection
Fig. 17-40 Service mode start screen

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.4 "Dose" Service Mode
After entering the service settings, the "Dose" service mode will be shown.
By pressing the sub-tabs the input boxes will change.
All other controls and indicators will remain the same as long as the "Dose" service mode is active.
Symbol(s) Meaning
Dropdown list to select anatomic mode to be adjusted.
• Press "Test" button to activate new selection

High Quality. Selects the high quality supplementary
function for adjustment.
• Press "Test" button to activate this selection

Adipose Patient. Selects Adipose Patient
supplementary function for adjustment.

Snapshot. Selects the snapshot supplementary function
for adjustment.

Active mode indication. Shows currently activated mode.
New mode selection will be displayed here after the
"Test" button has been pressed
Display. Displays kV, mA and Dose area product.
kV and mA values are nominal values.
Dose value is a measured or calculated actual value.
Pulse rate and pulse length display. Shows the current
pulse rate and pulse length. Pulse rate will be "0" if Auto
Dose Reduction is active and system does not screen.
Magnify. Select the text box size for adjustment.

Histogram. Activates the histogram function for video
adjustment (→ Ch. 18.2.2, p. 18-4).
Reset Dose. Manually resets the dose display.
Metal. Activates the metal black level for adjustment.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
Symbol(s) Meaning
Clear. Clears selected text box.
Backspace. Deletes the character left of the cursor in the

selected text box.
Delete. Deletes the character right of the cursor in the

selected text box.
Numerical keypad. To enter values in the text boxes.
Apply. Stores adjustments to the machine data file.
Discard. Restores values from the machine data file.
• Press "Test" button to activate restored values.

Test. Activates new selections and values temporarily.
Values will not be stored in the machine data file.
Original values can be restored by the "Discard" button
as long as the "Apply" button has not been pressed.
Sub-tabs. Selects the different input boxes of the dose
adjustment mode.
Scroll arrows. Scroll the Sub-Tabs.
Tabs. Select the service modes.

Tabs are displayed in all service modes.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.4.1 Input Box
Fig. 17-41 Example of an Input box
The input boxes will change by selecting different sub-tabs.

For description of the particular input boxes, refer to chapter 19 "Adjustment Instructions"
(→ Ch. 18.3, p. 18-6).
17.3.4.2 Dose Service Settings with opened Drop-down List Box
Fig. 17-42 Dose service settings with opened drop-down list box
NOTE
The number of displayed anatomic modes depends on the options installed
(→ Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 17-38).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.5 "DICOM" Service Mode
For DICOM settings, refer to the Chapter "DICOM configuration manual" in this book (→ Ch. 16.3,
p. 16-3).
17.3.6 "Common" Service Mode
Fig. 17-43 "Common" service mode
17.3.6.1 "Load" Functions
This function uploads files from a USB to the image memory. The files have to be located in a
folder called "NGPFiles" on the medium (→ Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-48).
3 files can be uploaded:
1 dis8000.ini
A configuration file containing information about system settings.
2 dicomConfig.ini
The dicom configuration file.
3 machinedata_<serial_number>.ini
This file containes regulation adjustments and settings. (e.g. Dose, Video....)
In order to upload the files, they have to be located in the folder "NGPFiles" and must be named
like described above.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.2 "Save" Functions
This function saves files to USB.

The files will saved to a folder called "NGPFiles"( → Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-48).
If the folder NGPFiles does not exist, it will be created automatically. 4 files can be saved:
1 dis8000.ini
A configuration file containing information about system settings.
2 dicomConfig.ini
The dicom configuration file.
3 SystemMessageLog
The error log file.
4 machinedata_<serial_number>.ini
This file contains regulation adjustments and settings. (e.g. dose, Video....)
17.3.6.3 Log Service Task
This function will create an entry in the SystemMessageLog file:

Wed Jun 27 11:32:57 2007
Service task performed by: Name
Time and date is taken from the system clock, the name is taken from the service key.
17.3.6.4 Clear Hard Disk
This function will delete all images and patient data from the hard disk.
A message box "do you really want to clear the hard disk" will appear after this button has been
pressed.
17.3.6.5 Make Anonymous
This function will replace all patient last names stored on the image memory hard disk by "ZIEHM"
The function will be performed immediately after this button has been pressed.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.6 Save Startup Configuration
Using this function, a boot up configuration can be stored. Settings that can be stored are:
− Anatomic mode
− Image reversal horizontal
− Image reversal vertical
− Magnifier setting
In order to store a certain startup configuration:
• select anatomic mode, image orientation and magnifier setting in the fluoro mode.
• enter service settings, switch to tab common.
• Press button "Save boot configuration"
• Do not switch off the unit for approx. 10s after the button "Save boot configuration" has been
pressed.
After restart, the system will start in the selected modes.
17.3.6.7 Software Update
This function performs a software update from the USB stick.
17.3.6.8 Language
Allows to switch to different user interface languages.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.9 "Quality Check" Functions
17.3.6.9.1 Load Quality Check Directory
This function will restore an folder "Ziehm_QCC" to the archive.

This folder is located on a protected area of the hard disk. Even if the function "Clear Hard Disk"
has been performed, the folder can still be restored.
The folder contains test images. Reference images can be added by the user.
17.3.6.9.2 Store Quality Check Directory
This function will save all folders called "Ziehm_QCC" to a protected area of the hard disk.
This folders can be restored to the archive by using the function " Load Quality Check Directory"
By this function, reference images can be stored permanently to the image memory.
17.3.6.10 Database Check
Performs a check to patient data and images database.

Result will be stored in the "SystemMessageLog" file.
17.3.6.11 Beep on XRAY
Activates a sound during screening. Button will remain yellow if function is active.
17.3.6.12 Speaker Volume Control
Fig. 17-44 Speaker volume control
Move the slider to the right to increase the volume.

Push the "Set" button to activate the new setting.
The "Test" button allows to check the volume and has no additional function.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.13 Report Package
Opens a dialog, showing a list of report packages.

There are two types of report packages:
− system dumps
(created after a crash or serious event)
− User created report packages
(triggered from the button "create report package" from the system versions dialog).
The system dumps are named: date_time_DMP.tar.gz <
The user created report packages are named date_time_DSS.tar.gz.
Fig. 17-45 Report Package dialog
17.3.6.14 Fluoro Time
− GROSS radiation time (absolute time, time where the footswitch or hand switch is pressed)
− NET radiation time (sum of effective pulse times without pulse pause times)
Power cycle the device in order to activate the new setting.

After the boot is finished the selected time display will be active.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7 "Switch" Service Mode
Tap time display
Drop-down list box
Text box
Slider
Option button
Command buttons
Fig. 17-46 "Switch" service mode
17.3.7.1 Option Button
With the option buttons, the switch that is to be programmed is selected.

For every switch, there are 3 modes:
1 Hand/Foot switch
Sets up the function when the switch is pressed permanently.
2 Tap
Sets up the function when the switch is only pressed for a short time.
The time is set up with the slider.
3 Press interrupt
Sets up the function when the switch is only released for a short time.
The time is set up with the slider.
4 The function is selected by the corresponding drop-down list box.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7.2 Switch Assignment in Ziehm Vision with Double Foot Switch
hand switch 1 hand switch
hand switch 2 not used
foot switch 1 left foot switch
foot switch 2 right foot switch
foot switch 3 not used
foot switch 4 not used
17.3.7.3 Switch Assignment Option Smart Vascular with Dual Plus Foot Switch
NOTE
For the "Smart Vascular" option the "Vascular Footswitch" option has to be set.
Programming of the switches will then not be possible anymore.
17.3.7.4 Drop-down List Boxes
With the drop-down list boxes the switch functions can be selected. Offered options depend on
the corresponding switch mode. The selected function will be displayed in the text box. If "No
switch function" was selected, the text box will be empty.
NOTE
A hardware setting has to be changed if a switch is reprogrammed from function
control to radiation release (→ Ch. 5.4.1, p. 5-11).
17.3.7.5 Tap Time / Press Interrupt Time Display and Slider
In order to activate the tap / press interrupt mode, a time has to be set up.
• select the tap / press interrupt mode of a switch by an option button
• select a function from the corresponding drop-down list box
• select a time by using the slider The time will be shown in the tap time display
• Press the command button "Apply"
17.3.7.6 Command Buttons
− Apply
Stores the selected configuration.
− Cancel
Discards the selected configuration and restores the current configuration.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7.7 Smart Vascular Configuration
This option sets the foot switches to special Vascular settings. Assignment of the foot switches
will change according to the workflow. The option buttons are disabled if the option is selected.
Assignment will be displayed in the title bar of the user screen.
3-pedal foot switch "Dual Plus" or "Wireless Dual Plus" is required.
17.3.8 "System" Service Mode
The "System" service mode allows to view and download system information from the Vision.
Command button
Drop-down list box
Document window
Fig. 17-47 "System" service mode
The drop-down list box allows to select different system informations to be displayed:
− System Options
− System Versions
− Network ifconfig
− dicom.log
− SystemMessageLog
The selected information will be displayed in the document window.
By pressing the button "Store", files will be stored on the USB stick in the serial number folder
(→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.1 System Options
This selection will show all the system options read from the USB dongle. The options are defined
by the encrypted file "options.dat" on the USB dongle. The dongle is located at the USB port of
the image memory inside the monitor cart.
By pressing the "Store" button, the information will be stored in a file "options.html" on the USB
stick in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).
17.3.8.2 System Versions
This selection shows information about software versions, firmeware versions and whether a
mobile stand is detected or not.
Fig. 17-48 System versions, exported html file

(example,content depends on installed hardware)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
− System Version Info

Shows the Global version of the software.
Shows the Versions of Host, Vision Center and CAN Modules
− Can Modules
Shows the detected CAN modules and their software versions.
− U674
Shows the firmware versions of the U674 board (framegrabber) hardware.
− U622
Shows the firmware version of the U622 board (upscan board).
− Mobile stand present / Mobile stand NOT present
Indicates, whether a mobile stand was detected or not. Detection of the mobile stand is
done by checking the CAN-sense line in the P0 cable (→ Ch. 3.1, p. 3-1).
− Serial number
Shows the Serial number that is stored in the file "option.dat" ( → Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 17-38).
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "system_version.html" on the
USB stick in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.3 Network ifconfig
This selection shows information about the TCP/IP network interface of the image memory.
MAC Address
Fig. 17-49 System settings, Network ifconfig
The MAC address is shown. This information is required if the connection runs via a firewall in
order to configure the firewall.
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "ifconfig.txt" on the USB stick
in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).
eth0: DICOM Network

eth1: Command Processor Network (Flat Panel)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.4 dicom.log
This selection shows the dicom.log file. This file contains information about DICOM connection
establishment, data transfer and connection termination.
Fig. 17-50 System settings, dicom.log
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "dicom.log" on the USB stick
in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.5 SystemMessage.Log
This selection shows the SystemMessage.Log file. This file contains all occurred errors, database
check status and logged service tasks.
Some errors are not shown on the Vision Center but will only appear in the SystemMessage.Log
file.
Fig. 17-51 System settings, SystemMessage.Log
By pressing the "Store" button, the file "SystemMessage.Log" will be stored on the USB stick in
the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49).
NOTE
If "Delete SystemMessage.Log" option is not displayed reboot the system with the
service key connected.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.9 "MDATA" service mode
The "MDATA" service mode allows to save and restore system settings to the hard disk of the
Image Memory.
"Load" command button
List of saved system settings
Text text box for name

of saved file
"Delete" command button
"Save" command button
Fig. 17-52 "MDATA" service mode
NOTE
Availability of the "Delete" button depends on access level of the service key.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.10 "Kinematic" Service Mode
The "Kinematic" service mode allows handling all the kinematic diagnostics and settings
It is divided in several sub tabs.
17.3.10.1 Kinematic State
Command buttons
Document window
Fig. 17-53 "Kinematic State" service mode

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.10.2 Axis State
Command buttons
Document window
Fig. 17-54 "Axis State" service mode
17.3.10.3 Collision Sensor
Command buttons
Sensor display window
Fig. 17-55 "Collision Sensor" service mode

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.10.4 Kinematic Settings
Fig. 17-56 "Kinematic Settings" service mode
For adjustment refer to Work instructions:

19_2167_Exchanging_and_adjusting_A-Drive_components
19_2168_Exchanging_and_adjusting_C-Drive_components
19_2169_Exchanging_and_adjusting_Y-Drive_components
19_2170_Exchanging_and_adjusting_Z-Drive_components
17.3.10.5 Axis Settings
"Axis Settings" service mode is currently not used
17.3.10.6 Collision Sensor Settings
"Collision Sensor Settings" service mode is currently not used

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4 USB Service Key
Fig. 17-57 Example content of the Service Key
17.4.1 ServiceKey.dat
The file "ServiceKeyN.dat" provides access to the service settings of the Vision Family systems
with SW 6.06 and above (NGP). The file is encrypted and will only work on the related USB stick.
Included in this file is the owners name and the expiry date. This information is stated on the USB
stick label also. A backup copy of this file may be restored to the related stick.
NOTE
It is recommended to have a backup copy of the files "ServiceKey.dat" and "Ser-
viceKeyN.dat" in case the files have been deleted from the USB stick accidentally.
NOTE
Do not format the USB stick!
Otherwise the file "serviceKey.dat" will not be valid anymore.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.2 "NGPFiles" folder
Fig. 17-58 "NGP Files" folder
In the "NGPFiles" folder, configuration files and the "systemMessageLog" file will be stored when
the save functions of the "Common" service mode are used. (→ Ch. 17.3.6.2, p. 17-31).
If the folder does not exist, it will be created automatically.
In order to restore the files by the load functions, the file name has to be like it was stored (see
above).
To restore a file from the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-49), the date information has
to be removed from the file name.
If a valid file name is found in the "NGPFiles" folder, the file will be restored to the system imme-
diately when the corresponding load button is pressed.
NOTE
The "NGPFiles" folder should be kept empty when not in use to avoid accidental
file restore.
To prevent accidental loading of a vision.md file from another device, the "machinedata.ini" file is
stored extended by the serial number of the unit. The file has the format
"machinedata_<serial_number>.ini" When loading a vision.md from the service key, a
"machinedata_<serial_number>.ini" file of this device is searched for. If no such file can be found,
an error message will be displayed.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.3 Serial Number Folder
Fig. 17-59 Serial number Folder
The configuration files and the error log files will be copied to a folder named after the serial num-
ber of the Vision automatically when the service settings are entered with a valid service key.
If this folder does not yet exist, it will be created automatically.
There will be separate folders for every Vision unit.
The files names will be extended by the current date. Existing files will be overwritten on the same
day.
If a configuration file has to be restored, it has to be copied to the "NGPFiles" folder, and the date
information has to be removed from the file name (→ Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-48).
Also the system information files will be stored into this folder (→ Ch. 17.3.8, p. 17-37).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.4 "SW-update" Folder
The "SW-update" folder is required to do software updates to the image memory. This folder has
to be created manually. Update files have to be copied into this folder.
This folder must be used for all NGP systems (SW version 6.xx).
For detailed SW update description refer to Work Instruction 19_2047 "Vision Software Update".

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18
Adjustment
Instructions

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18 Adjustment Instructions
NOTE
For adjustment values refer to the document
System Settings Ziehm Vision RFD Version x.xx.
(Depending on HW and SW version, refer to "GTI" Document of installed SW)
These documents can be downloaded from the Ziehm member service.
www.ziehm.com
NOTE
18.1 Dose Adjustment
18.1.1 Dose Measurement Setup
symbolic view View of the Dose chamber

on the Monitor
25mm Al + 1,5mm Cu
for Dose Rate / Dose
measurement
Fig. 18-1 Dose measurement setup
Dose adjustment has to be performed prior to video adjustment. The adjustment of dose is per-
formed with 25 mm Al + 1.5 mm copper put onto the generator. The dose is measured in front of
the image intensifier grid. The dose values have to be taken from System Settings. You can adjust
dose with the following parameters:

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.1.2 Parameters for Dose Adjustment
− Dose Gain (Dose 1 Menu):

− increasing the value will decrease the dose
− CCD/FD Fill (Dose 1 Menu):

− should be set to default values given in the System Settings
− increasing the value will increase the dose
− should not be used for dose adjustment
18.1.3 Strategy for Adjusting Dose
• To set values, the bar on the left side of the dose input box has to be pressed. This will acti-
vate the text boxs. At the same time the virtual collimator (only the preview) is closed in
order to have the active grids only in the middle of the image.
• First set CCD fill level to value given in the CCD fill levels table.
• Adjust dose gain to get the corresponding result
NOTE
Before adjusting make sure that these ODDC features are switched off:
– Motion Detection
– Automatic Dose Reduction
Off = no Check Symbol ("Adjustment" dialog, "Dose 3" tab)
After adjustment switch on again, if it was switched off for adjustment.
Grid Regulation must not be switched off at any time!
Grid Regulation must

not be switched off at
any time
Features must be
switched off temporarily
during adjustment
Fig. 18-2 ODDC features

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.1.4 Special Cases for Dose Adjustment
− High Quality Mode (HQ):

HQ is a modifier to each application program. Dose has to be adjusted in all programs, it will
be the same value in all programs. HQ has also one individual kV/mA curve for all programs.
Adjust dose to the value as is described in the System Settings.
− Snapshot:
Snapshot is a separate program, and it is adjusted by selecting the SSHT key in the adjustment
dialog. Measure the accumulated dose for one shot. Do not measure the first shot, make sure
that regulation has found its target before. Dose has to be below 2 µG.
− Adipose Patient (LPK):

LPK is a modifier to each application program. Dose has to be adjusted in all programs, it will
be the same value in all programs. HQ has also one individual kV/mA curve for all programs.
− DSA:
There are two dose adjustments for DSA possible Adjust for:
1 HQ DSA
2 LPK DSA
Adjust in Configuration Menu, always with Frames/sec = 25 (→ Fig. 18-7, p. 11).
Restore original setting after adjustment.
Dose has to be measured with "Dose rate".
− MSA
In MSA no Dose adjustment is necessary as there is just an image calculated from the DSA.
Set values as described the System Settings.
− RSA
RSA is a separate program, and it is adjusted by selecting the RSA function in the dropdown
menu of the adjustment dialog.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.2 Video Adjustment
18.2.1 Parameters for Video Adjustment
− Video black level:

− influences the black level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the black level.
− Video white level:

− influences the white level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the white level.
− Video metal level:

− sets up a second black level if metal key is selected.
− increasing the value will increase the second black level.
18.2.2 Histogram
For measuring the video signal, the histogram function is used. The histogram will be displayed
on the right screen when the histogram function is active. It will be updated after every fluoros-
copy. The histogram function can be activated by the histogram key that appears in the service
menu.→ Ch. 17.3.4, p. 27. After restarting the unit, the histogram function will be disabled auto-
matically.
Fig. 18-3 Example of a histogram with stepwedge in the image

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.2.3 Strategy for Adjusting Video
• Rotate the image one step in order to get a mask circle.
• Put the grey step wedge into the optical path so that both angles of the grey step wedge (black)
just contact the upper mask circle:
Position detector active area Type and distance

of the step wedge
31 cm: large,
about 30 cm to detector
23 cm: large,
15 cm: positioning at M1 large,

Fig. 18-4 Grey Step Wedge
• Use histogram function in order to measure the video signal

Histogram can be activated by the histogram key that appears in the service menu.
• Select Service Settings – Dose 1

• Set the Black level to the value defined in the System Settings.
• Set the White level to the value defined in the System Settings.
• Adjust video Metal level. Therefore, take a proper reference image without metal in each ana-
tomical program. After inserting a pice of metal and pressing the metal switch there should be
no difference within the bone grayscale values of the image with or without metal.
CAUTION
Before making any adjustments not described here, please contact our Service
department!

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3 Input Boxes
NOTE
The following screenshots refer to software 6.06 and 7.03 (NGP)
Other software versions may show different content.
NOTE
18.3.1 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab

(Systems with Command Processor)
Fig. 18-5 Dose 1 tab (systems with command processor)
Name Description
Dose
CCD / FD-Fill This value determines the dose with respect to the average/peak
value originating from the flat-panel detector. You must set the
value according to the system settings table.
Dose gain 0...2047: This value determines the gain for dose regulation.
Higher value leads to a lower dose. This is the only value for dose
adjustment in Vision RFD Systems.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Dose Target value for automatic dose adjustment
Peak Part This value determines the characteristic of dose regulation with
respect to being a mean or a peak type of regulation. 0% will result
in a pure mean regulation and 100% in a pure peak regulation.
Values in between would create a characteristic of both types.
Video
Black Level 0–100%: Black color in the image will be regulated to this level.
Checkbox checked means: function is active
White Level 0–200%: White color in the image will be regulated to this level.
Higher values than 100% will cut off in white.
Checkbox checked means: function is active
Metal black Level 0–100%: Black color in the image will be regulated to this level if
the "Metal" key is pressed
Peak 0–100%: This gives a certain percentage of peak information to

the metal black value measurement.
Varian
Digital Gain FD This value determines the flat-panel detector gain without influ-
encing the dose value. You must set the value according to the
system settings table.
Highres. Activates High Resolution Mode for FD Systems.

Pulse rate will be limited to 12.5 pulses per second
Binning Pixel Binning from 0 to 3. Value must be set according to the sys-
tem settings table.
Filter
Low Default for recursive filter level Low in the selected operating
mode
Medium Default for recursive filter level Medium in the selected operating
mode
High Default for recursive filter level High in the selected operating
mode
NR Active recursive filter out of Low, Medium or High after switching

to an anatomical program.
The column below extends that value to the five different modes
out of which HQ is High Quality (high dose mode), Fluoro is Stan-
dard (standard dose mode), LPK is Adipose Patient key, LD (Low
Dose Mode) and Rep is Repositioning (motion in the image)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
LIH Last image hold filter

This is adjustable to 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 but it should never be less than
the corresponding recursive filter; if this happens then better
adjust to 1
Example: NR 8 and LIH 2 will not make sense, better use NR 8
and LIH 1
RTE Real Time Edge enhancement

Five different settings are available, where 0 is off, 3 is maximum
enhancement and 4 is a blurring filter.
Gamma
Gamma 5 or 7
Two different Gamma curves.
Checkbox checked means: Function is active
Level 0-100%: This parameter is the Gamma Black level which can be
adjusted to be at a certain greyscale level on the curve. It could run
from 0 to 100% of the input greyscale level. Input black is clamped
to this level.
Two different settings possible for low and high kV range.
Dynamic 5-100%: This Dynamic value corresponds to the speed at which

the gamma black measurement value is created. It is kind of a
recursively created value, just using 5 to 100% of the next frame
being added to the existing measurement.
Windowing
Window 0-100: This value is adjusting the size of the window which is auto-
matically set when entering an anatomical program. The size is
between 0 and 100%
Level 0-100: This value is adjusting the position of the window which is
automatically set when entering an anatomical program. The posi-
tion is between 0 and 100%, usually it will be set to 50%

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.2 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab (Systems with CCU)
Fig. 18-6 Dose 1 tab (systems with CCU)
Name Description
Dose
CCD / FD-Fill This value determines the dose with respect to the average/peak
value originating from the flat-panel detector. You must set the
value according to the system settings table.
Dose gain 0...2048: This value determines the gain for dose regulation.
Higher value leads to a lower dose. This is the only value for dose
adjustment in Ziehm Vision RFD systems.
Dose Target value for automatic dose adjustment
Peak Part This value determines the characteristic of dose regulation with
respect to being a mean or a peak type of regulation. 0% will result
in a pure mean regulation and 100% in a pure peak regulation.
Values in between would create a characteristic of both types.
CCU
Digital gain FD This value determines the flat-panel detector gain without influ-
encing the dose value. Value must be set according to the system
settings table.
Binning Pixel Binning from 1x1 to 8x8. Value must be set according to the
system settings table.
Normalisation Weighting of pixels if binning is used. Value must be set according

to the system settings table.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Sensitivity Selects Panel sensitivity

(low = required for 3D scan,
high = regular mode)
For all other values → Ch. 18.3.2, p. 9.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 18-7 Dose 2 tab for each anatomical program
Name Description
Top Line
Left scroll down button Show organ program which is visible on screen
Modifiers If one of the next three buttons is yellow, an organ program modi-
fier is active. The value of the modifier is visible on the screen.
Yellow Box Shows the active organ program. If you want to change to visible
organ program, press "Test" or "Apply"
kV/mA Values
kV Input of the kV values for the kV-mA table of an anatomical pro-

gram
mA Input of the mA values for the kV-mA table of an anatomical pro-

gram
W This value indicates the amount of Watts the generator is driven

with at this point of the kV/mA curve.
Toggle Switch through W >> meanW >> EV display at the kV/mA table.
The kV/mA graph changes accordingly
Generator
Start This is the kV value for dose regulation to start with

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Pulse length 10, 16, 20, 23, 30: This parameter is the length for each X-ray
pulse during a frame. It can be set to 10, 16, 20, 23 or 30 ms.
The setting is with respect to the application. The setting can be
different in each anatomical program.
Start FPS 1-25/30: This parameter defines the default setting for the number
of pulses per second.
Max FPS 1-25/30: This parameter defines the maximum allowed pulse rate
in the corresponding anatomical program.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 18-8 Dose 3 tab upper section
Fig. 18-9 Dose 3 tab lower section

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Video
Video Offset Min -100...+100

This value is a limit to the Offset Minimum level. 100% is the whole
video range. Video offset can be limited going to low by setting the
Offset Min value between -100% to + 100%
Video Offset Max -100...+100

This value is a limit to the Offset Maximum level. 100% is the
whole video range. Video offset can be limited going to high by
setting the Offset Max value between -100% to + 100%
Video Gain Min This value is a limit to the Gain Minimum factor, it limits the nega-
tive gain. Values are valid between 1 and 100.
1 is a factor of 0.15, 100 is a factor of 15
Video Gain Max This value is a limit to the Gain Maximum factor, it limits the posi-
tive gain. Values are valid between 1 and 100.
1 is a factor of 0.15, 100 is a factor of 15
Video Offset Dynamic 0 to 100%: This value corresponds to the speed at which the Off-
set measurement value is created. It is kind of a recursively cre-
ated value, just using 0 to 100% of the next frame being added to
the existing measurement.
Video Gain Dynamic 0 to 100%: This value corresponds to the speed at which the Gain
value measurement value is created. It is kind of a recursively cre-
ated value, just using 0 to 100% of the next frame being added to
the existing measurement.
Measurement Circles
Dose This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the dose. Ten cir-
cles centered to the image are available where 0 is the smallest
and 9 is almost the whole image.
White This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video white
level.
Black This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video black
level.
Metal This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video black level
when the Metal key is active
Video Average This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video white
mean level
Grid
White Clipping Necessary to adjust white clipping function.

All grids will be deleted if white level is greater than max. white -
offset and white - black level greater than difference.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Offset 0........4095
Usual range between 500.....1500
Difference 0........4095
Usual range between 500.....1500
Grid Regulation Object will be detected in any position

Option can be activated for each anatomical program separately
Motion Detection If there is motion in image, NR-Filter value changes from Fluoro to
Rep (values set in Dose 1)
Auto Dose Reduction: The unit decreases pulses if there is no motion detected in image.
Mot. Sensitivity Value sets sensibility for Motion Detection

0......4095 Smaller value means more sensitive for motion in image
Usual Range between 300...1000
Max. reg. Frms / Img To be set according to system settings.
Preheating off Disables the 200 ms Preheating time.
Auto Gain To be set according to system settings.
Threshold To be set according to system settings.
max.Gain To be set according to system settings.
Auto LPK To be set according to system settings.
on To be set according to system settings.
off To be set according to system settings.
Enhanced Filters (Only shown if option present)
On To be set according to system settings.
Spacial To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Temporal To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Enh. To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Add. To be set according to system settings.

0......255

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.5 Input Boxes on the Grid Tab
Fig. 18-10 Grid tab
Name Description
Grid Regulation • Motion level min = 4

Parameter
• Motion level max = 100
• Motion level step = 2
• Motion count = 7500
• Motion hysteresis = 500
All these values are fixed
Optimal regulation / To be set according to system settings document.

Fast Regulation
Auto Dose Reduction If no motion is detected, pulsing will be reduced to given value.
Max pulse pause E.g. 15 means down to 2 pulses/s on a 60 Hz system
Presentation Has to be set to 15 for normal operation.

Only for testing !!! For demonstration,
- screen 13 shows activated grids
- screen 4 shows motion detection
- screen 7 shows measuring circle Dose
- screen 8 shows measuring circle Black
- screen 9 shows measuring circle White
- screen 12 shows measuring circle Video Average

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
kV reduction Reduces kV in pulsed fluoroscopy mode.
mA reduction / addition Reduces or increases mA in pulsed fluoroscopy mode.
Dimming up mode To be set according to system settings.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.6 Input Boxes on the ZAIP 2 Tab
Fig. 18-11 ZAIP 2 Tab
Tab will only be shown if option "ZAIP 2" is active.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.7 Input Boxes on the Collimator Tab
Fig. 18-12 Collimator tab (example view)
For description and adjustment → Ch. 8.4.3, p. 10.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.8 Input Boxes on the Other Tab
Fig. 18-13 Other tab
Name Description
Vignetting
Not relevant for flat-panel detector systems.
Arc Protection
This feature is intended to save the tube in higher kV range. If the

unit works in higher kV range and has screened for longer than the
set time value, regulation steps will be scaled down to the set
value. There are two different time settings.
On Checkbox checked means: Arc protection is active
kV Start value of function; this means: Arc protection works from this
value to max. kV
Time1 Time value for first step
Step1 Regulation step value for first step
Time2 Time value for second step
Step2 Regulation step value for second step
Cooling Coolant Pump
Threshold temperatures are not relevant for 25 kW systems.

Pump is always running.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Arc Protection
Offset Master Default value is 7. To be adjusted according to:

Work Instruction - 19_2149 - Exchange Power-Supply-Rack / PFC
assembly and U579.
Delay Sl. 2 Set to 1000. Delay for charging boost caps after end of radiation.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.9 Fluoro Tab
Fig. 18-14 Fluoro tab
The Fluoro tab provides controls for kV/mA, collimator and image storage in the service mode.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.10 FD Tab (Systems with Command Processor)
Fig. 18-15 FD tab (systems with command processor)
The Command Processor 2 (CP2) is connected via Ethernet to the image memory. During normal
operation the image memory controls the mode settings of the CP2 and starts offset calibration
after radiation is finished.
In order to use the VIVA tool it is necessary to connect the service computer to the CP2 via the
Ethernet connection. The system has to be started up with the CP2 connected to the image mem-
ory. Before the Ethernet cable is removed, the link has to be closed by selecting "Close Link" and
pressing the "OK" button.
Gain calibration is performed by means of service settings. No external software is required.
NOTE
Tab is only shown if PaxScan flat-panel detector is installed.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.3.11 FD Tab (Systems with CCU)
Fig. 18-16 FD tab (systems with CCU)
Gain Calibration is performed by means of service settings. No external software is required.

For details, refer to chapter 6 "Flat Panel Detector"
NOTE
Tab is only shown if CMOS flat-panel detector is installed.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.4 Adjusting Computed DAP / Air Kerma
18.4.1 Required Tools
− Dose meter for reference measurements. "reference dose meter"

− Ziehm test phantom (Art No. 91108)
18.4.2 Options
Depending on the activated options (→ Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 38) only DAP or DAP and Air Kerma will
be displayed.
If only "Dose computed" is enabled, DAP result will be shown on the Vision Center as well as on
the text overlay on the monitor.
If "Dose computed" and "Kerma computed" is active, the Vision Center will show air kerma rate
during screening and air kerma after radiation is terminated. The DAP result will be shown only
on the text overlay of the monitor.
18.4.3 Input Box on the DAP Tab
Fig. 18-17 Input box Dose Computed

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Name Description
Calibration point 1/2
kV, mA, sec Defines 2 calibration reference points, factory default data
uGy Text field to enter value measured with reference dose meter
Corr. Factor Correction factor of reference dose meter. Also used to correct the
KERMA result
Button "Activate" Activates the calibration reference point
Reference area
Option buttons "xx cm²" Sets the collimator to the selected size
Button "Activate" Activates the selected collimator size
Pulse width correction
Provides a result correction for shorter pulses
Buttons "Short pulse" and Sets the Vision to 10 ms or 30 ms pulse width and defined kv/mA
"Long pulse" values
uGy/s Text field to enter values measured with reference dose meter
Area Factor
Provides that the correct reference area is projected to the image intensifier / flat panel
Area Factor Area factor to get the correct reference area size
Tolerance The backlash of the collimator, factory default data
Result Corr. Factor Correction factor for DAP calculation
Opening
min / max The minimum and maximum opening of the collimator in mm, fac-
tory default data
Displayed DAP Unit
Option buttons Sets the displayed dose area product unit

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.4.4 Adjustment Procedure
Measurements are done without patient equivalent pre filter. The generator cover including filtra-
tion has to be mounted. The reference dose meter has to be set to 3mm Al prefiltering.
1 Determining reference values of calibration points
• Place dose chamber of the reference dose meter close and centered to the image
intensifier input
• Select the DAP tab in the service settings
• Press Activate button in Calibration Point 1 box
• Screen and wait until radiation terminates automatically
• Enter measured value in uGy text box of Calibration Point 1 box.
Mind the unit of the value.
• Press Activate button in Calibration Point 2 box
• Screen and wait until radiation terminates automatically
• Enter measured value in uGy text box of Calibration Point 2 box.
Mind the unit of the value.
2 Determining reference values for pulse width correction

• Switch dose meter to dose rate measurement
• Press 10 ms button
• Screen and measure the dose rate
• Enter measured value in uGy/s text box close to the 10 ms button
• Press 30 ms button
• Screen and measure the dose rate
• Enter measured value in uGy/s text box close to the 30 ms button
3 Determining the area factor

• Select 100 cm² option button and press Activate button
• Place testing tool "100 cm²" close and centered to the image intensifier input
• Match the testing tool to the collimator. Max. allowed difference is 5%.
• Use the Area Factor text box.
Lower value will result in smaller area.
Start from value 0.60
• Press Apply button when the value has been changed
• Screen and press Activate button of the Reference Area box.
Iris will open completely and then close to the defined position.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 18-18 Example of correctly set area factor
4 Exit Service settings and restart the system
5 Adjusting Kerma calculation (only if option calculated air kerma is enabled)

• Place dose chamber of the reference dose meter 30 cm distant and centered to the
image intensifier input
• Set dose meter to dose measurement
• Do not select a reference area
• If the dose meter requires a correction factor this has to be entered in the Corr. Factor
text boxes. Default value is 1 (i.e. no correction).
• Reset the dose measurement in the service settings
• Set to user Fluoro mode, manual, 70 kV, 3.5 mA
• Screen for approx. 10 s
• Compare reading of external dose meter to the result on the Vision Center dose display.
Mind the possible correction factor of the external dose meter.
• Change both correction factors in Calibration Point 1 and Calibration Point 2 text
boxes in order to adjust the kerma display
• Repeat measurement after factor had been changed
• Difference should be less than 10%

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
6 Adjusting DAP calculation

• Place dose chamber close and centered to the flat-panel detector input
• Set dose meter to dose measurement
• Activate reference area 100 cm²
• Screen until collimator has reached the 100 cm² position
• Reset the dose measurement in the service settings
• Set to user Fluoro mode, manual, 70 kV, 3.5 mA
• Screen for approx. 15 s
• Compare reading of reference dose meter to the result on the monitor text overlay.
Mind the possible correction factor of the external dose meter. 100 µGy (corresponding
to 100 cm² reference area) equals 1 cGycm² on the monitor text overlay.
• Change result correction factor in order to adjust the displayed DAP value
• Repeat measurement after factor had been changed
• Difference should be less than 10%

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.5 Adjusting Measured DAP
18.5.1 Required Tools
− Dose meter for reference measurements ("reference dose meter")

− Ziehm test phantom (Art. No. 91108)
18.5.2 Options
Depending on the activated options → Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 38, only measured DAP or measured DAP
and calculated Air Kerma will be displayed.
If only "Dose meter" is enabled, measured DAP result will be shown on the Vision Center as well
as on the text overlay on the monitor.
For adjustment, only the "DAP measured" input box is available.
If "Dose meter" and "Kerma computed" are active, the Vision Center will show calculated air
kerma rate during screening and calculated air kerma when radiation is terminated. The measured
DAP result will be shown only on the text overlay of the monitor.
For adjustment, both input boxes "DAP Meter" and "DAP Computed" are available.
Input boxes are switched by the additional "DAP Meter" and "DAP Computed" buttons.
"DAP Meter" button
Fig. 18-19 Input box "Dose computed" with "DAP Meter" button

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.5.3 VacuDAP-C
18.5.3.1 Input Box on the DAP Tab
Fig. 18-20 "DAP Meter" input box with VacuDAP-C
Name Description
Calibration Dose Area Product Meter
Version Indicates firmware version of DAP meter
Reference Value Tube Indicates currently activated tube voltage

Voltage
Calibration Factor Value to be entered during adjustment
Normal Value Outer Field Reference value for test function
State System State (→ Ch. 18.5.3.3, p. 32)
Button "Perform Test" To perform self test
Button "Apply" To store Calibration factor

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
18.5.3.2 DAP Self Test Procedure
After the "Perform Test" button is pressed, a message box with a progress bar will appear. During
the procedure the DAP meter will count internally generated pulses. This procedure works without
radiation. After the test is finished, the result will be displayed in the message box. There are 2
possibilities:
− DAP ok; actual value: xxx
− DAP test failed
The result will be decided by comparing the test result to the reference value.
If DAP Test fails, the dose meter needs to be replaced.
18.5.3.3 VacuDAP-C State
The error state of the VacuDAP-C is reported by an 8-bit word (one byte, decimal 0 to 255).
Every bit indicates a certain error condition. These states can also appear as a combination.
Value 0 means "System o.k." A value > 0 has to be resolved according to the following table:
Bit Decimal Meaning (If Bit = 1)
0 1 Not used
1 2 TEST-Warning
2 4 DAP overflow
3 8 Zero check error (radiation active during reset)
4 16 Error test function (test value does not match reference value)
5 32 Voltage for measuring chamber is faulty
6 64 Firmware error
7 128 Not used

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19
Error Messages
& Fault Finding

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19 Error Messages & Fault Finding
19.1 Error Message List
NOTE
Errors shown in this list correspond to SW 6.06 and 7.00.
Other software versions may show different error messages.
NOTE
Some errors will not be shown on the Vision Center.
Those errors are only recorded in the systemMessageLog.tar or Maintenance.tar
files respectively.
Code Description Type Remark
Module 5: Generator
E1000 Thin filament defective during power-up Error
E1001 Thick filament defective during power-up Error
E1002 No VSync at generator during power-up Error
E1003 Please wait the operating temperature of at Error Sensor 1

least 13 °C has not yet been reached
E1004 Please wait, the generator must cool down Alert Sensor 1
below 72 °C
E1005 Please wait, the operating temperature of at Error Sensor 2

least 13 °C has not yet been reached
E1006 Please wait, the generator must cool down Alert Sensor 2
below 72 °C
E1007 Wrong EEPROM checksum during power-up Error
E1008 Generator fault Error Interrupt 1 flip-flop

defective
E1009 Generator fault Error Interrupt 2 flip-flop

defective
E1010 HW signal X-ray active during power-up Error
E1011 CAN X-ray Enable active during power-up Error

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1012 Generator fault Error D/A converter

reference voltage
defective
E1013 Generator fault Error D/A converter kV

defective
E1014 Oil overtemperature switch active during Error

power-up, call service.
E1015 Wrong machine data version detected during Error

power-up
E1016 Moisture sensor alarm during power-up, call Error

service
E1017 Test of 'FAULT' signal failed Error
E1018 Debug switch is on Alert
E1019 Generator fault Error Monitoring anode

rotation does not
work
E1050 High voltage fault Alert
E1051 High voltage fault (anode) Alert
E1052 High voltage fault (cathode) Alert
E1053 mA peak value fault Alert
E1054 kV nominal/actual value fault Alert
E1055 mA nominal/actual value fault Alert
E1056 X-ray Enable fault Alert
E1057 Generator life monitoring missing Alert
E1058 Generator fault Alert Hardware

monitoring missing
E1059 X-ray break by external CAN module Alert
E1060 Signal / X-ray missing Alert
E1061 Generator fault Alert High-voltage arc
E1062 Nominal kV value greater max. kV value Alert
E1063 Nominal mA value greater max. mA value Alert
E1064 Nominal power value greater max. power value Alert
E1065 Nominal kV value less min. kV value Alert
E1066 CAN fault line active Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1067 Basic heating fault during operation Error
E1068 No VSync at generator during operation Error
E1069 Temperature sensor 1 value beyond Alert

permissible range
E1070 Temperature sensor 2 value beyond Alert

permissible range
E1071 Signal / X-ray without radiation Alert
E1072 Oil overtemperature switch active during Alert

operation, call service
E1073 Moisture sensor alarm during operation, call Alert

service
E1074 kV value without X-ray command too high, Alert

radiation not allowed
E1075 Test of rotating anode failed during operation Error
E1076 Serial numbers of generator and mobile stand Alert

do not match!
E1082 kV actual value after X-ray command too low, Alert

radiation not allowed
E1083 Generator fault Alert Rotating anode

could not be started
E1084 Generator fault Alert Rotating anode

failed
E1085 Average power in Burst mode > 600 Watt Alert
E1086 mA-value too high for thin filament Alert
E1087 Max. anode capacity reached in Burst mode Alert
E1088: Energy reserve of the boost CAPs too small Alert
E1095 Generator overheated, recovery time %d Alert

seconds
E1098 Generator power-up fault: %0 a Error
E1099 Generator fault %0 Alert
Module 2: Main Interface
E1100 Hand switch 1 pressed during power-up Error
E1101 Hand switch 2 pressed during power-up Error
E1102 Foot switch 1 pressed during power-up Error

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1108 Short circuit in hand switch 1 during power-up Error
E1109 Short circuit in hand switch 2 during power-up Error
E1110 Short circuit in foot switch 1 during power-up Error
E1112 Short circuit in foot switch 3 during power up Error
E1116 X-ray Enable active during power-up Error
E1117 Internal communication error during power-up Error
E1119 IRQ PTA5 of RS232 disabled during power-up Error Error of wireless
footswitch interface
E1120 Emergency stop Alert
E1121 Hardware interface configuration for wireless Alert

module not OK
E1122 Wireless module not present Alert
E1132 Short circuit in hand switch 1 during X-ray Alert

command

command
E1134 Short circuit in foot switch 1 during X-ray Alert

command

command

command

command

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017

command

command
E1140 X-ray Enable not active during X-ray command Alert
E1141 CAN fault line active during X-ray command Alert
E1142 Main interface fault during X-ray command Alert
E1143 Image-memory life-monitoring fault during Error

X-ray command
E1146 No flow in cooling circuit! Alert
E1147 Coolant pump inactive at X-ray start! Alert
E1148 Timeout post-fluoro time (LIH) Alert
E1155 X-ray break emergency stop Alert

command

command

command

command

command

command

command

command
E1164 Short circuit in hand switch 1 without X-ray Alert

command

command
E1166 Short circuit in foot switch 1 without X-ray Alert

command

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017

command

command

command

command

command
E1172 X-ray Enable without pressing a hand switch or Alert

foot switch
E1173 CAN fault line active Alert
E1174 Internal communication error during operation Alert
E1175 Image-memory life-monitoring fault Alert
E1176 Heat-exchanger fan blocked Alert
E1177 Flow in cooling circuit too low! Alert
E1178 No flow in cooling circuit! Error
E1179 Coolant pump inactive at X-ray start! Error

command

command

command

command

command

command

command

command
E1188 Emergency Stop Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1189 Low battery on wireless footswich Alert
E1190 Wireless module is not responding Alert
E1199 Main interface error: %0 Error
Module 11: Imaging System
E12000 Function assigned to X-ray switch (%0), Alert

ignored!
E12001 X-ray command assigned to function switch Alert

(%0), ignored!
E12002 XRaySwitch / FunctionSwitch mismatch in Alert

mappings of machinedata.ini!
E12003 CAN modules missing: %0 Alert
E12004 Hard disk full. Image cannot be stored! Alert
E12005 Maximum image storage capacity almost Info

reached. Delete images no longer needed on
this system at the earliest possible opportunity.
E12006 vision.md in main interface missing Alert
E12007 vision.md written to main interface! Alert
E12025 Radiation allowed after mode values are Info

displayed!
E12026 Unable to change APr: Value rejected, restored Info

previous state. Call Ziehm Service later to fix it!
E12027 Unable to change APr: Value rejected, no Info

recovery possible. Try to switch to another
Anatomic Program or Operation Mode. Call
Ziehm Service later to fix it!
E12034 License not available. Error
E12041 Flat-panel detector communication fault Alert
E12042 Signature check completed. Info
E12045 Radiation blocked by key switch Alert
E12046 Radiation blocked by invalid APrConfig: Try to Alert

switch to another Anatomic Program or Opera-
tion Mode. Call Ziehm Service later to fix it!
E12050 Option stick defective Alert
E12051 Main Interface defective (serial number) Alert
E12052 Serial numbers of mobile stand and monitor Alert

cart do not match!

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E12053 Cannot create dose report: Not current patient! Alert
E12054 Cannot create dose report: No dose data Alert

available!
E12055 Failed to load file %0 Alert
E12057 Machinedata.ini does not match to capture Error

device frequency!
E12060 CanManager transport error. Error
E12061 CanManager AckBusOff Error
E12062 CanManager AckNoTxd Error
E12063 Thin filament defective! System switches to Alert

restricted mode with thick filament!
E12064 Internal fatal error! Error
E12070 CanMaster failed. Error
E12071 CAN module CameraIrisProxy failed. Error
E12072 CAN module Collimator failed. Alert
E12073 CAN module Generator failed. Error
E12074 CAN module MainInterface failed. Error
E12075 CAN module Regulation failed. Error
E12075 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply failed. Error
E12077 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply1 failed. Error
E12078 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply2 failed. Error
E12079 CAN module ELWMS failed. Error
E12080 Unknown error in CanMaster. Error state: %0 Error
E12082 Software update script wasn't found. Error
E12083 Software update script couldn't be started. Error
E12084 Software update script failed with error %0. Error
E12096 Flat-panel detector communication fault: %0 Alert
E12098 Cannot overwrite file '%s'. Access denied. b Alert
Module 1: Pre-power Supply
E1300 PPS power-up fault Error SPI interface

MAX 504
E1301 PPS overtemperature fault during power-up Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1302 PPS power-up fault Error Reference voltage

MAX 504
E1303 PPS power-up fault Error Output voltage

MAX 504
E1350 PPS power-up fault Error SPI interface

MAX 504
E1351 PPS overtemperature fault during operation Alert
E1355 CAN fault line active during operation Error
E1358 Output voltage beyond tolerance Alert
E1398 PPS power-up fault Error
E1399 PPS fault Error
Module 15: Vision Track
E1400 Servo Rotation position fault Alert
E1401 Servo Rotation not connected Alert
E1402 Servo Rotation not ready Alert
E1403 Servo Iris position fault Alert
E1404 Servo Iris not connected Alert
E1405 Servo Iris not ready Alert
E1406 Servo Slot 1 position fault Alert
E1407 Servo Slot 1 not connected Alert
E1408 Servo Slot 1 not ready Alert
E1409 Servo Slot 2 position fault Alert
E1410 Servo Slot 2 not connected Alert
E1411 Servo Slot 2 not ready Alert
E1412 Servo Corner position fault Alert
E1413 Servo Corner not connected Alert
E1414 Servo Corner not ready Alert
E1420 DAP meter mismatch or not available. Error %0 Alert
E1421 DAP meter error %0 Alert
E1448 Collimator startup error %0 Alert
E1449 Vision Track unknown error: %0 Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Image Intensifier Power Supply
E1450 Servo position fault Alert
E1451 Servo not connected Alert
E1452 Servo nor ready Alert
E1499 I.I. power supply unknown error: %0 Alert
Module 136: Regulation
E1700 kVmA table: kV not ascending Alert
E1701 kVmA table: power not ascending Alert
E1702 kVmA table not finished Alert
E1705 No external video signal ! Alert
E1708 Generator pulse error Alert
E1709 No VSync ! Alert
E1710 No Interrupt ! Alert
E1711 No communication PPC-generator ! Alert
E1712 Wrong mA value from generator Alert
E1713 X-ray not allowed Alert
E1714 Max. mA value cannot be read. Alert
E1716 Image-memory power-up fault Error SDRAM PPC

defective
E1717 Image-memory power-up fault Error GammaLUT PPC

defective
E1718 Image-memory power-up fault Alert Offset adjustment

not possible
E1719 Gain adjustment not possible Error
E1720 Image-memory fault Error Hardware Version,

Release
E1721 Image-memory fault Error IRQ3 Error
E1722 VSync corrupt 30/25 Hz ! Error
E1723 Video standard unknown ! Error
E1724 Image-memory fault Error Bootprogram

unknown
E1725 M-Data unknown ! Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1726 Collimator does not support DAP values ! Alert Shows if collimator
missing
E1727 Flat-panel detector not supported by this Alert

version !
E1728 Internal fatal communication error! Alert Communication

failure between
PPC and flat-panel
detector!
E1729 Internal communication error! Error Flat-panel reports

black image
E1732 Image-memory power-up fault Error Reference voltage

defective
E1733 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Offset

adjustment
defective
E1734 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Gain

adjustment
defective
E1735 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Gain*4

adjustment
defective
E1736 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD8 Offset

adjustment
defective
E1737 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD8 Gain

adjustment
defective
E1738 No external video signal ! Alert
E1740 Hardware doesn't support grid regulation ! Alert
E1741 Hardware doesn't support motion detection ! Alert
E1742 Hardware doesn't support DAP calculation ! Alert
E1743 Hardware doesn't support automatic dose Alert

reduction !
E1747 Black level >= White level! Check connectors Error

on command processor.
E1756 FFC board not available. Error
E1757 FFC not working properly. Error

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
E1759 Generator version and PPC version not com- Error

patible
E1760 High resolution with pulse length 0 not allowed Error
E1789 PPC unkown error: %0 Error
E1790 PPC CAN Exception error: %0 Alert
U578 - ELWMS interface
E1800 Radiation indication lamp defective during Alert

power-up
E1801 Wrong EEPROM checksum during power-up Alert
E1802 Image-memory power-up fault Alert
E1804 No communication with left flatscreen! Alert
E1805 No communication with right flatscreen! Alert
E1808 Switch on printer Alert
E1850 Radiation indication lamp defective during Alert

operation
E1865 U578 execution failed! Alert
E1898 U578 Startup Error %d Alert
E1899 U578 Error %d Alert

a. %d is a placeholder for an internal diagnostic error/alert number
b. %s is a placeholder for a filename

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.2 Kinematic Errors
U6865 Kinematic Module
2900 Kinematic Emergency Stop Alert
2901 A Axis Fault Alert
2902 C Axis Fault Alert
2903 Y Axis Fault Alert
2904 Z Axis Fault Alert
2905 X-ray Fault Alert
2906 CAN Fault line active Alert
2907 Distance Control Fault Alert
2914 Internal Fault Alert Safety µC fault
2915 Internal Fault Alert No / wrong machine

data in EEPROM
2916 Internal CAN Fault Alert Z-CAN Fault
2917 Internal CAN Fault Alert CAN-D Fault
2918 Internal Fault Alert
2922 Y Axis ISO speed Fault Alert
2923 Z Axis ISO speed Fault Alert
2924 ISO Fault Alert
2925 Internal Distance Control Fault Alert Fogale low supply

voltage
2926 Internal Fault Alert U685 low supply

voltage
2927 Internal Distance Control Fault Alert
2929 Internal Distance Control Fault Alert Serial communi-

cation fault

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
2932 Emergency Stop Fault Alert Button pressed
2933 Internal Distance Control Fault Alert Fogale not present
2935 Interanal fault Alert No contactless

object detection
available, reduced
speed
2936 Navigation Fault Alert
2937 Parking brake engaged Alert
2938 Swivel brake engaged Alert Wig-wag
2939 Internal Fault Alert External debugging

mode
2940 Internal Fault Alert Autarkic mode
2941 Internal Fault Alert DIP switch ACS not

present
2955 Internal Fault Distance Control Alert
2956 Speed Fault Alert
2957 Collision Internal Fault Alert Grid present
2958 Internal Fault Alert No contactless

object detection
available,
Reduced speed
2959 Internal Fault Alert Generator position

above the
flat-panel detector
2960 A Axis Fault Alert
2961 Y Axis Fault Alert
2962 C Axis Fault Alert
2963 Z Axis Fault Alert
2964 Kinematic module error: %0 a Alert
Axis Controllers
3000 Axis %d not clutched b Alert
3001 Axis %d break closed Alert

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
3002 Axis %d on limit A Alert
3003 Axis %d on limit B Alert
3004 Axis %d hardware over current Alert
3005 Axis %d software over current Alert
3006 Axis %d contouring error Alert
3007 Axis %d extended error Alert
3008 Axis %d not enabled Alert
3010 Axis %d solenoid current error Alert
3011 Axis %d engine temperature error Alert
3012 Axis %d hw voltage too low Alert
3013 Axis %d sw voltage too low Alert
3014 Axis %d watchdog error Alert
3015 Axis %d tacho error Alert
3016 Axis %d encoder error Alert
3017 Axis %d encoder error Alert
3018 Axis %d encoder range error Alert
3019 Axis %d gear error Alert
3020 Axis %d port externder error Alert
3021 Axis %d emergency stop Alert
3022 Axis %d wigwag error Alert
3023 Axis %d motor error Alert
3024 Axis %d motor error Alert Safety processor in

reset
3025 Axis %d motor error Alert Lift key active
3026 Axis %d in autarkic mode Alert Switch on Axis Board
3027 Axis %d unknown error Alert

a. %0 is a placeholder for an internal diagnostic error/alert number
b. %d is a placeholder for one of the letters A, Y, C or Z for axis designation

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.3 Fuse List
19.3.1 Module 10
U539 Fuses
Main Input fuses
F1A 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A slow
210-220-230-240 V System 15 A slow

F1B
105-110-115-120 V System 20 A slow
Standby transformer primary fuses (Not equipped if switching regulator is installed)
F3 240 V System
100 mA slow
F4 210-220-230 V System
Only one fuse must be installed!
F5 105-110-115-120 V System
Standby transformer secondary fuse
F5 350 mA slow
Whole unit will not power up if one of those fuses is broken.
19.3.2 Module 2
U648 Fuses
F2 1.6 A slow TFT and emergency chain supply
Vision Center FST dark, emergency chain active, can NOT be reset
NOTE
Please refer to the Technical Manual, Chapter "Replacing Components" for further
information on fuse replacement.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4 Fault Finding
19.4.1 Power Faults
System does not power up
Circuit breaker tripped

U539:
F1A and F1B main input fuse broken
2 / F3 / F4 fuse for stand-by transformer broken
F5 fuse stand-by transformer secondary broken
F1 fuse of universal power supply OFM-0105/M broken
Thermo switch (X5) interrupted, not connected
Key switch turned off, not connected or X4 not bridged.
Monitor cart powers up, C-arm does not power up
F1a / F1b main input fuses of mobile stand broken

P0 cable defective / P0 inserts defective (off line)
U579:
F1 fuse of universal power supply OFM-0105/M broken
Thermo switch (X22) interrupted, not connected
Key / emergency switch turned off, not connected or X4 / X31 not bridged.
System turns power off by itself
Safety circuit protecting the inrush current limiting resistors on U539 gets active.
Change U539 board.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4.2 Generator Faults
E1082 kV actual value after X-ray command too low, radiation not allowed
(this error will only appear in the zivi.log file and is not shown on the Vision Center)
Supply voltage for generator is missing.
Pre-power supply defective, Check cable terminals on FG 2025
Generator defective
E1002 No V-Sync
Cabling problems
Check P0 cable
Check cable between image memory U570 to P0 connector
Check cable between P0 connector and U588
Check cable from U588 to generator via swivel cable.
E1068 V-Sync faults
Camera is set to wrong timing
Check jumper JP1 in camera. (Set for 60 Hz, removed for 50Hz)
Has to correspond with generator timing.
Generator is set to wrong timing
Check generator timing in Vision Studio.

Has to correspond with camera timing.
E1099 Generator fault 26
After generator replacement: Software mismatch.
Update system to the latest Global Software Version.
E1076: Serial numbers of generator and mobile stand do not match!
SW update from 5.28 and below to higher versions

or replacement of generator
Press "Apply" button in the service settings in order to copy the serial number
from the main interface into the generator.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4.3 CAN Bus Faults
E12003 CAN modules missing: CAN Module No.
CAN module(s) cannot be found during startup
Check supply power of the corresponding CAN module(s).

Check CAN bus cabling of the corresponding CAN module(s).
Check if CAN module Software is missing
(both startup LEDs are flashing, one quickly one slowly)
CAN module is faulty
E12060 CAN Manager transport error

E12080 CAN module Kinematics failed
E12003 CAN modules missing: 0x30
Kinematics Module cannot be found during startup
U685 has an index below dcb

Check supply power of the Kinematics Module.
Check CAN bus cabling of the Kinematics Module.
Check if Kinematics Module Software is missing
NOTE
To identify module names refer to CAN module number list (→ Ch. 2.3.1, p. 2-5).

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4.4 Measurements on the CAN Bus
19.4.4.1 With Oscilloscope
By using the U587service adapter and a storage oscilloscope, the CAN bus telegrams can be
made visible.
CAN L
CAN H
CANGND
Fig. 19-1 U587 CAN bus service adapter
• Connect the two channels of the oscilloscope to CAN H and CAN L. Use CANGND as ground.
• Set to 1 V and 20 µs.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 19-2 CAN bus telegram
You will get the result above. This is one CAN telegram. H and L is 2.5 V in idle. During the tele-
gram, they are inversely phased. The length is approx 140µs.
• Set to 1 V and 200 µs

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Fig. 19-3 CAN Bus Telegrams "command" and "acknowledge"
You will get the result above. These are two CAN telegrams: command and acknowledge with a
time lag of approx. 150µs. In idle state of the system (without radiation), such telegrams keep
appearing approx. every 0.3s.
If you get those results, the hardware of the can bus works properly.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4.4.2 With Multimeter
CAN L
CAN H
CANGND
Fig. 19-4 U587 CAN bus service adapter
19.4.4.3 Termination Resistors (Vision Based Systems)
− System turned off
− Monitor cart connected to C-stand, Solo generally

Using the test adapter U 587, between CAN H (MP9) and CAN L (MP5) 30 Ohm are measured
( ± 5 Ohm).
19.4.4.4 Signal Levels
For the following measurements the system has to be switched on and completely booted up.
Following signal levels are measured using the test adapter U 587 between CANGND (MP1) and
the following Test Points:
Signal Min (V) MAX(V)

CAN+5V (MP3) 4 6
CAN L (MP5) 2,2 2,8
FAULT (MP7) 3,8 6
CAN H (MP9) 2,2 2,8
RADIATION (MP11) 0 (Radiation off) 0,5 (Radiation off)
The difference between CAN H and CAN L must not be more than 0,3V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
19.4.5 CAN Bus Startup
System power-up:
Every node must wait for the master (host) controller.
19.4.6 Image System Errors
E12050 Option stick defective &

Vision Center does not work properly &
No radiation possible
USB Dongle not found
Check cabling from image memory to Dongle

Check Dongle, you should see at least the options.dat and dis8000.ini
files. You can read the Dongle using your notebook.
DVD recorder is defective
Replace DVD recorder
E1722 V-Sync corrupt
At least one V-sync pulse was missing at the input of the image memory.
Slack joint in the video signal wiring between CCD camera and image
memory
E1738 No external video signal
No video signal at the input of the image memory.
Wiring problems in the video signal wiring between CCD camera and
image memory

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20
Work Instructions

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20 Work Instructions
20.1 Active Cooling System
Vision RFD Systems are shipped with a ready-to-use mixture in the cooling system acting as a
coolant during operation. The coolant enables the equipment to withstand temperatures down to
-13°C during storage and transport.
No particular hazards are known.
Admissible anti-freeze agent: Solarliquid L

(blue colored)
NOTE
The ready to use compound can be ordered with P/N 267751 (10 liters).
CAUTION
Top up only the ready to use compound in such units, which are already filled with
the specific cooling liquid.
WARNING
When working with any of the anti-freeze agents you must wear protective gloves
and safety goggles.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20.2 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System

of 20/25 kW Systems
20.2.1 General
NOTE
This description is only valid for 20/25 kW systems.
20.2.1.1 Requirements
The filling has to be done very carefully, otherwise an immaculate function is not ensured. If it is
not done correctly, the pump might be damaged and the desired radiation time is not achieved.
Required tool: Additionally required:

• Ventilation hose • Bucket
(for draining the cooling circuit)
• Funnel
• Cooling liquid, ready to use compound
Funnel
Bucket
Ventilation hose
(example) Additionally
required
parts
Fig. 20-1 Required parts for maintaining the cooling system general

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20.2.1.2 Flow Scheme 20/25 kW with Flow Sensor
Pressure Flow Sensor

control valve
Maximum level indicator max

(cooling circuit drained)
Expansion tank Heat exchanger

(Fan not shown)
Minimum level indicator min

(cooling circuit filled)
Drain valve
Flow
Return
Drain hose
Coolant pump
Swivel harnes
Filter
Cooling of
Generator
final stage
Cooling of
generator oil
Fig. 20-2 Liquid cooling flow scheme

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20.2.1.3 Starting the Pump Manually
In 20/25 kW systems, the pump is always running as soon as the system has started up.
To stop the pump, disconnect the pump or turn off the system.
Pump connector
Fig. 20-3 Disconnecting liquid pump
20.2.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid
NOTE
Be sure the cooling circuit is completely drained before performing this step
(→ Ch. 20.2.4, p. 20-5).
In order to fill the cooling circuit, remove the pressure control valve and fill cooling liquid into the
expansion tank to the maximum level indicator by using a funnel. Start the pump. The cooling liq-
uid will be pumped into the cooling circuit now.
Air bubbles will appear from the return and the liquid level inside the expansion vessel will
decrease. When no more air bubbles return and the level has settled, the cooling circuit is com-
pletely filled. The liquid level now has to be about in the middle between the max and min indicator.
Do not top up cooling liquid to the max indicator when the cooling circuit is filled.
Install the pressure control valve again.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
20.2.3 Checking the Circulation
Cooling liquid circulation can be monitored by the liquid stream from the return inside the expan-
sion tank.
20.2.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit
The cooling liquid can be pumped down to the expansion tank by using the ventilation hose.
Remove the pressure control valve, start the pump and insert the ventilation hose to the flow like
shown below. Air will be pumped into the cooling circuit and the cooling liquid will be pumped down
to the expansion tank. The liquid level in the expansion tank will increase. as soon as air bubbles
appear from the return, the cooling circuit is completely drained. Turn off the coolant pump. All the
cooling liquid is inside the expansion tank now.
Now, for example, the generator or the swivel harness may be changed without risk of spilling
cooling liquid.
Also the liquid level can be checked or topped up to the maximum respectively.
This procedure may also be used if you are not sure if the cooling circuit is completely drained.
Fig. 20-4 Usage of the ventilation hose

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
If the ventilation hose is removed while the pump is running, the cooling circuit will be filled again
like described above (→ Ch. 20.2.2, p. 20-4).
20.2.5 Draining the Cooling System
• Drain the cooling circuit like described above.

• Put a bucket underneath the drain hose and open the drain valve.
• The cooling liquid now is drained to the bucket.
• The cooling system is completely drained now.
• Close the drain valve.
• Install the pressure control valve.
• The system is not to be used now. Label the unit visibly:
Cooling System drained – Unit not ready for operation.
Do not switch on!
20.3 Checking the Liquid Level
The liquid level must not be below the min indicator of the expansion tank.
If the level is below min or if you want to top up cooling liquid, drain the cooling circuit as described
above, 20/25 kW systems (→ Ch. 20.2.4, p. 20-5). When the cooling liquid has been pumped
down completely to the expansion tank, you may top up cooling liquid to the max indicator of the
expansion tank.
Fill the cooling circuit again by running the coolant pump without using the ventilation hose.
Install the pressure control valve when finished.
20.4 Replacing the Cooling Liquid
If cooling liquid needs to be topped up and the system is not filled with the specified ready to use
compound yet (→ Ch. 20, p. 20-1), the cooling liquid needs to be replaced completely.
Drain the cooling system like described above.
Fill the cooling system with the specific ready to use compound like described above.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21
Kinematics

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6

Mobile
21-2
Stand V1.01 One PCB for C- & Z-Axis 27.06.2011 R. Frank
21.1
V1.02 U686 for C-Axis, Z-Axis in U685 04.07.2011 R. Frank
WigWag-
V1.03 Z-Axis separated 21.11.2011 R. Frank
Switch
Vision- V1.04 New Frame, all Axes are U686 28.12.2011 R. Frank
Fig. 21-1
Limit-
Center Buttons V1.05 Joystick Module new 24.02.2012 R. Frank
C-Arm Switches
Motor Motor Motor Motor V1.06 NOTAUS corrected and Header 16.04.2012 R. Frank
A CAN-D
V1.07 Z-Axis new PCB & environment 15.08.2012 R. Frank
U686 U686 V1.08 NOTAUS, Power mod., Pg 2 rem. 07.11.2012 R. Frank
EN-A
EN-Y
V1.09 NOTAUS & U648 corrected 14.08.2013 R. Frank
Encoder as A-Axis as Y-Axis Encoder Encoder Encoder
21 Kinematics
+U +U
U686
as C-Axis
Brake- Brake- Brake-
Switch
EmStop
BrakeLever- Switch EN-C +U CAN-D Switch
Switch
CAN-D
EmStop
Clutch Clutch Clutch
U693 Brake 1
CAN-D
EmStop
+U
Z-Axis
U685 Kinematics Module Brake 2
EN-Z
B
CAN-D Stop/Enable Navi-Present-

Sensors @ Switch
Kinematics Sensors @ Option Image-
Emergency- Generator
Computer Detector
Stop Grid-Present-
Disable Switch
Disable
System overview
MC565 Circuit +U
Power X-ray Collision
System overview motorized

Collision Controller

RS232 RS232

Switches

Z-CAN Z-CAN
Power Supply
U698
C-Arm I.I. / CCD Distribution
C
alternative
Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN Z-CAN 24Vdc

U648 I.I. Controller
Stop
Main- PrePower PrePower PrePower Flat-Detector
Collimator
Emergency
Slave 2 Slave 1 Generator
Interface Master CCD Camera
Video-Output Data-Output

Analog Fiber
Power for all axes

and kinematics
Image-Data
Power Supply
Transformer CAPs Generator to P0 via U588 to P0
Fiber
P0-Connector U701 Electronics
Mains Input
directly! PFC-Supply
to all stages
D via MC6
MOBILE STAND
MC6
MONITOR CART

Image-Data
Z-CAN
U695
µP Z-CAN
Remote- Joystick- Image- 3D-
RS232 Z-CAN
Z-CAN
E Center Module TCP/IP Workstation
GigaLink GigaLink
System Date Name Signature Description
U687 Drawn 14.08.2013 R. Frank Block Diagram Motorizied System Overview
[U621]
Joysticks Buttons
Reconstruction Only Released 15.08.2013 J. Matschnigg
N/A
BLK_Motorized_System_Overview_V1.09
Ziehm Module
000
Option Option System Overview R/RFD Scale Size Page
N/A A2 1 of 1

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
buttons V1.00 Initial Version 19.09.2011 A. Huck

for lift-motor V1.01 Correction of Signal-Gating 21.11.2011 A. Huck
V1.02 New Frame, correction of Gating 29.12.2011 R. Frank

21.2
V1.03 NOTAUS & Z-Axis correction 16.08.2012 R. Frank
A-Axis Y-Axis C-Axis Z-Axis Limit- V1.04 Add new uC, new order signals 22.11.2012 A. Huck
Fig. 21-2
Motor Encoder
Switches
Module Module Module Module
X4 X5 X3 X6
33Vdc
33Vdc
High-Speed
High-Speed
Info - Notaus
Info - Notaus
High-Speed
High-Speed
Info - Notaus
Info - Notaus
Y-HW+Env=OK
A-HW+Env=OK
C-HW+Env=OK
Z-HW+Env=OK
____
Stop / GlobalEnable
U_Leistung (+29V)
____
Stop / GlobalEnable
____
Stop / GlobalEnable
____
Stop / GlobalEnable
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
CAN-D-Bus BrakeLever-
X19
Switch
Info - Notaus
via U698 Grid

Present
via U698

Navigation
Present
CAN-Drive Bus Brake-Lever Switch
Grid Present
________
Reset Coll
Serial-Bus plus Hardware-Reset
Trigger

____

Slow / Fast

Watchdog & & & & Collision
&
X16
Progr. X20 Power PC Module

only!
Controller
Block diagram kinematics module

X21 Collision-
____
Stop
Detection
MPC565 KPC-A-Enable Present Watch-
KPC-Y-Enable
dog
Alive
KPC-C-Enable & (Coll.WD)

KPC-Z-Enable
____ ____ ________
Info - Notaus
Sensors @
Move / Stop AllAxesEnable / Stop Reset Coll
Coll-Trigger (Life-Signal)
Image-
Coll-Trigger (Life-Signal)

Collision-Alarm Collision-Alarm
Detector
Navigation Present Collision
SPI
Move +
Controller
Move -
Axis Select Collision-Alarm
Move Sensors @
A/C/Y/Z 4 Watchdog
(Guardien uC)
____ Generator
Mode Autark
Move Fast / Slow
Block Diagram Kinematics Module
Release
Mobile
Stand
Info - Notaus
Source
X17
Move + from U701
12Vdc via U698
Move - U_Leistung (+29V)
X18
_________

=1 Signals XRAY-Fault Axis U_Logik (+5V)
& XRAY-Enable Select
Power
Supply
33Vdc
Mode
NOTAUS / EMERGENCY Autark
A/ C/ Y /Z
X11..14 X15 X1
Autark Mode (Emergency):

* with MC = connect P0 cable
* no MC = P0 connector with mains supply and Progr. 33Vdc
bridge for Emergency in housing only!
29Vdc
* for Collision = no Rs232 telegram cause no Error!
Details of the Power Supply
CAN-Ziehm Opto-Coupler
are documented in
BLK_MS_Power_Overview_Motorized 1
Bus
Mobile
Cart

21 Kinematics
21-3
V1.00 Initial Version 19.09.2011 A.Huck
21-4
U_Power V1.01 Add+Change various signals 07.12.2011 A.Huck
21.3
Power Supply Rbrake V1.02 Add+Change various signals 05.11.2012 A.Huck
+5V U_Logic U_Logic V1.03 Change to 2nd uC + var. signals 13.11.2012 A.Huck
+3V3 V1.04 Change RPM, Connectors, Signals 08.01.2013 A.Huck
Fig. 21-3
+1V8
Power-
U_Relay
PWM
Stage
+12V limiting
H-Bridge
21 Kinematics
+30V U_Power
Switching- Nubbel-
X?
PWM limit check U_Relay Motor Switch
IBN
Frequency Trans- Trans-
X200
X11
=1 RPM
mission mission
(XOR) I_act Filter Tacho
RPM
Power Good extern
(passiv) Brake-
Switch
flim 10KHz Position-
Solenoid
Clutch
Encoder
__________________
PWM Limiting from KM
PWM from uC
Actual Motor
Current
Move+ (manuel)
Actual Motor Current _______
Temperature
Filter Temperature NOTAUS
__________________
Move- 1&2 (manuel)
_______ Axis Hardware = OK
NOTAUS
__________________
PWM Limiting from KM Mode
Move- 1&2 Move+ PWM limit check „Autark“
30Vdc
Axis Hardware = OK
_______
NOTAUS
__________________
U_Relay
_______
KM-Stop / Global Enable >=1
_______________ (OR)

Overcurrent Motor &

>=1 (AND)
X4
(OR)
X9
U_Logic Mode „Autark“
Switch
PWM
from uC
Move local or Host „Autark“ Mode HW
Reset Overcurrent Motor Environment
CAN-Axis Enable U_Logic
IRQ IRQ / Trigger #1
Move control
Block diagram C/Y/A axis controller

SPI (PWM) & Stop Sum Signal
HW-Reset IRQ / Trigger #1
1 1
Motor ON
_______ Motor ON
Select KM-Stop / Global Enable Diagnose

PWM_Solenoid_enable PWM_Solenoid_enable Brake Release
Reset Limit Switch IRQ / Trigger #2 Timing
CAN-ID IRQ Oscilator
µC #1 µC #2 Response / uC working Watchdog &

U_Logic &
Opt.-ID (Work-µC) (Safety-µC) Safety (AND) FF
Axis Motor Rotation

HW-ID
RPM Error
Controller RPM
WD-Trigger RPM Motor RPM control X12
HW-Reset Nubbel Switch
Watchdog X201
U_Logic Brake Switch
X202
Motor Position
X10
Reserve Actual Solenoid I Current
In I
Block Diagram C/Y/A Axis Controller
Actual Solenoid II Current

U_Logic
X9
U_Power
Reserve +5V
In II local

X13
Power Stage
Limit Switch A Brake Release (FET) + 2
Control Logic 2
Clutch control
HW Test Signals Enabling = Rising edge -> ~1sec full torque, thereafter PWM control by HW
I_act
Limit Switch B Disabling = Falling edge -> ~1.5sec PWM continuing
1 Rbrems
Default ON
Clutch Control (1x) => PWM Position control!
X7 X1 X2 X8 X14 X3
Brake Switch: If Brake not active -> Switch closed!
Relay Brake: Default = Brake resistor activated

Button Progr. only! Progr. only!
Normaly open contact Debug only! Progr. only! Debug only! Test only! Solenoid: Default = Open (disengaged)
KM...Kinematic Module

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U_Power V1.01 Add+Change various signals 07.12.2011 A.Huck 21.4

Power Supply Rbrake V1.02 Add+Change various signals 05.11.2012 A.Huck
+5V U_Logic U_Logic V1.03 Change to 2nd uC + var. signals 13.11.2012 A.Huck
+3V3 V1.04 Change RPM, Connectors, Signals 08.01.2013 A.Huck
Fig. 21-4
+1V8
Power-
U_Relay
PWM
Stage
+12V limiting
H-Bridge Switching-
+30V U_Power
X?
X104
PWM limit check U_Relay Frequency Motor Trans- Trans-
X100
POWER
=1 RPM
mission mission
(XOR) I_act Filter Tacho
RPM
extern
X105
Power Good (passiv)
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
U_Logic flim 10KHz Position-
Brake I
Brake II
Encoder
__________________
PWM from uC
Lift
Actual Motor
Current
UP+ Move+ (manuel)
Actual Motor Current _______
Temperature
U_Logic Filter Temperature NOTAUS
__________________
X101
Lift Move- 1&2 (manuel)
_______ Axis Hardware = OK
DOWN- NOTAUS
__________________
1&2

PWM Limiting from KM Mode
DOWN- 1&2 UP+
PWM limit check „Autark“
30Vdc
Axis Hardware = OK
_______
NOTAUS
__________________
U_Relay
_______
KM-Stop / Global Enable >=1
_______________ (OR)

Overcurrent Motor &

>=1 (AND)
(OR)
X4
X9
Block diagram Z axis controller

U_Logic Mode „Autark“
Switch
PWM
from uC
Move local or Host „Autark“ Mode HW
Reset Overcurrent Motor Environment
CAN-Axis Enable U_Logic
IRQ IRQ / Trigger #1
Move control
SPI (PWM) & Stop Sum Signal
HW-Reset IRQ / Trigger #1
1 1
Motor ON
_______ Motor ON
Select KM-Stop / Global Enable Diagnose

PWM_Solenoid_enable PWM_Solenoid_enable Brake Release
X?
Reset Limit Switch IRQ / Trigger #2 Timing
CAN-ID IRQ Oscilator
X106
µC #2 Response / uC working
CAN-D
µC #1 Watchdog &

U_Logic &
Opt.-ID (Work-µC) (Safety-µC) Safety (AND) FF
Axis Motor Rotation

HW-ID
RPM Error
Controller RPM X102
WD-Trigger RPM Motor RPM
control
Block Diagram Z-Axis Controller
HW-Reset Nubbel Switch U_Logic

Watchdog
U_Logic Brake Switch U_Logic
Motor Position
X10
Reserve Actual Solenoid I Current
In I Actual Solenoid II Current
U_Logic
X9
U_Power
Reserve +5V
In II local

U_Logic
X13
Power Stage
Limit- Limit Switch A Brake Release (FET) +
Switch A 2
U_Logic
Control Logic 2
Clutch control
X103
HW Test Signals
X101
I_act Enabling = Rising edge -> ~1sec full torque, thereafter PWM control by HW
Limit- Limit Switch B Disabling = Falling edge -> ~1.5sec PWM continuing
Switch B 1 Rbrems
Default ON
Brake Control (2x) => PWM Position control!
X7 X1 X2 X8 X14 X3
Brake Switch: If Brake not active -> Switch closed!
Relay Brake: Default = Brake resistor activated

Button Progr. only! Progr. only!
Normaly open contact Debug only! Progr. only! Debug only! Test only! Solenoid: Default = Open (disengaged)
KM...Kinematic Module

21 Kinematics
21-5
21-6
V1.01 Add+Change various signals 07.12.2011 A.Huck
21.5
V1.02 Add+Change various signals 05.11.2012 A.Huck
V1.03 Change to 2nd uC + var. signals 13.11.2012 A.Huck

_______
V1.04 Change RPM, Connectors, Signals 08.01.2013 A.Huck
Fig. 21-5
NOTAUS
Mode „Autark“
__________________ __________________
PWM Limiting from KM PWM Limiting from KM
>=1
Mode „Autark“ Switch (OR)
21 Kinematics
_______ „Autark“ _______

KM-Stop / Global Enable Mode KM-Stop / Global Enable
>=1 >=1
(OR) (OR)
20ms
1/n
_______ Oscilator
NOTAUS
100us
20ms
Synch.
1/n
Übernahmetakt
& 2ms 100us
(AND)
Progr. only! 1/n

Oscillator Timing
Move local
T or Host
U_Logic Q IRQ / Trigger (Safety-uC #2)
D
IRQ / Trigger (Work-uC #1)

1
T
Motor ON

Q

D

T
PWM_Solenoid_enable _______
Response / uC working Q NOTAUS Motor Release
D
Move local or Host & & from Brake-Resistor
1 (AND)
uC Motor ON
#1 & #2 PWM_Solenoid_enable Reset Overcurrent Motor
T
Reset Overcurrent Motor Q (AND)
D
Block diagram axis controller watchdog

Axis Hardware = OK

_______________________ R
Q HW Environment
Overcurrent Motor temporary
S Enable
Solenoid / Brake Enable

&
Move control (AND)
& Stop
Overcurrent Motor store to uC
=1

Block Diagram Axis Controller Watchdog
Motor RPM Channel A T Motor Rotation Direction

Motor RPM Channel B Q
D
Watchdog
& Safety
Diagnose

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
V1.00 Initial Version 17.04.2012 A. Huck
V1.01 Many new devices can have Emergency 21.05.2013 R. Frank

+Ub Stop buttons
21.6
Mobile Stand
Fig. 21-6
Current-
Source
U648 30mA
X24
Monitor Cart
X30
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
Joystick Center not present
U687
Joystick Center detected
X19
Vision

Center
X4 X3 X1
X2

U695

X29
Joystick Center
Block diagram emergency stop chain

to µP to µP
monitoring the monitoring the
current of the
X26 X31 current of the Loop
Loop Remote Center not present

Remote Center detected
Emergency to µP
U694
Stop monitoring
if all switches
to all Safety- are closed Safety-
Axes Logic Relay Logic
(A, C, Y, Z)
U685
Relay activeted
from µP
to set the
Loop
Block Diagram Emergency Stop Chain
Remote

Center
CAN-GND
CAN Fault Wire
CAN X-Ray Enable Wire

21 Kinematics
21-7
21 Kinematics
21.7 Pulse Width Modulation
A PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal in common is a square voltage which is varied in the duty
cycle of the pulses.
Example A:
Duty Cycle 10%
Example B:
Duty Cycle 50%
Example C:
Duty Cycle 90%
Fig. 21-7 Example of different PWM signals
PWM is an efficient way to control the speed of a DC motor depending on the magnitude of the
time averaged DC voltage which is caused by modulation of the pulse width.
Fig. 21-8 Example of average voltages from different PWM signals
To enable the motor to turn in both directions, a square wave signal with a fixed frequency is used
as PWM-signal.The motor itself will see a Voltage symmetric to the zero line. Although the supply
voltage of the motor driver is only Plus and Zero, the Plus and Minus for the motor are created by
the H bridge circuit of the Power Stage.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
This means, the rms voltage and thereby the magnitude of the motor speed equals zero if the
pulse duty cycle of the square voltage equals 50% (→ Fig. 21-8, example B). By increasing the
pulse width, the RMS voltage becomes more positive, and the motor turns forward. By decreasing
the pulse width, the RMS voltage becomes more negative, and the motor turns reverse. This
allows continuos control of a DC motor from zero to full speed in both directions.
Example A: Motor runs

counterclockwise in full
speed
Example B: Motor does

not move and holds the
position
Example C: Motor runs

clockwise in full speed
Fig. 21-9 Example of PWM signal usage in RFD
The filtering of the switching frequency by the "Switching Frequency Filter" is done in order to pre-
vent the motors from overheating. The filter is monitored for temperature.
The PWM signals are generated and amplified on PCBs U686 (A,Y,C) and U693 (Z).
Position and movement of the motor are recognized by position encoder and tacho sensor, and
the actual state of the axis as well as drive errors are reported back to the kinematics module.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.8 Views Of Motorization
21.8.1 View of A and Y Drives
Fig. 21-10 A and Y drives
21.8.2 View of A and Y Drive Controllers
Fig. 21-11 A and Y drive controllers

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.8.3 Detailed view of Y Drive
Fig. 21-12 Y drive upper part
Fig. 21-13 Y drive lower part

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.8.4 View of C Drive
Fig. 21-14 C drive

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.8.5 Detailed view of A Drive
Fig. 21-15 A drive
21.8.6 View of Z Drive controller and Kinematic module
Fig. 21-16 Z drive controller (left) and Kinematic module

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9 Kinematics Module U685
The kinematics module is a Next Generation Platform (NGP) CAN module. It implements all kine-
matic calculations. The kinematics module controls the drives over a separate CAN-D bus.
It receives user interaction (button presses, joystick usage) as well as other relevant information
over Z-CAN.
Additionally, a collision prevention system can be connected to the kinematics module. It provides
the distance to a potentially colliding object. The kinematics module evaluates this information and
responds – depending on the distance remaining to collision – with motor speed reduction or
motor stop.

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.1 Connectors
21.9.1.1 Location of Connectors

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.1.2 Description of connectors
X1: Power Input (from U701)

Type: 4 pin connector, male, 3.96mm, Panduit
Pin Function
Pin 1 +36V to A/Y axes
Pin 2 GND to A/Y axes
Pin 3 +29V to kinematics and C axis
Pin 4 GND to kinematics
X3: Interface to A-Axis

Type: 14 pin connector, female, 3mm, MOLEX
Pin Function
Pin 1 +36V
Pin 2 +36V
Pin 3 +36V
Pin 4 free
Pin 5 /Stop = enable to axis
Pin 6 HW-OK signal from axis
Pin 7 /Emergency to axis
Pin 8 Fast-speed enable to axis
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 GND
Pin 12 CAN-D_H
Pin 13 CAN-D_L
Pin 14 GND
X4: Interface to C-Axis

Pin Function
Pin 1 +29V
Pin 2 +29V
Pin 3 +29V

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
X4: Interface to C-Axis

Pin 4 free
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 GND
Pin 12 CAN-D_H
Pin 13 CAN-D_L
Pin 14 GND
X6: Interface to Z-Axis

Pin Function
Pin 1 +36V
Z axis is NOT powered by this
Pin 2 +36V
connector
Pin 3 +36V
Pin 4 free
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 GND
Pin 12 CAN-D_H
Pin 13 CAN-D_L
Pin 14 GND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
X5: Interface to Y-Axis

Pin Function
Pin 1 +36V
Pin 2 +36V
Pin 3 +36V
Pin 4 free
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 GND
Pin 12 CAN-D_H
Pin 13 CAN-D_L
Pin 14 GND
X11/X12/X13/X14: Ziehm-CAN-Bus:
Type: RJ45 connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 CANGND
Pin 2 CAN+5V
Pin 3 CANL
Pin 4 CANSTÖR
Pin 5 CANSTR
Pin 6 CANH
Pin 7 C_GND
Pin 8 C+5V
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
X16: Interface to Collision Electronics:

Type: 12 pin connector, male, 3mm, Molex MF Series
Pin Function
Pin 1 GND
Pin 2 RS232_2_TxD
Pin 3 Grid present switch
Pin 4 RS232_2_RxD
Pin 5 Navi present switch
Pin 6 /Collision reset
Pin 7 /Obstacle detected
Pin 8 Watchdog trigger signal
Pin 9 /Collision electronics built-in
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 +5V
Pin 12 GND
X26: Emergency Loop

Type: 2 pin connector male, 2.54mm, Molex SL-Series
Pin Function
Pin 1 Emergency a
Pin 2 Emergency b
X19: Steering-Brake-Lever Switch (rear wheels):

Type: 3 pin connector male, 2.54mm, Molex SL-Series
Pin Function
Pin 1 Brake a
Pin 2 Brake b
Pin 3 free

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.2 LED Indicators
21.9.2.1 Location Of LED Indicators

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.2.2 Description of LED Indicators
21.9.2.2.1 Power LEDs
LED Name
D9 CAN+5V ON: 5 Volt Ziehm-CAN voltage
D48 +2V6 ON: 2,6 Volt
D47 +3V3 ON: 3,3 Volt
D28 +5V ON: 5 Volt
D46 +12V ON: 12V
D68 +36V_A_Y ON: 36V A and Y Axes
D51 +29V_Kine ON: 29V Kine Module and C-Axe
21.9.2.2.2 HW Status LEDs
LED Name
D58 CAN_STOER ON: Ziehm-CAN bus wire for "CAN Störung" (CAN error)
D7 CAN_STR ON: Ziehm-CAN bus wire for "CAN Strahlung" (CAN radiation)
D8 XrayOff_EN OFF: X-ray is enabled: Out_CAN_StrEnable signal from

MPC565 (must be HIGH); emergency must not be active (ini-
tiates CAN Enable)
D132 XrayOff_ST OFF: X-ray is enabled: Out_CAN_STOER signal from MPC565

(must be LOW) (initiates CAN STOER)
D133 Autark ON: autarkic mode of the kinematics module active when lit up
(S6 switch)
D69 CoD_Run ON: collision detection hardware running

(the external watchdog is triggered correctly)
D72 COLL ON: collision signal set from collision detection hardware elec-
tronics
D70 CoD_Pres ON: collision detection hardware is present and attached to the
system
D101 CoD_RST ON: collision detection hardware is set by MPC565 in reset
D120 High_Speed ON: indicates possible maximum speed. No hardware PWM

restriction is active. Software on safety controller enables high
speed (uG_Out_FastSpeed). No navigation equipment is
present. Collision detection hardware is not in reset, no collision
signal is set and hw is running

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
LED Name
D3 565_Run ON: MPC565 running (external watchdog is triggered correctly)
D57 EMRGCY ON: EMERGENCY STOP active
D1 565_RST ON: MPC565 is in reset
D60 AxesEna ON: Global axes enabled. PMC565 must trigger its external
watchdog correctly (see 565_Run), Emergency is not active,
MPC565 is not in reset, MPC565 software set signal
Out_AllAxesEnable to HIGH), safety controller software on
HCS08 set signal uG_Out_Move to HIGH
Info: An individual axis may still not see an axes enable signal. In
this case, either the cable broke or the software on the MPC565
did not set the signals Out_[A|C|Y|Z]_Enable to active (HIGH)
D73 Nav_Pres ON: Navigation equipment is present and attached to the

machine. Machine PWM restriction is active (see D120,
High_Speed)
D113 Grid_Pres ON: Grid is present and attached to the machine. No inpact on
functionality
D76 BrakeOK ON: If the brake lever is locked
D62 µG Reset The HCS08 safety micro controller is in reset. This happens if the
software did not trigger the external watchdog correctly

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.2.2.3 SW Status LEDs
21.9.2.2.3.1 LEDs of the MPC565 main controller
LED Name
D102 Dbg01 Blinking: Alive indicator. Blinking 307ms on, 307ms off
D118 Dbg13 Blinking: Autarkic mode. Blinking 307ms on, 307ms off
D117 Dbg12 ON: FOGALE ACS permanent reset. ACS was set in permanent
reset by MPC565 software (e.g. after subsequent errors)
D116 Dbg11 n/a
D105 Dbg10 ON: A axis critical error (Inp_A_HW_OK signal HIGH)
D104 Dbg09 ON: C axis critical error (Inp_C_HW_OK signal HIGH)
D119 Dbg08 ON: Y axis critical error (Inp_Y_HW_OK signal HIGH)
D107 Dbg07 ON: Z axis critical error (Inp_Z_HW_OK signal HIGH)
D106 Dbg06 ON: Safety controller error. On if communication with the safety
controller failed over SPI. This can be either a SPI error or a
wrong response from the safety controller.
In this case the machine must be restarted.
D115 C C axis selected in autarkic mode (on)
D114 A A axis selected in autarkic mode (on)
D110 Y Y axis selected in autarkic mode (on)
D103 Z Z axis selected in autarkic mode (on)

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.2.2.3.2 LEDs of the safety controller (Guardian uC)
LED Name
D137 D137 Blinking: INFO: Alive indicator. Blinking 250ms on, 250ms off
D138 D138 ON: INFO: Slow movement. On if machine is in slow movement,

uG_Out_FastSpeed is LOW
D135 D135 ON: INFO: Movement request by any CAN source (PCC/RVC/
Touch)
D136 D136 n/a
D134 D134 ON: ERROR: Heart beat touch
D122 D122 ON: ERROR: Heart beat joysticks
D123 D123 ON: ERROR: Heart beat SPI
D63 D63 ON: ERROR: CAN-SPI mismatch. On if CAN value does not cor-
respond to SPI value
NOTE:
D138, D135, D136, D134, D122, D123 blinking like D137:
Software does not match to hardware

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.3 Fuses, Switches and Jumpers
21.9.3.1 Location of Switches and Jumpers
Fig. 21-19 U685 fuses, switches and jumpers

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.3.2 Description of Fuses, Switches and Jumpers
Jumper State Function
J1 open Default setting
closed For production/R&D purposes only!

(Set CoD_Pres if no colision detection
connected.)
Fuse Value Function
F1 250mAT +29V board supply
Push Button Function
S2 Move -
S3 Move +
S4 Select
S5 Reserve
Switch State Function
S6 OFF (1) Default
ON (3) Axis is set into autarkic mode,

D133 lights up
S2 until S5 are activated
Dip Switch S1 Function Default setting
S1 Activate A axis Default On
S2 Activate C axis Default On
S3 Activate Y axis Default On
S4 Activate Z axis Default On
S5 reserve Default Off
S8 Collision controller Default On

installed

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
21 Kinematics
21.9.4 U685 Schematics

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
21-28
21.9.4.1
Fig. 21-20
A
+3V3 +5V +3V3 +2V6

21 Kinematics

BG1-A BG1-B BG1-C BG1-D
A1 TP118 B1 TP69 C1 D1
EXTCLK CLKOUT +3V3 +3V3
A2 B2 TP120 C2 D2
GND +3V3 +3V3
A3 TP119 B3 TP121 C3 D3
GND GND
A4 TP68 B4 C4 D4
GND +5V +2V6
A5 B5 C5 D5
+5V +2V6
A6 B6 C6 +VBAT D6 TP41
VBAT VPD
A7 B7 C7 D7 TP42
GND GND
A8 B8 C8 PWRGOOD D8
A31 PWRGOOD
A9 B9 C9 D9
A30 GND GND
A10 B10 C10 D10 TP43
A29 A28
A11 B11 C11 D11 Out_InpMux_A0
A27 A26 MPIO0
A12 B12 C12 R280 10K D12 Out_InpMux_A2
GND A25 GND MPIO2
A13 B13 C13 Out_InpMux_A1 D13
GND
A24 A23 MPIO1 MPIO4
A14 B14 C14 Out_ShiftReg_Strobe D14
A22 GND MPIO3 GND
A15 B15 C15 R281 10K D15 R290 10K
A21 A20 MPIO5 MPIO6
A16 B16 C16 MPIO7 D16 TP44
GND
GND
A19 A18 MPIO7 A_RXD1TTL

A17 B17 C17 D17 TP45
GND A17 GND TP92 A_TXD1TTL

A18 B18 C18 CANH_B D18 CANL_B
A16 D31 B_CANH B_CANL
A19 B19 C19 TP9 D19
D30 GND A_RXD2TTL GND
B A20 B20 C20 TP10 D20 CANRX-L_A
D29 D28 A_TXD2TTL A_CANL
A21 B21 C21 RS232_2_RxD D21 CANTX-H_A
D27 D26 RXD2 A_CANH
A22 B22 C22 D22 RS232_1_RxD
GND D25 GND RXD1
A23 B23 C23 RS232_2_TxD D23 RS232_1_TxD
D24 A15 TXD2 TXD1
A24 B24 C24 SPI_CS1_A D24
A14 GND A_QGPIO1 GND
A25 B25 C25 R282 10K D25 SPI_CS0_A
A13 A12 A_QGPIO3 A_QGPIO0
A26 B26 C26 MOSI_A D26 R291 10K
GND
A11 A10 A_QGPIO5 A_QGPIO2
A27 B27 C27 D27 MISO_A
GND
GND A9 GND A_QGPIO4

A28 B28 C28 TP11 D28 SPI_CLK_A
A8 D23 ECK A_QGPIO6
A29 B29 C29 TP12 TP93 TP94 D29
D22 GND B_QGPIO1 GND TP96
A30 B30 C30 TP13 D30 TP46 TP95
D21 D20 B_QGPIO3 B_QGPIO0
A31 B31 C31 IIC_SCL D31
D19 D18 SCL B_QGPIO2
A32 B32 C32 D32 IIC_SDA
GND D17 GND SDA
A33 B33 C33 TP14 D33 TP47
D16 LINKLED
A34 B34 C34 TP15 D34
GND LANLED GND
A35 B35 C35 TP16 D35 TP48
ETHRXD- ETHRXD+
A36 B36 C36 TP17 D36 TP49
ETHTXD- ETHTXD+
A37 B37 C37 D37 TP50
GND D15 GND
A38 B38 C38 TP18 D38 TP51
D14 D13 B_QGPIO5 B_QGPIO4
A39 B39 C39 TP24 D39
D12 GND B_QGPO1 GND
A40 B40 C40 TP25 D40 TP52
D11 D10 B_QGPI1 B_QGPIO6
U685dcb schematics page 1

A41 B41 C41 SGPIOC7 D41 TP53
D9 D8 SGPIOC7 B_QGPO2
A42 B42 C42 D42 TP54
GND D7 GND B_QGPI2
A43 B43 C43 MPIO9 D43 TP55
D6 D5 MPIO9 SGPIOC6
A44 B44 C44 R284 10K D44
D4 GND MPIO11 GND
A45 B45 C45 Out_WD_Trigger D45 MPIO8
GND
D3 D2 MPIO13 MPIO8
A46 B46 C46 D46 MPIO10
D1 D0 MPIO15 MPIO10
A47 B47 C47 D47 Out_AllAxesEnable
GND PLDIO0 GND MPIO12
A48 B48 C48 TP26 D48
PLDIO1 PLDIO2 MDA11 MPIO14
U685dcb schematics Page 1
A49 B49 C49 TP27 D49

PLDIO3 GND MDA13 GND
A50 B50 C50 TP28 D50 TP56
PLDIO4 MDA15 MDA12
C A51 B51 C51 TP29 D51 TP57
TSIZ0 TSIZ1 MDA27 MDA14
A52 B52 C52 D52 TP58
GND GND MDA28
A53 B53 C53 TP30 D53 TP59
MDA29 MDA30
A54 B54 C54 TP31 D54
RDNWR GND MDA31 GND
A55 B55 C55 TP32 D55 TP60
MPWM1 MPWM0
A56 B56 TP122 C56 TP33 D56 TP61
MPWM3 MPWM2
A57 B57 TP123 C57 D57 TP62
GND GND MPWM16
A58 B58 TP124 C58 TP34 D58 TP63
MPWM17 MPWM18
A59 B59 C59 TP35 D59
CANSTB GND MPWM19 GND
A60 B60 C60 DSDI D60 DSDO
VDDGOOD DSDI DSDO
A61 B61 C61 DSCK D61 VFLS0
DSCK VFLS0
A62 B62 C62 R285 10K D62 VFLS1
GND PLDTMS GND VFLS1
A63 B63 C63 TMS D63 MCKO
GND
PLDTDO PLDTCK TMS MCKO
A64 B64 C64 BDO1 D64
PLDTDI GND BDO1 GND
A65 B65 C65 BDO3 D65 BDO0
PLDIO5 PLDIO6 BDO3 BDO0
A66 B66 C66 D66 BDO2
PLDIO7 PLDIO8 BDO2
A67 B67 C67 D67 MCKI
GND PLDIO10 GND MCKI
A68 B68 C68 MDI1 D68 MDI0
PLDIO9 ZZ MDI1 MDI0
A69 B69 C69 D69
C_T2CLK GND GND
A70 B70 C70 D70
C_TPU15 C_TPU14
A71 B71 C71 EPEE D71 B0EPEE
C_TPU13 C_TPU12 EPEE B0EPEE
A72 B72 C72 D72 TP64
GND C_TPU10 GNDA ETRIG2
A73 B73 C73 TP36 D73 TP65
C_TPU11 C_TPU8 ETRIG1 AN87
A74 B74 C74 TP37 D74
C_TPU9 GND AN86 GNDA
A75 B75 C75 TP38 D75 TP66
C_TPU7 C_TPU6 AN84 AN85
A76 B76 C76 TP39 D76 TP67
C_TPU5 C_TPU4 AN82 AN83
A77 B77 C77 D77 +U_29V_ADC
GND C_TPU2 GNDA AN81
A78 B78 C78 TP40 D78 InpMux_D07
C_TPU3 C_TPU0 AN80 B_AN79
A79 B79 C79 InpMux_D06 D79
C_TPU1 GND B_AN78 GNDA
A80 B80 C80 InpMux_D04 D80 InpMux_D05
B_TPU15 B_TPU14 B_AN76 B_AN77
A81 B81 C81 InpMux_D02 D81 InpMux_D03
D A82 B82 C82 D82 InpMux_D01
GND B_TPU10 GNDA B_AN73
A83 B83 C83 InpMux_D00 D83
A84 B84 C84 D84
B_TPU9 GND B_AN70 GNDA
A85 B85 C85 D85
A86 B86 C86 D86
A87 B87 C87 D87
GND B_TPU2 GNDA B_AN65
A88 B88 C88 D88 Out_X4_Enable
B_TPU3 B_TPU0 B_AN64 A_AN59
A89 B89 C89 Out_X3_Enable D89
B_TPU1 GND A_AN58 GNDA
A90 B90 C90 Out_X1_Enable D90 Out_X2_Enable
B_T2CLK A_T2CLK A_AN56 A_AN57
A91 B91 C91 Out_Y_Enable D91 Out_Z_Enable
A_TPU15 A_TPU14 A_AN54 A_AN55
A92 B92 C92 D92 Out_C_Enable
GND A_TPU12 GNDA A_AN53
A93 B93 C93 Out_A_Enable D93
A94 B94 C94 uG_MPC_02 D94
A_TPU11 GND A_AN50 GNDA
A95 B95 C95 D95 uG_MPC_01
A96 B96 C96 D96 Inp_Debug_Enable
A97 B97 C97 D97 Coll_Running
GND A_TPU4 GNDA A_AN45
A98 B98 C98 D98
A_TPU5 A_TPU2 A_AN44 VRL
A99 B99 C99 D99

A_TPU3 GND ALTREF GNDA
A100 B100 C100 D100
A_TPU1 A_TPU0 VDDA5V VRH
MPC565 MPC565 MPC565 MPC565

10K
10K
R28
4K7
R283
R286
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
Bestückungsvorschrift MPC565 Modul:

E -----------------------------------
U15 n.a.
J6 1+2 best.
J6 3+4 best.
R60, R61 best.
Drawn 23.06.2014 Muschler Kinematics Module Kinematics Module incl. Z-Axis
Released 23.06.2014 Frank U685d-c-b.scm 685d-48785c-b
24.06.2014 020 01_MPC565 Piggy-Back
N/A A2 1 of 8

280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Ziehm-CAN-BUS
+5V
+5V +5V
MP9 MP10
Z-CAN-H Z-CAN-L
C72
+
100n CAN-STOER
C75 D58
R191
R173
X7R
C71
R198
IC4
R142
100n
4K7
1K
R141
4K7
4K7
X11
21.9.4.2
1 CANGND IC23 1 8 IC24-A yl
NC
10μ/50V
R62 1K8
X7R
2 CAN+5V CANGND 2 3 2 6 CANRX-L_A Inp_CAN_Stoerung 8 1 CAN+5V
GND VCC
Fig. 21-21
3 CAN L +
A 4 L27 7 1 390R
CAN H CANH TXD
5 1 2 4
R193 3 7 2
CANSTR RXD - TP103
6 CAN H CAN L 4 5
7 4 3 8
390R NC
7
STB
ILD207T
8 6 5
R195
B82790 11μH CANL SPLIT TP97 T6
GND GND BC850C
R63
180R
HCPL-600 +3V3 +5V 4K7
TJA1040T IC24-B low active

Shield 1 9 CAN+5V 6 3 R139 = Fault!
Shield 2 10 47K
1 D7
BSS84 2 5 4 CANGND
1-406541-1 TP104
TP98
R190
R197
IC5 T2 yl
1K
4K7
R271
4K7
C73
10n
8 1 ILD207T CAN-STR
X12 R174 NC R215
X7R
1 CANGND CAN H 6 2 3 CANTX-H_A
2 CAN+5V + GND
120R TP99 22R R196
3 CAN L T7 CANSTR
4 - 3 BC850C
5 R183 5 4 +5V 4K7
CANSTR T8
NC
6 CAN H 7 BC860C R140
7 120R
possible X_Ray_Off-EN 47K
8
R194
180R
Termination HCPL-600
280495/280757 - 01/11/2017
(just in case) CANGND
R205
CAN L
Shield 1 9
10 GND 10K
Shield 2
R206
XrayOff-EN
1-406541-1 MP3
4K7
+5V
TP105 T9

X13 1 CANGND BC860C D8 IC6-A
2
R210 1 8
CAN+5V CANSTR
B 3 CAN L C125 yl
4
150R
+
100n XrayOff-EN high active
5
R207 2 7
CANSTR C127 = Enable!
X7R
6 CAN H IC34 100n
4K7
1K
R243
R237
C124
7 IC36 1 8
10K
NC ILD207T
10μ/50V
R208
X7R
8 CANGND 2 3 2 6 uG_CAN-RX
GND VCC
+ GND CANGND
L61 7 1
4K7
CAN H CANH TXD

9 1 2 4
R240 3
Shield 1 RXD -
Shield 2 10 CAN L 4 5
4 3 8
390R NC
7 +5V
STB
B82790 11μH 6 5 TP100 IC6-B
1-406541-1 CANL SPLIT TP106
GND 3 6
HCPL-600 IC8-A
TJA1040T
CAN+5V 1 D132
X14 1 4 R167 4 5
CANGND
TP107
2 CAN+5V IC11-A 2 yl
3 +5V 150R
CAN L XrayOff-ST ILD207T
TP101 IC35
4 Out_CAN_STOER 1 2
1K

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

Copyright Quality Standards

2 Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart 0-1

1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1

3 Connections Mobile Stand 3-1

4 Power Supply Mobile Stand 4-1

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D I

4.3.2 Wiring PPS with PFC Type U581..................................................... 4-11

II Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

4.11 Capacitor Rack................................................................................................. 4-92

5 Main Interface 5-1

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D III

5.11.4 U648d Schematics Page 4............................................................... 5-38

6 Flat-panel Detector 6-1

IV Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

7.11 U563 HV Controller Board................................................................................ 7-20

8 Asymmetric Collimator 8-1

9 TFT Vision Center 9-1

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D V

9.3 Vision Center Main Parts.................................................................................. 9-2

10 Monitor Cart 10-1

11 Connections Monitor Cart 11-1

12 Video Documentation 12-1

14 Power Supply Monitor Cart 14-1

VI Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

14.4.5 Jumpers ........................................................................................... 14-13

15 Image Memory System 15-1

16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1

17 Software Tools 17-1

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D VII

17.3 Vision Center Service Settings ......................................................................... 17-24

18 Adjustment Instructions 18-1

19 Error Messages & Fault Finding 19-1

VIII Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

19.3.1 Module 10 ........................................................................................ 19-16

20 Work Instructions 20-1

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D IX

22 Remote Control 22-1

X Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart

1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕

3 Connections Mobile Stand ⊕

4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕

TFT Vision Center

11 Connections Monitor Cart ⊕

14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕

15 Image Memory System ⊕

16 DICOM Configuration Manual ⊕

Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 0-1

0-2 Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 1-1

1-2 Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D

1.3 Required Tests After Service

The following tests have to be performed after every service:

1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions

X-ray warning symbol

Fig. 1-1 Displaying the system software versions (example content)

Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D 1-3

1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations

1-4 Ziehm Vision RFD / Ziehm Vision RFD 3D